PA 
 
 260 
 
 C76 
 
 1856 
 
 MAIN 
 
 UC-NRLF 
 
 4 QEfl T3D 
 
c*- 
 
 •iO 
 
 REESE LIBRARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 Reaived ^ /^^^ / ^ ^ 
 
 Accessions ^Jof / ^A/-^^S^ She a Wo 
 
 Zv- 
 
 <*3 
 
■ ry 3 V 
 
GREEK LESSONS: 
 
 CONSISTING 
 
 OF SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, WITH DIRECTIONS FOR 
 
 THE STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR, NOTES, EXERCISES IN 
 
 TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK, 
 
 AND A VOCABULARY. 
 
 By ALPHEUS CROSBY, 
 
 PROFESSOR OP THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN 
 DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 
 
 
 XJHIV'EBSIT 
 
 "ON: 
 
 PHILLIPS, SAMPSON, AND COMPANY. 
 1856. 
 
"The language of Xenophon is remarkable for sweetness, variety, p;i 
 spieuity, and elegance ; — rich without a superfluity of figures, and smooth 
 without sameness and tedious uniformity. His sentiments are such as 
 might have been expected from the most faithful and judicious of all the 
 disciples of Socrates. They arc just, elevated, and apposite; and do 
 credit both to his heart and his understanding." — Dcnbar. 
 
 " Xenophon s pure strain, 
 
 Like the clear brook that steals along the vale." 
 
 TnoMsox. 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1549, by AJpheus Crosby, in the Clerk's 
 Office of the District Court of the District of New Hampshire. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: 
 
 METCALP AND COMPANY, 
 PRINTERS TO THE UNI V MUTT. 
 

 PREFACE. 
 
 It might once have been necessary to introduce a 
 work like this with a labored argument to prove the 
 importance of connecting exercises in reading and 
 writing a language with the study of its grammar. 
 Happily for the cause of education, that necessity no 
 longer exists. At the same time, it appears to me 
 entirely obvious, that it is best, in most cases, that the 
 student should learn the first principles of a language 
 from the grammar which he is afterwards to use, and 
 not from a book of lessons or exercises which he will 
 study for a short time, and then throw aside not to 
 be again taken up. No one is ignorant of the pecu- 
 liar tenacity of first impressions, and of the great de- 
 pendence of the memory upon local association. It 
 may be added, that, in the gradual work of learning 
 the grammatical system of a language, it contributes 
 greatly to rapid, thorough, and permanent attainment, 
 that each point, as it is learned, should be learned 
 in its appropriate place as a part of the system. 
 Classification thus goes hand in hand with acquisi- 
 tion ; and, instead of constituting a separate work 
 requiring additional labor, presents itself as a light- 
 ener of the student's toils. For these reasons, the 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 following work is designed as an accompaniment to 
 the systematic study of the grammar, and not as an 
 introduction to it ; and those parts of the grammar 
 which are required in connection with each exercise 
 are referred to, and not extracted. 
 
 The Selections for Reading which are here presented 
 have been taken entirely and without change from the 
 Anabasis of Xenophon. That the student should 
 obtain his first impressions of a language in its classic 
 purity and familiar prose form will not, I think, be 
 questioned in words, however much it may have been 
 neglected in practice. This becomes especially im- 
 portant, when the reading lessons are made, as they 
 always should be, models for composition in the lan- 
 guage. 
 
 The selections have been restricted to a single 
 author and a single work for several reasons. It 
 seems undesirable that the student, in his first attempts 
 to read and write a language, should be distracted by 
 diversities of style. In reading detached passages, 
 one often wishes to examine the connection from 
 which they have been taken. This can be done 
 with ease, when they have been all extracted from 
 a single familiar work. For those who will pass from 
 these Lessons to the Anabasis, there are special advan- 
 tages. They will come to the reading of that charm- 
 ing work no strangers, but having already a familiarity 
 with its vocabulary, and some degree of acquaintance 
 with its style and subject-matter. And, as they read 
 sentence after sentence upon its attractive pages, they 
 will recognize many an old friend ; and will now 
 obtain that intimacy of acquaintance which, with 
 sentences as with men, can only be got at their 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 homes. Their introductory acquisitions have now 
 lost that isolated, lifeless character, which is so apt to 
 belong to mere select sentences j and have become 
 vital parts of an interesting whole. The student 
 leaves his first lessons, not, as too often happens, to 
 forget them, but to repeat them as portions of a 
 delightful narrative. It may be added, that the very 
 character of the Anabasis excludes, for the most part, 
 those abstract sentences, which are wont to be the 
 special stumbling-blocks in introductory lessons. 
 
 The Notes and Vocabulary, in connection with the 
 author's Grammar, which contains so many citations 
 from the Anabasis, will, it is hoped, be found to 
 supply abundant aid and illustration ; and yet, it is 
 believed, not more than is desirable in a work of this 
 kind. It is not wise to harass a student's first essays 
 in a new language with needless difficulties. Upon 
 this principle, I have sought rather to diminish than 
 to multiply the number of distinct words introduced ; 
 and have sometimes chosen to repeat a selection with 
 additions, rather than introduce one that should be 
 entirely new. 
 
 To give unity to the student's labors, and to avoid 
 all unnecessary increase of them, the Exercises in 
 Translation from English into Greek have been simply 
 based upon the reading lessons, and require no words 
 which have not previously occurred in these lessons. 
 Indeed the close conformity of the two series will, 
 it is believed, afford valuable assistance in the read- 
 ing lessons themselves. No English-Greek vocabulary 
 has been given ; because, constructed as the exercises** 
 are, it has been supposed that such a vocabulary would 
 not only be useless, but positively injurious, diverting 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 the student from the proper source of aid, the GreeK 
 text. In all cases in which it was thought possible 
 that the student could be at a loss, reference has been 
 made to the page and line where the required word 
 or construction has occurred. 
 
 A few special suggestions' and explanations are 
 subjoined. 
 
 1. It is earnestly recommended, that these Lessons should be 
 studied, paragraph by paragraph, according to the following method. 
 (I.) Let the student observe the special directions prefixed to the 
 Notes, and carefully learn the portions of the Grammar there pointed 
 out. (II.) Let him then learn to construe the paragraph, and to 
 parse every word in full according to the table in Tf 65. (III.) Let 
 him translate into Greek the corresponding Exercises, never omitting 
 to do this before proceeding to a new paragraph. 
 
 2. The numbers inclosed in parentheses at the bottom of a page 
 of the Greek text denote the lines upon the page, and are followed 
 by references to the parts of the Anabasis from which the selections 
 commencing in each line have been taken. These references are made 
 to book, chapter, and section, according to the common division. 
 
 3. By the Greeks, soldiers, generals, and captains mentioned in the 
 text will be generally understood those belonging to the army with 
 which Cyrus the Younger made his ill-fated expedition against his 
 brother Artaxerxes ; and by the countries, cities, villages, rivers, 
 barbarians, and enemies, those which these Greeks found in their 
 route. 
 
 4. Numbers preceded by the mark § refer to sections of the 
 author's Greek Grammar ; and those proceeded by the mark *ff, to 
 paragraphs of the Tables prefixed to the Grammar. The letter f 
 immediately attached to a number signifies and the following. 
 
 5. In the Exercises (pp. 67-89), a few words are printed in Italics, 
 to show that they are to be omitted in the Greek ; a few are inclosi & 
 in brackets [ ], to show that they are to be inserted in the Greek ; 
 and a few are printed in small capitals, to direct special attention to 
 them. The Greek idiom is sometimes given in Italics at the bottom 
 of the page. The small figures at the top of the line refer to page 
 and line of the Greek text. 
 
 6. The Greek has, in general, great freedom En respect to the 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 arrangement of words ; and their position depends, in no small 
 degree, upon their comparative emphasis, and upon the effect produced 
 on the ear. In general, the first place in a clause is the most 
 emphatic, and the last place the next so. The student will observe 
 carefully the special precepts upon the position of words, which he 
 finds either here or in the Grammar ; and, in all doubtful cases, will 
 be wise in adhering closely to the order of his models in the Greek 
 text. 
 
 7. In the Vocabulary, the words inclosed in parentheses to mark 
 derivation or composition are translated, except when they also occur 
 in the alphabetical arrangement ; and a few words not belonging to 
 the text are inserted in brackets to avoid repeated translation. Some 
 English words derived from Greek words, or cognate with them, are 
 inserted in small capitals, chiefly as aids to the memory. The gender 
 of nouns has been marked in the usual way, except when general 
 rules rendered it needless (§§ 74. /3, 75, 76). 
 
 8. Of the abbreviations which occur, compos, denotes compo- 
 sition ; cons., consonant; dim., diminutive; esp., especially; un- 
 pers., impersonal; indecl., indeclinable; L., Line; Less-, Lesson; 
 P., Page ; pers., person or personal ; prop., properly ; R., Rule ; r., 
 root ; subst., substantively; Voc, Vocabulary. Most of the abbrevia- 
 tions, as occurring in the Grammar and there explained, require no 
 special notice. 
 
 9. Let the student, amid those introductory difficulties and toils 
 from which no worthy pursuit is wholly exempt, cheer himself with 
 the assurance, that the saying of old Hesiod, The beginning is half 
 of the whole work, applies to nothing with greater force than to the 
 learning of a language ; nor let him forget that other proverb, Eu cot 
 to fieKhov e£ei, *jv rb iraphv ev Tidrjs, Your future course ivill be pros- 
 perous, if your present work be icell done. Especially, let him bear in 
 mind, that he is studying the language which has been the most 
 celebrated of all for beauty and perfection of structure ; — the lan- 
 guage in which are enshrined, as jewels in a casket of gold, the 
 most wonderful monuments of ancient genius, and the priceless 
 treasures of the Christian revelation ; — the language in which Homer 
 sung, Socrates conversed, Demosthenes harangued, Paul wrote, and, 
 highest honor of all, the words of Him who spake as never man spake 
 were recorded. 
 

 UNJ SITY^ 
 
 4ij 
 
 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. ! ' ETTtfiovXevet. 'EirtftovXevovo-tv. ' Eirifiovkeveiv. 
 HvptfiovXevco. XvptfiovXevet. avfiftovXevere. Uatet. 
 IJatovat Kat fiaXXovcriv. Ilcue, Trace, fiaXXe, fiaXXe. 
 
 2. Aeyovcrtv. Aeyets. Aeyerco. ©avpta^etv. Ov 
 Qavp.a^w. Mr] Oavfid^ere. Ovk edeXco. Katetv. Kat- 5 
 wfxev. Mr) pteXXcoptev. Mavdavovatv apyetv. Apyerco. 
 XvXXapbfidvet. AiBacr/cerco. Noptt^co. Et ptev gvpifiov- 
 Xevotpti. Noptt^e Se. Noptt^ere. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. HvXXaptfiavet Kvpov. Kvpos crvXXaptftavet. Ilept- 
 7T€L AvKtov. Kat Tre/jLTTovat KaXXtptaypv. Xetpi<ro(po<; 10 
 irepuret. Evravda Sr] Xeyet Xetptaocpo<;. EirtfiovXevet 
 Kvpcp. ' fl Kvpe, Xeyovatv. <&epovcrt XtOovs. Ap- 
 yovcrt AatceSatfjtovtot. ' fl $aXtve, Oavpta^o). 
 
 2. IlXota TrepLTrovcrtv. Kvpos e^eXavvet. EvrevOev 
 e^eXavvet arraOpLovs irevre. Apyvptov eyoptev. TlXola \> 
 yap ovk eyopcev. KXeapye Kat Upo^eve. ' HXto<? avtcryei. 
 EfjaKpvrjs aKovoptev Oopvfiov. Apyvptov ptev ovk e%&>. 
 AirayyeXXere ' 'Aptatro. 'Avaj3atvet Xetptcro<po<?. 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 6. 1 : III. I. 35 : I. 2. 20. (2.) I. 6. 9 : III. 1. 5 : V. 6. 12 : VI. 1. 5. (3.) 
 III. 4. 49 : V. 7. 21. (4.) I. 7. 5 : II. 1. 20 : I. 3. 15 : III. 5. 13: VII. 1. 25. (5.) I. 3. 3 ; 3. 10 ; 
 6. 2: III. 5. 6. (6.) III. 1. 46: I. 9. 4: V. 7. 10. (7.) I. 1. 3 : V. 7. 11 : III. 2. 29: V 
 6. 4. (3.) VI. 6. 24: I. 4. 16. (9.) I. 1. 3 ; 6. 4 ; 10. 14. (10.) V. 6. 14: IV. 5. 22 
 (11.) IV. 7. 3: I. 6. 1. (12.) I. 7. 5: IV. 7. 25: VI. 6. 13. (13.) II. 1. 10. (14.) V 
 6. 35: I. 4. 9; 4. 10. (15.) VII. 3. 5 : V. 4. 5. (16.) I. 5. 16 : V. 7. 6. (17.) V. 7. 21. 
 VII. 7. 53. (18.) II. 1.4: IV. 1. 7. 
 
 2 
 
14 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 III. 
 
 1. BovXeverai. BovXevdfieda. BovXevecrOai, Mav- 
 Oavovaiv apyeiv re kcu ap-^eaOau BovXop,cu. El 
 fiovXecrOe, Xe'yere. AXXa, el (3ovXei, pe've. 'E6eXu> 
 iropevecrdcu, AXXa iropevwp-eOa. Ov ftovXeade avfitro- 
 
 6 pevecrdat. 
 
 2. Kvpov Be ixerairepmertu. ITeldeTcu. Ov 6eXere 
 TreideaOai ovBe eireadai,. Ec Be XPV& L<i > iropevov- Mr), 
 7rpo? Bewv, pbacvcofieda. Mr/ ovv olov. QaLveadco. 2a>- 
 tpiaBe re aa(paXa><;. Nvv Be airep^opxu,. E^ep^ovrat 
 
 10 Br] aw Boparlois kcu dcr/cols. Ovk alayyvecrQe ovre 6eov$ 
 ovr avdpwKOVi ; 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Krrjcna*; Xeyet,. Kvpos <TvXXap,f3dveL 'OpdvTrjv. 
 EvTevOev e^eXavvei <TTa9pLov<s irevre, Trapaadyyas rpi- 
 aKOVTa. Ayacrias l<Tvp,<$>aXio<; Xo^dyo^ TcrpaxTKerai. 
 
 KArjaTrjs Be Trpoaep^erai. 
 
 2. E^eXavvei Bui $pvyia$. Tpd(pei eTuaToXr\v. £77- 
 aafxov teat fieXtvrjv /ecu neyyjpov kcu irvpowi kcu Kpidd^ 
 cpepei. Ek 6dXaTTT)S et? 6aXarrav. XrpaTiwTai, fit) 
 Oavfia^ere. Ep^erai Mi6piBarr]<;. Aeica ap,a%ai irerpcov. 
 
 wXevOr)*; Xeyei. ^evdrjs Treynvei A^po^eX/xrjv. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. IlapoBos arevt). Ei<; (pcXiav %a)pav. Ovoi aypioc. 
 
 ' fLcnrep ve<peXr) Xev/crj. OBos d/j,a^cro<;, opOia la^vpax;. 
 
 IIpo? Lcryypa ywpia. Terpaicocriot oirXlrcu. Tlapaaay- 
 
 yai ^iXiol. E^ep^ovrat Bi) crvv Bopanois kcu aa/cols Kai 
 
 25 OvXukols km aXXois ayyeiois, ei9 Bia^tXcov<; avOpwTrovs. 
 
 (L. I.) I. 1. 4: lit. 2. 8: I. 3. 11 ; 9. 4. (2.) III. 1. 25: V. f> ;ir. (V) III. 4. 11; 
 4. 41. (4.) IV. 7. 7: I. 3. 5. (G.) I. 1. 2; 1. 3; 3. 6. (7.) III. 1. 11 : VII. 1. 29. 
 (8.) II. I. 12: V. 7. 10: VI. G. 1*. (9) VII. C. 31: VI. 4. 23. (10.) II. 6. 39. (12.) I. 
 8. 27; C. 4. (13.) I. 4. 10. (14.) VII. 8. 19. (If.) VI. 1. 8. (1G.) I. 2. 6; 6. 3; 
 2. 22. (18.) I. 2. 22j 3. 3. (19.) III. 3. 1 : IV. 7. Id. 00.) VII. (.. (4 
 (21.) I. 7. 15: III. 2. 9: I. G. 2 (22.) I 8. 8; 2 21. (23) IV. C 11: 1 1 3: MI. 
 8. 2G. (21.) VI. 4. 23. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 15 
 
 2. O-l arparcayrai <pepovo~t Xt,0ov$. H arparia oiiro) 
 ycyvcocrKet. Terdprr} 6° rjfie'pa Karafiaivovcriv et? to ire ■ 
 Btov. ^vy/cXeiovo-t ra? irvXas, kcu, tov fio^Xov e/x^aX- 
 Xovcriv. Koivrj<; aa)TT]pia<; Beofieda. AXXa (pvyrj Xec- 
 irovcn to xaypiov. 5 
 
 3. %i)fiaivet 6 aa\7n<y/CTr)<;. EvravOa Btj Kupov airo- 
 Te/j-veraL ?? /cecpaXr]. Ac o-irovBai /xevovTcov. Kac o #eo? 
 tera? ayec ovtcos. Qevyovac Bpofuo, Kac epLirciTTOvacv et? 
 tj]v daXarTav. 
 
 4. Ava/3acvec ovv 6 Kvpos. ' Ep-yerrac 7rpo? tov Kvpov. io 
 'E^eXavvec Bca t??? AvBca<$. UaXcv (pacveTac 6 McdpcBd- 
 tt??. O Be Ereovlicos et? tt)v aicpav enrocpevyet. Eire 
 rats irrjyals tov Mapavou iroTapcov. Ev Tat? /c&j/zat? rats 
 virep tov rreBiov tov irapa tov KevTpiTijv iroTapbov. 
 
 5. O Se<T7roT^? e/cao-TT]s Trjs ocKca^. JJepc Be tov /ca- 15 
 X<y? awoOvrjcrKecv aycovi^ovTac. Aui pceaov Be tov irapa- 
 Beiaov. Eire ti]v r\p.eTepav ywpav epyecrQe. Oc tov e/xov 
 aBeXcpov (pcXoc. Air eKecvr)<; t??? ?;/xepa?. Uavopcac e/cet- 
 1/779 ttjs Biavoias. Ek TrjaBe Trjs ya>pa<;. 
 
 6. Ev Trj yrj apyovcrc AaKeBac/xovcoc /ecu ev tj} da\aT-20 
 T7] tov vvv ypovov. Ev tu> irpoaOev Xoya. OttXItcli 
 fiev /jLvpcoc Kac %cXioc, nreXTacrTac Be ajj,<pc tovs BccrycXc- 
 ou?. Ticrcracpepvris Bia/3aXXec tov Kvpov Trpos tov aBeX- 
 (pov. MoXts Bca/3aivovo~c tov KatKov nroTa[xov. AeyeTac 
 Be Kac tov; aXXovs Uepcras ^cXai^ Tat? KecpaXacs ev to>25 
 TroXefMp BtaKivBvveveiv. 
 
 i. Ap-yayopas Apyelos. Oc aXXoc aTpaTrjyoc. Oc 
 B aXXoc GTpaTicoTat iracovac feat fiaXXovcrLV. Ol iroXe'- 
 pecoc eTTicpaivovrat ev T(p 7reBca). Tov Te KXeapeTov airo- 
 KTeivovcrc /cat twv aXXcov avyyov^. O eTepo? tov erepov 30 
 iratei. EkkXlvovgcv ol (SapjSapoc, teat (pevyovacv. 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 7. 25: VI 1. 19. (2.) III. 4. 31. (3.) VII. I. 15. (4.) III. 2. 32: IV. 2 
 12. (6.) IV. 3. 32: I. 10. 1. (7.) II. 3. 24: VI. 3. IS. (S.) V. 7. 25. (10.) I. 1. 2 
 1.10. (11.) I. 2. 5: III. 4. 2. (12.) VII. 1. 20: I. 2. S. (13.) IV. 3. 1. (15.) VII. 4, 
 14: III. 1. 43. (16.) I. 2. 7. (17.) IV. 8. 6: I. 7. 6. (IS.) I. 7. IS: V. 6. 31. (19.) VII, 
 7.7. (20.) VI. 6. 13. (21.) III. 1. 1 : I. 2. 9. (23.) I. 1. 3. (24.) VII. 8. 18: I. 8. 6, 
 (27.) IV. 2. 17: I. 2. 15: III. 4. 49. (28.) III. 5. 2. (29.) V. 7. 16. (30.) VI. 1. 5 
 (31.) I. 8. 19. 
 
16 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 8. Kvpoq rrjv KiXiaaav et? rrjv KtXtKtav airoirepLTret. 
 T>j B varepaia pier arre purer at rov<; arparr/yov^. Aei- 
 rrovatv ot fiapftapot a/ia^rjTi rov Xocpov. Kvpos Be p-erd 
 rdv aXXcov e^eXavvet Bta KainraBoKtas. K.Xeap%o<; teat 
 
 Sot eiceivov. Ot Be a/xept Ttaaacpepvijv tcai Aptaiov. Ot 
 uwo rcov ev Be^ia, otKtcov. Hep-iret Avklov rov "XvpaKoatov 
 Kat aXXov eirt rov Xocpov. 
 
 9. Ta virep rov Xocpov. Ta tjpterepa. Aapt/3avetv ra 
 €7riT7]Seca. E^optev jap ra e/cetveov. Ta rrept Upo^evov. 
 
 io AXXo<; aXXa Xeyet. To ApttaBucov brrXtrtKov. 'Ev 
 pteaco rrjs oiicaBe 6Bov. Et<> KaXov rjKere. Oi idrpol kcli- 
 ovat teat reptvovatv eir ayadco. Kat eirt p.ev ro axpov ava- 
 fiatvet Xetptaocpos. Hxere ets to pteaov rov arparoireBov. 
 
 10. O Be rretOerat re teal avXXaptf3dvet Kvpov. 'O 
 15 Be rov? rjfierepov? ttovow; €^et. Avtctos 6 UoXvarpclrov 
 
 ' 'A0r]vaLo<i. 
 
 1. lrj ce avrrj rjfiepa. p,vXic,op.ei>ot etc rov avrov. 
 Aura ra arro rcov otKtcov IjvXa. Ot Be arpartcorai, 
 ot re avrov etceivov Kat ot aXXot. Nvv avrot xaiovatv. 
 
 20 Ttaaacpepvrj? tcai ot aw avrco. Xw oXtyots Tot? 7rep\ 
 avrov. Ttaaacpepvi)^ Btaj3aXXet rov Kvpov 777309 rov 
 aBeXcpov, cos €7rt/3ovXevot avrco. AiroareXXet rov<i clyye- 
 Xov<;, teat aw avrot<; X.etptaocpov. Avro<i Be rcov rrcoXcov 
 Xapt/3avet. O Be Xeyet avrco. Ayovatv avrov irapa rov 
 
 23 KXeap-^ov, Kat eppa^ovatv, a Xeyet. 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. EXeye ro2<; arpartcorats. Oi ftapfiapot ero^evov 
 Kat eftaXXov. Exelvos edrjpevev arro lttttov. EXeyov, 
 ort Oavp.a'Cptev. O K.Xeap%o<; e/3ovXevero. E/3ovXev- 
 
 (L. I.) I 2 20. (2.) VII. 2. 14 : IV. 2. 15. (3.) I. 2. 20. (4.) I. 2. 15. (5.) III. 5. 1 : 
 V. 2. 24. (6.) I. 10, II. (80 I 10. 14; 3.9: V. 1. 7. (9.) V. 1. 9: II. 5. 87. (10.) 
 II 1. 15: IV. 8 13: III. 1.2. (II.) IV. 7. 3 : V. 8. IS. (12.) IV. 1. 7. (13 .) Ill I 88, 
 (14.) I. 1.3: VII. C. 9. (15)111.3.20. (17.) I. 5. 12: II. 4. 11. (IS ) 11 2 10 : I. 3. 7. 
 (19.) III. 5. 5. (20.) 111. 5. 3: I. 5. 12. (21.) I. 1. 3. (22.) II 1. 6, (88.) I?. «. 35. 
 (84.) III. 4. 39: II. 4. 18. (2G.) IV. 8. 14; 2. 12. (27.) I. 2. 7: V. 7. IS. (33.) 
 11.3 S: V. 1.2. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 17 
 
 ovto irepu t?}? \onrfj<i iropetas. EvravOa 8tj kolvtj e/3ov- 
 XevovTO. EvTavda ot ireXTao-Tat eBicoKov. Oc Be i]8eco<; 
 kireldovTO, eirlaTevov yap avTu>, Etno'Tevop.riv Be vtto 
 Aa/ceBaiiAovtoov. Ecpaivero c^yta nnrcov. Ot, B eXeyov, 
 brt nrept airovBcov fj/coiev. 5 
 
 2. Edavp-a^ov, brt ovBafxov Kvpos cpaivoiro. 'EttI 
 tov aBeXcpov Apra^ep^rjv earpareveTO. Oo Be arparia)- 
 tcu e^aXeiraLvov tols crrpaTriyois. Oi Be Xo^dyoo eiru 
 ral<; Ovpais efxevov. Tg B vcrrepaia eiropevovTO Bia tov 
 ireBiov. Avtos Be aw tois Xot7rot? eiropeveTO errt, tov 10 
 BevTepov Xocpov. B avTw ovk eirierTevev. EincrTevov 
 yap tois xcoptots. Ka\ iraXiv Ty vcrTepaia edueTO. 
 
 3. IIpoeTpe^ev airo tov BevBpov. TLpoaeTpeyov Bvo 
 veavicTKoy. MeT€7re/x7reTO tov KXeap-^ov. Kat, aXXoc eiri 
 Ta<i oc/aa$ aveftaivov. KaTe'ftatvev et? ireBtov. Errel S'i5 
 7]/xepa v7re'(paivev, eiropevovTO aiyrj. UpoaefiaXXov 7rpo? 
 to ^wptov. Ot aTpaTtoiTat, aTreXecirov avTOvs. Oi Be 
 aBtfcot, e7re/3ovXevov. Kac irpocrefiaXXov irpo<$ tovs ottXi- 
 Tas acrcpaXax;. 
 
 4. Ae^uiv eXa/3ov. ''EXafiov TJ79 £a>vr)<i tov 'Opoi>Tr)V2Q 
 eiri OavaTW. UXrjyas evefiaXev. 'Okto> fxovovs /caTeXt- 
 ttov. Aiefiawov tiiv ye'(pvpav. Avtos eirefiovXevev. 'fl<; 
 
 o 7]Tp07n] eyeveTO, BiacnrelpovTai, /cal 61 Kvpov e^a/coaiou 
 AeyeTai T779 TeXevTrjs Tv%etv. AXXa (pvyrj aXXos aXXrj 
 eTpaireTo. AireOavev viro NiKavBpov. AiaXap,{3avovcrioj 
 to airo tcvv ao^jxaXcoTcov apyvpiov yevoptevov, 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. AcnBaT7]<; ecrTiv ev tu> ireBuu). ETOifios eipi. 
 HXiOiot, ecrfiev. Av9 pantos eifii. EXeyovTO Be 01 XaX- 
 Baloc eXevdepot re Kac aXtcifioi elvat. EvTavda rjv irapa 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 7. 4. (2.) VI. 5. 29 : I. 2. 2. (3.) VII. 6. 33. (1.) I. 6. 1 : II. 3. 4. (6.) 
 
 1. 10. 16: II. 1. 1. (7.) I. 4. 12. (8.) II. 5. 31. (9.) in. 4. 13. (10.) IV. 2. 13. 
 (11.) VII. 8. 2: V. 4. 2. (12.) VI. 4. 20. (13.) IV. 7. 10; 3. 10. (14.) I. 3. 8: V. 
 
 2. 22. G5.) I. 2. 22: IV. 2. 7. (16.) V. 2. 4. (17.) VI. 5. 4: II. 6. 20. (18.) VI. 3. 7. 
 (20.) I. 6. 6 ; 6. 10. (21.) I. 5. 11 : VI. 3. 5. (22.) II. 4. 24 : V. 6. 29 : I. 8. 25. (24.) 
 II. 6. 29: IV. 8. 19. (25.) V. 1. 15 ; 3. 4. (27.) VII. 8. 9 : IV. 6. 17. (28.) II. 5. 21 : 
 VI. 1. 26 : IV. 3. 4. (29.) I. 2. 13. 
 
18 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 ttjv 6Bov Kprjvrj. Hv yap rj TrapoBo? cnevr\. 'Efnropiov 
 B rjv to ywpiov. Aywvoderai B oi Oeot eiaiv. 
 
 2. Evravda ijcrav Ktojiai. O'vrco Be e^ei. <£tA,09 re /cat 
 avjijia-yo^ elvat fiovXerai. Kat ot, fiev aTparrjyot eirvv- 
 
 5 Oavovro irept rov Xevdov, Trorepa 7roXep,to<; etrj rj (piXos. 
 EXeyero Be 6 crroXo? etvat et? UetcrtBas. Jlaprjv Be Kat 
 Xeipiaocpos o AaKeBat/xovios. Kac rrjv 6Bov ecppal^ev, rj 
 
 €LTj. 
 
 3. TTToyjriai jiev rjcrav. 'Hv Be rrapa rov Evcpparrjv 
 10 TrapoBos arevij /xera^v rov rrorajxov nai rrjs rdcppov. 
 
 AvajKT) eart jia^eaOat. Hvi/ca B rjv BeiXrj, e'^arrivrjs o'i 
 TroXejitot e7Ti(palvovrac ev rat TreBuo. Erret Be bp6po<; rjv, 
 e PX erai 'X'P '* T0V Xeipiaocpov. Eirei B ijjxepa rjv oyBorj. 
 Kat rjv fxev ctatoto? rjBrj. Me%pt cvcoto? eyeveTO. Ov yap 
 lb ijv %6pTO<;. Ov yap kcrrt irXola. 'Akovco Be, /cco/ia? elvat 
 KaXas. EvOa Brj 7raXiv aOvjxta rjv. 
 
 4. EvravOa Kvpa) fiaatXeta rjv Kac irapaBetaos. Tols 
 Be vTToyjna jiev rjv. Atto rov avroptarov Bpofio? eyevero 
 rot? arrpario)rat<i eirt ra? crKrjva<;. 'Hv avreo 7roXe/xo? 
 
 S!0 7r/3O9 IIeto-i8a<; Kat Mvaovs. 
 
 5. Oi/re yap rjv. 'HBrj Be koI o^e rjv. Oyjre eyt- 
 yvero. Kat, rjBrj ptev a/j.<pt r]Xiov Bvc/xas rjv. HXios 
 eBvero. EneX Be 7rpo? ijjiepav rjv. 
 
 6. Eart Xajiftavetv. Ovk rjv \aj3elv. E^eart 
 •25 irept avrov ijrev8ecr0ai. Ta yap €7rtrrjBeia ovk ecrriv 
 
 e X eiV ' 
 
 7. flpa Be (BovXeveadai. AvayKij Be rropeveadat rjBrj. 
 
 Kat avayKrj jxayeaBai. flpa \eyeiv. "XyoXrj Tots tto- 
 Xejitofi \rji'£ea6ai. Tov Be kvkXov ij vrepioBos e£ rrapa- 
 30 aayyai. 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 4. 4; 4. G. (2.) III. 1. 21. (3.) I. 4. 19: V. 6. 12: VII. C. 3. (4.) VII. 1. 
 14. (6.) III. 1.9: 1.4. 3. (7.) IV. 5. 34. (9)11.5.1:1.7.15. (1 1.) IV. 6. 10 : III. 
 5.2. (12.)IV.3.8. (13 ) IV. C. 1. (14.) IV. 5. 17; 2. 4 : I. 5. 5. (15.) VI. 4 12: III. 
 2.31. (1G.) III. 3. 11. (17.) 1.2.7; 3.21. (Id.) I. 2. 17. (19.) I. 9. 14. (21.) VI. 5. 31 : 
 11. 2. 16: III. 4. 36. (22.) VI. 4. 20: I. 10. 15. (23.) IV. 5. 21. (21.) I 5. 3 ; 5 2: 
 II. 6. 29. (23.) II. 2. 3. (27.) IV. 6. 7: VI. 4. 12. (98.) VI. 4. 21 : I. 3. 12. V. 1. 0. 
 (29.) III. 4. 11. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 19 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. 2v Xe'yei?. l!vLL(3ovXevco eya>. ^VLifiovXevco vlilv. 
 'HfieU olo/xe0a. Ovk ovtcds r]Liet<;, to KXeap%e, ovt€ aXo- 
 yuTTOt ovre 7)Xt0t,ot ea/xev. T/u,el<; yap core aTpaTrjyoi, 
 VLiecs ra^tap^ot Kat Xo^dyoc. A-rroTreLiTre Be 7]fxa<;. 
 'T/zet? e/xol ov OeXere irelOecrOai ovBe eireaOac. EireaOac & 
 vllLv jSovXofjLCU. Xv e/iot eirifiovXeveis Kai rrj aw efxoi, 
 tTTparca. TLXoia Be i]fieL<; ovk e^ofiev. T/xet? e-m Ti]V 
 y/xere'pav ^a>pav epyeaOe. ' H [xr/KeTL Lie Kvpov vo/xi^eTe. 
 
 2. Autos errefiovXeve BcafiaXXeiv fie irpos vllcls. Aeo- 
 llcli vllwv GTpcneveadaL aw efioi. %%oX7] rot? TroXefiLois 10 
 Xrji^eaOab ' Kai Si/auco? i]fj,2v eTTi,/3ovXevovaiv, eyoLiev yap 
 to- e/cetvcov. Kac vvv e^eariv vluv irtara Xafiecv Trap 
 o'jLicov. 'O airro? vluv aToXos eaTt Kai, i]llLv. M?; ava- 
 LcevcoLiev aXXovs e<p rjLias eXdelv. 
 
 3. : Acpnnrevei, eirt TtfV eavTOV aKr)vi\v. Tloiav B rjXt- 15 
 Kcav ejiavTco eXdelv ava/j,evco ; flpa i]filv fiovXeveadac 
 virep i)llwv avTcov. EcfivXaTTOVTO Be a/xcpoTepoL oyairep 
 TToXefilovs aXXrjXovs. IlX^yas eveTeivov aXXrjXois. Ov 
 yap eya>y €tl ap%co, aXXa AaKeBaifAovioi. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. 'AOvfioTepo? 7]V. 'Haav7roXv irpodvp-oTepoL. . Ba-20 
 acXiKOTaTos Te Kat ap^eiv a^uoTaTos. ' fl OavfiaaicoTaTe 
 avBpwire. $o(3epo)TaTov B eprjLua. <&evyetv avTols 
 aacpaXeaTepov eaTiv, ?; rjfuv. Kai OpaavTepos eiLU vvv rj 
 TOTe. Ol Be aTpaTLwTat eKOinov Te ra? irvXas, Kat eXe- 
 yov, otl aBiKcoTaTa Traaj(oiev eKfiaXXofievoi, et? Toy? TroXe- 25 
 luovs. 
 
 2. ' fl KaKiaTe avOpwKov Apiale, Kat, ol aXXot oaoi rjTe 
 
 (h. 11) II. 1. 20: I. 6. 9: II. 3. 20. (2) II. 1. 20; 5. 21. (3.) III. 1. 37. (4.) 
 VII. 7. 51. (5.) I. 3. 6: III. 1.25. (6.) II. 5. 25. (7.) II. 2. 3 : IV. 8. 6. (8.) I. 4. 16. 
 (9.) V. 6. 29: VII. 3. 10. (10.) V. 1. 9. (12.) II. 3. 26. (13.) II. 2. 10: III. 1.24. 
 (15.) I. 5. 12: in. 1. 14. (16.) V. 7. 12. (17.) II. 4. 10. (18.) II. 4. 11 : VII. 7. 10. 
 (20.) I. 4. 9; 7. 8; 9. 1. (21.) III. 1. 27. (22.) II. 5. 9: III. 2. 19. (23.) V. 8. 19. 
 (24.) VII. 1. 16. (27.) II. 5. 39. 
 
20 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 Kvpov cpiXoc, ouk aicryyveade ovre Oeous ovr av9pto7rov<; ; 
 Evrevdev Kvpos rrjv KiXicraav et? rrjv KiXitciav airo- 
 •uepmei ri)v rayj,arT)v oBov. ABenrvoi riaav ol rrXelaroi. 
 
 3. O Kvpos aw TOi? rrepi avrov aptaroi<; /ecu evBai/xo- 
 5 vearaTOis. "A^coi etcrt to. ea%ara iradelv. Td fieXriara 
 
 £vfi/3ovXeveiv. JJpcorov p-ev yap kcli p^eyiarov, ol Betov 
 ?}/ia<? bpKoi Kookvovat, 7roXep,Lov<i eivaL oXXtjXols. IIXijaL- 
 airaro<i yap t)v. 
 
 4. Avcorepco rcov p,aarcov. IIoXv yap rcov lttttcov 
 io erpeyov ddrrov. JEt? ra<i eyyvrarco /cco/ias. Eyyvrepov 
 
 eytyvovTO. TLoXv Be fiaXXov o K.Xeap%o<; eairevBev. Tjj 
 varepaia Kvpos erropevero r}p,eXiip:evco<> paXXov. 
 
 X. 
 
 1. Eyco vcp vpLcov rifico/xai. Opa aerov. Hfieis ye 
 VL/ccopLev. IIoXXa7rXaaiov<; vpLcov avrcov eve/care aw rot,? 
 
 15 deois. Ta> KXedp^cp eftoa. 'Efida /cal f3ap/3apifcco<; /cal 
 EXXt]vlkco<;. Evrevdev eireipcovro €Laf3aXXeiv et9 ttjv 
 K(\(,/ciav ' i] Be eur/3o\r) iiv 6Bo<; dfia^LTOs, op6ia La%vpcos. 
 UeLpaaOco viKav. EXeye ru> HevOi], brL ev irovripois ro- 
 ttols atcrjvweV) icav rrXrjaLov elev ol rroXepLLOi. 
 
 20 2. Ol arparLcoraL cpepovaL Xidovs, /cat rroLovaL koXco- 
 vov. O 7TOTayu,o? KaXelraL Mapavas. Aia peaov he rov 
 irapaBeLaov pel 6 MatavSpo? rrorapbos. Hpids Be airo- 
 arepel rov puadov. Kvpov airew ttXolu. 
 
 3. Evravda acpcKvecrac Errva^a. AiOovs eis rov rro- 
 
 25rap.ov eppnrrovv. Ecpofiovvro avrov. f2<; avro<; av 
 op.oXoyei<>. Avro<i et,p,i, bv %r)T€L<>. Epot ovv Bo/cel ov% 
 copa eivaL i)plv KaOevBeiv, ovB ap,eXelv i)pcov avrcov. 'O 
 Kvpos avXXapfiavei, Opovrrjv, /cat avyxaXei et? rrjv eav- 
 rov atcqvijv iiepacov rovs apicrrovs rcov rrepc avrov eirrci. 
 
 (L. 2.) I. 2. 20. (3.) I. 10. 19. (1.) I. 5. 7. (',.) II. 5. 21 : V. G. 2. (C.) II. ;>. 7. 
 (7.) LiaS. (J.) I. 4. 17; 5. 2. (10.) II. 2. 16: I. 8. 8. (11.) II. 3. 13 : I. 7. 10. (13.) 
 V. 7. 10: VI. 5. 2: II. 1. 4. (14.) III. 2. 11. (15.) I. 8. 12; 8. 1. (16.) I. i, 21. 
 (18.) III. 2. 30: VII. 4. 12. (20.) IV. 7. 25. (21.) I. 2. 8; 2. 7. (22.) VII. C. 9. 
 (23.) I. 3. 11. (21.) I. 2. 12: IV. 8 3. (25.) I. 9. 9; 6. 7. (26 ) II. 4. 16: I 3. 11. 
 (27.) 1.6. 4. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 21 
 
 4. ^ Array ye'XXere roivvv avra>, ore pa%r]<; & e ' irpCorov. 
 'JEZSeia? errovovv, kcu 6appaXe'u><; etcrwvTO. ^Ktjvovpev 
 viraiBpcoc. Xeipiaocpos pev i/yeioOco, erreihq Kac Aaice- 
 hatpovio^ ecrrcv. Ov hiKacws y av pot (pOovolev. Evua 
 Kvpos alhr] poveararo^ pcev rrpcorov rcov i^KiKCwrwv ehoKec 5 
 elvac, TOt9 re TrpecrflvTepois; kcu rwv eavrov vrroheearepcov 
 pcaXXov rreiOeaOac • erreira he cpcXcrrrroraros, /ecu rot? 
 i7T7TOi? apcara ^prjcrOac. 
 
 5. 'Agcovpcev. Oc Kpartaroc apyew a^tovvrac. A^covv. 
 'E^cXov rovs 'crrrrov 9. ' EarrovhacoXoyelro, to? hrjXocr) ovs 10 
 repca. 
 
 6. Tou he Xoyov "ipyero eoSe. Hcrdevet Aapelos Kac 
 vrrccrrreve reXevrip rov (Slov. flpyt^ovro ca^ypw^ rep 
 KXeap-^o). Kcu rjpwra avrov, rroaov yjpvocov e%ec. Oc 
 Xo^dyol rrciXcv crvvrjXdov. Ovrc edeXo) eXOeiv. Kac rra- 15 
 peXdeiv ovk tjv (Sla ' rjv yap ->] rrapohos orevr\. Arrr\y- 
 yeXXe he, ore eiraivoii] avrov<i Kac Ava£c/3co<> o vavapyo^ 
 Kac oc aXXoc. 
 
 7. Trj 6° varepaca rjKev ayyeXos. Kvpos he ovrrco 
 rjKev, aXX ere rrpoarjXavvev. Xcopca yap wkovv ca^vpaoo 
 01 Taoyoc. EcKa^ov he aXXoc aXXais. Oc pcev wryovro, 
 KXeapyos he rrepcepevev. EvpccrKero he Kac vevpa rroXXa 
 ev rac<i Kwpaa Kac p.oXv/3ho<; • coare ■%prjo-6ac 6t? Ta ? 
 acpevhovas. l Ov <*>ero rrccrrov oc elvac, rayy avrov evpe 
 Kvpw cpcXacrepov, 77 eavrm. Errec he acpcKovro ea to 25 
 avro, acrpcevoc re elhov aXXrfkovs, Kac rjarra^ovro cacrirep 
 a8eX(povs. 
 
 8. Ovk aveq>yov ra$ 7rvXa$. 'Ecopa avrov;. Kac 
 aXXo<; aXXov eiXKev. Eta Kvpos. Xvvr t yayev eKKXrjcriav 
 rcov avrov arparccorcov. flcpeXe pcev Kvpos Kyv. EXe- 30 
 yovTo he oc XaXhatoc eXevdepot, re Kac aXKipcoc elvac • 
 brrXa h elyov yeppa paKpa kcu Xoy%a<>. 
 
 (L. 1.) II. 3. 5. (2.) 1.9. 19: V. 5. 21. (3.) III. 2. 37. (4.) V. 7. 10: I. 9. 5. (9.) 
 V. 5. 9. : IV. 6. 16 : I. 3. 19. (10.) VII. 2. 21 : I. 9. 25. (12.) III. 2. 7 : I. 1. I. (13.) 
 I. 5. 11. (14.) VII. 8. 1 : III. 5. 14. (15.) I. 3. 10; 4. 4. (16.) VI. 1. 16. (19.) I. 2. 
 21 ; 5. 12. (20.) IV. 7. 1. (21.) I. 6. 11 : II. 1. 6. (22.) III. 4. 17. (24.) I. 9. 29. 
 (25.) VI. 3. 24. (28.) V. 5. 20: VI. 6. 35: V. 2. 15. (29.) I. 4. 7; 3. 2. (30.) II. 1. 4: 
 IV. 3. 4. 
 
22 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 9. Kai ovtoi p,ev e/xevov, ol 6*' uXXol eiropevovro. N6- 
 yuo? yap tiv ovtos acpioiv. TavTrjv Bi) ttjv irapoBov Kvpds 
 re teat i) arpaTia iraprfkOe, /cat eyevovro eiaco rrj<i rdcppov. 
 Tovro) aired averrjv. Tovro earco. Kac tceXevec avrowi 
 
 bXeyeiv ravra toi? crrpariu>raL<; ) /cat, avaireideLv erreadat. 
 
 10. ToaouroL B eial irorap,oL Outo? p,ev Br) roiavra 
 eiire • fiera Be rovrov KXeap^o? e'nre rocrovrov. Toiavrt)v 
 e X 6T€ < yvu>H''>l v 7i"6/>i e/xov. Kat ol criparicorai ravrd eftov- 
 Xovro. Ovros Be 6 auTo? fceXevei. 
 
 10 11. Kal cive/io? f3oppa<; evavrio<; eirvei. Kal Xe'yere, 
 brav jSoppas rrverj, &)? icaXoi irXoi etaiv. Evvoi rjcrav. 
 .Hyelro B avrcov Tap,co$ AiyvTrrto? e£ Ecpe'aov. E7reiBj] 
 Be ea>9 eyevero, Bieftaivov rr\v yecpvpav. '/2? rd^iara ea>? 
 vTrecpaivev, eOvovro. ' Hv ol deoi IXeco cocriv. 
 
 XI. 
 
 15 1. Hfiel? e/cel 7rpo? ravra f3ovXevcrdp,e8a. 'E7reiBav 
 e/celcre eXdcop-ev, {3ovXevo~ofie0a. %v ovv, irpo<; decov, av/x- 
 fiovXevcrov ij/mv. Ol ^Kvdat rot-orai ero^evcrav. 'O 'Ava- 
 ^ifiios^eicXeicTe tu9 irvXas. 'H/xas Bv^avrtov diroKXelaei. 
 E/caXecre row; ayyeXovs. KXeap^ov Be /cal elcrco irape- 
 
 zoKaXecre avpLfdovXov. Aicovaare ovv p.ov, irpo<i 6ewv. 
 HotcrT av a/covcrai/ju. 
 
 2. Eirefi'^e fie 'Apialos. IIe'p,yfrar€ avrovs Bevpo. 
 2vve7refxtyev avrrj arparicora<;. Upd^evo? avrbv fxere- 
 TrefxyJraTO. Etyovrat Kvpco. Eyco Be avTi/ca yi;co. 
 
 25 AXXa, p,a tou9 deovs, ovk eycoye avrovg Blco^co. E/celvos 
 Xeyei, on a%et avrovs irevre i)p,epcov et<? ^copiov, bdev 
 oifrovrai daXarrav. AiarpltyoLiev rrjv rrjfMepov i]fj.e'pav. 
 Ovk ap,ayei ravr eyco Xrjyjrofiai. Kal et? cpvyyv erpc^re 
 
 (L. 1.) VI. 5. 4: V. 4. 33. (2.) 1. 7. 16. (4.) H. G. 30: 
 
 II. 6. 18: I. 3. 14. (7.) VII. C. 35. (S.) VII. 2. 2. (9.) VII. 
 V. 7. 7. (11.) II. 6. 20. (12.) I. 4. 2: II. 4. 24. (13.) IV. 3. 9. 
 I. 3. 20: VI. 1. 33. (1G.) II. 1. 17. (17.) III. 4. 15: VII. 1. 3G. 
 11.3.3:1.6.5. (20.) V. 7. 5. (21.) II. 5. 15. (22.) II. 4. 16 ; 5. 41. (23)1.2.20: 
 
 III. 1. 4. (24.) 1.4. 13:11. 1.9. (25.) I. 4. 8: IV. 7. 20. (27.) IV. 6. 9. (23.) I. 7, 9; 
 8.24. 
 
 I. 8. 17; 4. 11. 
 
 (G.) 
 
 3. 3. (10.) IV. 
 
 5. 3: 
 
 (11 ) VI. 6. 32. 
 
 (1*0 
 
 (i-i vi. c. i:t. 
 
 (19.) 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 23 
 
 tou? e%aKio-%cXlov<;. "Eirefxyfrev rjfia? r) crrparca irpo<; ere, 
 co KXeavBpe. 
 
 3. Ev re Xe'yere, Kal rrocr)o~w ravra. O Be avrco 
 Xeyei • " Mr) irocr\cTr)<i ravra." 'H<yrjcrofJ,aL Be avros eyco. 
 Kal croc av BrfXcocrco, bdev eyco rrepc gov aKOvco. Kvpov 5 
 Se iierarrepLrrerac airo 777? apyrjf, r]<; avrov crarpairrjv 
 eTrolrjcrev. " E-^rovrat vpuv, kcil rretpacrovrac pbCfxelcrOac. 
 Evravda Tcacracf>epvrj<; Kal oc aw avrco Kacecv erreyecpr)- 
 crav ra<i Kcofias. AXXa rovrov^ fiev oc Qeoc arrorcaacvro. 
 
 Akovco, Ae^cmrov Xeyecv 7rpo<i KXeavBpov, g>? ovk avw 
 €7roirjcr€v Ayaacas ravra, ec /xr) eyco avrov eKeXevaa. 
 
 4. EVrrev ovv Xevd^' " ^OpQm re Xe'yere, Kal eyco 
 rco vofico rco vpcerepco rrecaopiai" Edrjpevev airo cttttov, 
 oirore yvpevaaac ftovXocro eavrov re Kac rows nnrovs. 
 
 5. 'O Be ttXovs total eU ' HpaKXecav. XaXerrov earac 15 
 Kac pce'vecv Kal arroifkeiv • Kal yap ev ry yfj apyovac AaKe- 
 Bacfiovcoc Kat ev rrj OaXarrr] rov vvv ypovov. 
 
 6. EKiropcovac rrj arparca pecadov. Ov Bvvrjcrerac 
 rayecos rropeveaOac ■ cacos Be Kac rcov eircrrjBeccov arravcel. 
 
 ' flpa Be /3ovXevea0ac, oVeo? <w? KaXXcara aycovcov/xeda. 20 
 Tp,a<;, orrorav yaXr]vrj fj, ep,j3c/3co. Ov pcayelrac BeKa 
 i][xepwv. Harra^ero avrov, to? arroTTXevaovpcevos rjBrj. 
 
 7. Mvpcovs eBcoKe BapecKov^. Kvpos B ecirev, " Ovk 
 apa en peayjerac, ec ev ravracs ov pcayelrac rals r)pcepac<; ' 
 eav B aXr)6evarj<;, vrrcayyovpeae crot BeKa raXavra." Tov-25 
 ro ro ypvacov rore aireBcoKev, eirec iraprjxOov at BeKa 
 rjpeepac. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. Elyov Be 6copa.Ka<; Xcvovs. KrjpvKa? eirepi-^re irepc 
 arrovBcov. IIpos rov<; &paKa<; eiroXepcrjaa. H yvvi] 
 avrov eirecaev. Kac rrepbTrovac KaXXtp,ayov ApKaBa. 30 
 
 (L. 1.) VI. 6. 20. (3.) VII. 1.22; 1.8. (4.) V. 6. 24. (5.) II. 5. 26: I. 1. 2. (7.) III. 
 1.36. (8.) III. 5. 3. (9.) III. 2.6. (10.) VI. 6. 15. (12.) VII. 3 39. (13.) I. 2. 7. (15.) 
 VI. 1. 33; 6. 13. (18.) V. 6. 19: II. 2. 12. (20.) IV. 6. 7. (21.) V. 7. S : I. 7. 16. 
 (22.) VII. 1. 8. (23.) I. 3. 3; 7. 18. (2S.) IV. 7. 15: II. 3. I. (29.) I. 3. 4; 2.26. 
 (30.) V. 6. 14. 
 
24 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 Kat tovto evvo-qcrare, oti em rat? Ovpais rfj<; 'EXXaBo<; 
 ea/xev. Ta Be a6Xa yaav aTXeyyiBes %pvaai. ' Ore Be 
 raina tjv, a%eBov fieaai rjaav vvtcTes. 
 
 2. Aapciov koi napvaciTiBos yiyvovTat 7rat8e? Bvo, 
 STrpeafivTepos fiev Apra^e'p^r]<;, veoiTepos Be Kvpos. 'EireX 
 
 Be r)cr6evei Aapelos Kat vrrcoTTTeve TeXevTTjV tov fii'ov, 
 efiovXero rco TraiBe cifitporepco trapeivat. 
 
 3. EirXeov ^piepav koI vvkto, TrveviiaTi KaXcZ. To Be 
 crrpaieu/Jia o atTos eireXnrev. HBiaT av uKovaatp.1 to 
 
 wovofxa. E7rec Be tovto eyeveTO, epyovTat 7rpo<> i)p.a<; oi 
 KepaaowTioi, kcli Xeyovai to Trpay/xa. Tats aairiat 
 7rpo? tci BopaTa eBovir'qaav. To yap eiTL^japL ovk e't^ev, 
 aXX aei ^a\e7ro? i\v Kal colios. 
 
 4. Kat oi aXXoi fxev Xo^dyoi awfjXOov, ol fiev aw 
 15 irpayfiaatv, ol Be avev irpayLiaTcov ' oi Be QpaKes, erret 
 
 evTv^rjcrav tovto to evTv^rjua, awefiowv Te aXXrfkovs, Kat, 
 avveXeyovTO eppco/xevoi 1 ? n/? vvkto?. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. TavTa eyco airayyeXw. 'O Be iraXiv rjpwTrjae • 
 " XirovBas ?; iroXeLiov airayyeXw ; " EvTavOa e/xeive 
 
 20 Kvpos ijLiepas TpuiKOVTa • Kat t]Ke KXeap^os 6 AaKeBat- 
 liovios <pvya<s. Ta%v tol vluv aTTOKpivovfiai. AireKpt- 
 varo KXeap^os. Kat ev Tavrq tjj App-i)vrj eptetvav oi 
 cTTpaTLcoTat i)LLepa<; irevTe. Ovk e/xeivav tovs 07r\tTa9. 
 
 2. Kat airoftaivovaiv eis KuXttt]<; Xtfie'va, KaTa fxeaov 
 •23 7T&J? Trjs 0paKT]s. Oi Be EXXrjves aw yeXwTt em tu? 
 
 aKTjva<i i]Xdov. Kat Xeyet, oti BapetKos cKaaTco eaTat 
 fxiaOos tov Lirjvos. AapetKov e/cacrro? otaet tov llijvos 
 vllwv • Xo-^ayo? Be to BittXow ' aTpaTrjyos Be to TeTpa- 
 ttXow. Tllwv Be tcov EXXijvwv Kat aTecpavov eKaaTW 
 3i)^pvaovv Bwaw. 
 
 (L. I.) VI. 5.23. (2.) I. 2. 10: III. 1. 33. (I.) I. 1. 1. (3.) VI. 1. 1 1 : I. 5. 6. (9.) 
 II. 5. 15. (10.) V. 7. 20. (11.) I. 8. IS. (12.) II. 6. 12. (11) VI. 3. 6. (18.) II. 
 1.03. (19)1.2.9. (21.) VI. 6. 31: II. 1.22. (22.) VI. 1. 17. (23.) IV. 4. 20. (24.) 
 VI 17 (25)1.2 19. (96.) TIL 6.1 (27.) VII. fi. 7. (29)1.7.7 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 2b 
 
 3. Avo Xo-yot rov Me'vwvo? crrpaTevpiaros airoiXovTO. 
 Evdvs fieTa7re/j,776rai e/c XaXKijBovos <fipovpov<;. Hyep,ova 
 aWelv Kvpov. Ttj Be vcrrepaia avev rjye/jtovos eiropeuovro. 
 "EXeye Be KXedvcop. 'Evravda Brj Kvpov aTTOTefiverat rj 
 KecpaXi] Kai %«/? r\ Be^ui. ' Errep^-^ras irpos epte, w XevBrj, 5 
 et? XaX/crjBova Trpiorov MrjBocraBriv tovtovl. Kat e/ceXeve 
 KXeapyov fikv rov Be^tov Kepcos tjyelaOai, Mevcova Be tov 
 QerraXov rov evcovv/xov ' auTO? Be tow? eavrov Btera^ev. 
 
 4. Ucurepa ep,e eKaXetre. Ilapvaarts ptev Brj rj pbrvrrjp 
 inrrjpye ra> Kvpa). Tov avBpa opw. E<y(o, co avBpes io 
 "EXXrjves, yetrcov olkcd rrj 'EXXaBt. EvravOa Xeyerat 
 
 AttoXXwv eicBelpaL Mapavav. Zrj 6 avr\p. Tavia ot 
 o-rpari]yol Kvpw mrriyyeXXov • o B vir eo~yei o, avBpt 
 eKacrTa) Bcoaetv ireyre apyvpcov ptva<;, eirav et? BafivXcova 
 
 IjKOlCnV. 15 
 
 5. TerTapa crraBta BteiyeTijV tco (paXayye air aXXrj- 
 Xcov. '12 Kvpe, \ey overt Tives. 'EvvKrepevaav aalrot Kat 
 avev TTvpos ■ /cat evravOd rive? uttuiXovto tcov arpartco- 
 tQ>v. Xrpovdov Be ovBets eXa/3ev. Tiro-^nai ptev rjaav, 
 cpavepa Be ovBep,ia e<paivero eirt(3ovXr\. OvBets ijptapra- 20 
 vev avBpos. MrjBeis vptcov Xeyerco. HBtKrjcraptev tovtov 
 ovBev. 
 
 6. TV? ovtq) ptatverat, bans ov fiovXerat croi cptXos 
 elvai ; Ilptv BfjXov elvai, b rt 01 aXXoc EXXrjves a-Ko- 
 Kpivovvrai Kvpro. Mevcov Be, irpiv BrjXov elvai, rt ttoit]- 25 
 crovcriv ol aXXot o-rparicorai, irorepov eyjrovrai Kvpat 77 ov, 
 crvveXe^e to avrov arparevua %&)pt? rwv aXXcov, Kat 
 eXe£e raBe. Eme, riva yvco/xr/v €^ei<; irept rrjs iropeias. 
 
 7. Ae^are ovv Trpos p.e, rl ev va> eyere, <w? cpiXov re 
 Kat evvovv, Kat j3ov\oixevov Kotvf/ crvv vplv tov ctoXov 30 
 Troieladat. Avrat rjpoyrcov avrovs, rives elev. Xv ovv, 
 irpos Oewv, av^ovXevaov i]fuv, b rt croi Bokci KaXXiarov 
 
 (L 1.) I. 2. 25. (2.) VII. 1. 20: I. 3. 14. (3.) IV. 2. 24. (4.) II. 5. 39: I. 10. I. 
 (5.) VII. 2. 24. (6.) I. 7. 1. (9.) VII. 6. 33: I. 1.4. (10.) I. 8. 26: II. 3. 13. (11.) I. 
 2.8. (12.) V. 8. 10: I. 4. 13. (16.) I. 8. 17. (17.) I. 7. 5 : IV. 5. 11. (19-71.5.3: 
 II. 5. 1. (20.) III. 4. 15. (21.) I. 3. 15: VII. 6. 22. (23.) II. 5. 12. (21.) I. 4. 14. 
 (25.) I. 4. 13. (28.) II. 2. 10. (29.) III. 3. 2. (31.) IV. 5. 10 : If. 1. 17. 
 
 3 
 
26 GKEEK LESSONS. 
 
 Kai apiarov elvai, Kai o croi rifArjv oicrei et? tov eirena 
 ypovov. O tl he Troirjaoi, ov hieayiprjvev. Orw hoKei 
 ravra, avareivarco T)\v yeipa. 
 
 8. Ei he Tis aXXo Spa /3e Xrlov, Xe^arco. ' flare tt}? 
 o i)fxepa<; bXr)<; hifjXOov ov rrXeov irevre Kai eiKoai o~Tahia>v, 
 aXXa heiXr)<; acpiKovro ei<? tu9 /coo/za?. IIXeiov<; i] hiayi- 
 Xioi. Kclkiovs eicri 7repc ?;/xa?, ?; 7)p,ei<} rrepi eKeivovs. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. EiaehvovTO a? row; 7roSa? ol ip,dvTe<;. 'O he aevo- 
 cp(ov tov p,ev apyovra rrj<i Koop.7]? ravrr}^ crvvhenrvov eiroi- 
 
 10 7jcraTO, /cat Oappelv aurov e/ceXevev. 
 
 2. IIavTe<; oi 7roXirai Kai ol irpoaywpoi avhpes /ecu 
 yvvaifces p-erelyov t?;? eoprrj<;. 'Hpyov he rore ttuvtcov 
 tcov EXXi]vcov oi Aaicehaipiovioi. Ov yap rjv yppTos, 
 ovhe aXXo ovhev hevhpov, aXXa ^iXrj i]v airaaa 1) ywpa. 
 
 !5 3. AvajSaivei ovv 6 Kvpos, Xaftcov Tio-aa<pepvr)v <y? 
 (piXov. 0£to? yap icai tt\v Trarpiha Karaiayyvei, kcli 
 iraaav ttjv EXXaha, on EXXrjv cov toiovtos ecniv. 'O 
 p,ev ovv 7rpea/3vTepo<i irapcov ervyyavev. Al he ireXrai 
 avrcov aXXore icai aXXore hiecpaivovro, yaX/cai ovcrai. 
 
 20 Eirei yap ijpepa eyevero, eiropevovro, ev he^ia e%ovT€<; rov 
 ifXiov, Xoyi^opevoi rfeeiv apa t]Xi(p hvvovri a? Kwpas tt/9 
 BafivXcovias %u>pa<;. Apia i)Xia> avareXXovri Ki]pvKas 
 eirepi-^re irepi airovhwv. 
 
 4. Akovctw; he ravra o <&aXivo$ eyeXaaev. 'O hi 
 
 2 ~> Kvpos vTToXafioov roy? (pevyovras, avX\e^a<; arparevpa, 
 eiroXiopKei MiXtjtov Kai Kara yijv Kai Kara OaXarrav. 
 Kai b? irpocreXOwv tw ^evOrj helrai, /a?/ airoKTelvai tov 
 iraiha. 'O h avqp avTrj? Xaycos foyero drjpaawv. E%e- 
 rr\ei &>? rroXepijo-cov to?? virep Xeppovj]crov Kai Ileptvdov 
 
 30 Gpaf-tv. 
 
 (L. 2.) II. 1.23: III. 2. 38. (1.) III. 2. 39; 3. 11. (6.) I. 3. 7. (7.) L 4. & <->l\ 
 5. 14; 5. 2S. (11.) V. 3. 9. (12.) VI. G. 9. (13.) I. 6. 5. (15.) I. 1. 2. (16.) III. 1. 30. 
 (17.) I. 1. 2. (18.) V. 2. 29. (20.) II. 2. 13. (22.) II. 3. 1. (21.) II. 1. 13: I. 1. 7. 
 (27.) VII. 4. R. (38.) IV. B. 31: 11.8.8. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. £1 
 
 5. TavTrjv fxev ovv ttjv rj/xepav avrov tjvXl^ovto eirt 
 tov aiycaXov rrpos ra> XifievL. To Be ywpiov rovro, b 
 KaXeircLL Kd\7T7]<i XifMi]V, ear i pcev ev rf} @ pater) tj} ev tij 
 
 Acrta • ap^ctfxevr) Be t] QpciKt] avTT) earcv airo tov crTOfia- 
 T05 tov Uovtov pe-ftpi 'HpaicXeias, eirL Be^ca et,<i tov Uov- 5 
 tov eLcrirXeovTi. 
 
 6. Nlkwv Tvyyavei. Kac apco~T(iovTi tw p,evo<j)a)VTL 
 nrpocreTpeyov Bvo veavio-/cco. Ogtls re trjv €7ri6vfiet, ttcl- 
 paaoco vlkciv ' tcov /xev yap vlkcovtcov to KaTaicaiveiv, tcov 
 Be rjTTcop,eva)v to a7ro0vr]o~K€LV eo~Tiv. Kac erre/x^e Tiva 10 
 epovvTa, otl %vyy eveaOaL avTco yjpy'Cpi. XvXXaiifiaveL 
 
 Kvpov CO? aTTOKTeVCOV. 
 
 I. HapvaaTis fiev Brj ?; p,r\Ti]p VKr)p n ^e tco Kvpco, <pt- 
 Xovcra avTOV LiaXXov r) tov ftaaiXevovTa ApTa^ep^rjv. 
 Tov B efxirpocrOev yjiovov e/c t??9 VLKtocrr]^ eirparTov iravTa 15 
 ol o~TpaTT]yot. 
 
 8. Xvv vlllv, otl av Ber/, 7relcTOfiai, O Be elirev, otl 
 a7reiaao-0aL (3ovXolto. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. EvTavda 7]o-av to, BeXe'crvos ^acrlXeca, tov Xvpias 
 ap^avTos. Eirva^a Be, i] ^vevvecrios yvvi], rrpoTepa Kv-%) 
 pov irevTe i]{iepai<; et? Tapaovs acpc/ceTo. ETV%e Be Bca 
 [xeaov pecov tov ^copiov TroTafios ^eXlvovs ■ KaL ev Ecpeacp 
 Be irapa tov Trjs ApTefxiBos vecov SeXlvovs TroTa[xo<; nra- 
 pappet, Kac c%6ves Be ev afxcj)OTe'poL<; eveiaL kcll Koy^ac. 
 
 2. TavTa Be to. dijpia oi t7T7ret? evtOTe eBicoKov. Arj- 25 
 Xov i]V, otl eyyu? tcov /3acrt\eu? rjv. BacriXea ere eiroiT]- 
 crav. UopeveTaL &><? ftacrLXe'a. O B OpovTrjs, vopuaas 
 eToc/xov; eivai avTto tov? t7T7rea?, ypacpei eirLcrToXiiv irapa 
 f3acrLXea. KaL evTevdev Xev9rj<$ irepnreL A/3po£eX/jL7]v tov 
 eavTOv epfirjvea Trpo<; "BevocpcovTa, Kac /ceXeveL avTov naTa- 30 
 
 (L. 1.) Yl. 4. 1. (7.) n. 1. 8: IV. 3. 10. (3.) in. 2. 39. (10.) II. 5. 2. (11.) I. 1. 3. 
 (13.) 1.1. 4. (15.) VI. 1. 18. (17.) 1. 3. S: IV. 4. 6. (19.) 1.4. 10. (20.) I. 2. 25. 
 (21.) V. 3. 8. (25.) I. 5. 2: H. 3. 6. (26.) VU. 7. 22. (27.) I. 2. 4; 6. 3. (29.) VII. 
 6.43. 
 
28 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 fielvai irap eavTw. 3<pevBovr)Tcov re rrjv ra^icnrjv Bel 
 Kac nnrewv. 
 
 '■). Eirel Be ttuXlv i)Xde, Xeyet ti)v fiavreiai' tw 2co 
 Kparei. Kat rjBrj re i)v irepi 7rXrj0ovaav ayopav, kcli ep- 
 
 byovrat irapa fiacnXecos /cat Tiaaacpe'pvovs Ki)pvice<i • 01 pev 
 aXXoi jSapfiapoi, i)v B avrwv $aXlvo<; el; ' EXXrjv, 09 e~vy- 
 X ave irapa Tt,cro~a<pepv€i hv, /cal evTipco; ^X wv ' AXX 
 eireaOe ijyepcovi tco 'Hpa/cXel, Kat aXXi]Xov<; irapatcaXeLTe 
 ovopLacrn. Ev tovtois rot? xa>pioL<; ol KpfJTe; xpricrifMo- 
 
 lOraroL eyevovTO ' ypx € Be c-vtwv XTpaTOKXi); Kpi};. Ot, 
 arparriyoL tcov EXXijvcov e^evi^ov tov; tcov Xivcoirewv 
 Trpecrfiei;. 
 
 4. EvTevdev Be e^eXavvei tTTaOpov; Bvo, irapaaayya; 
 Betca, €£9 Qvpcftpiov, ttoXlv oiKovpevrjv. EvravOa i)v irapa 
 
 16tt)v 6Bov K.pi)vr] 1) MiBov tcaXovpevrj, tov $pvycov ftacriXew 
 €(p rj Xeyerat MiBa; tov Xarvpov drjpevaai, olvm fcepaaa; 
 auTip. 
 
 5. O Kvpos air eire pare tov; yiyvopcevov; Baa-pbov; fta- 
 aiXel €K tcov iroXecov, tov Tiaaacpepvi]; ervy^avev e^cwt'. 
 
 20 Kac avrr) av aXXrj irpocpaat; y)v avTco tov adpot^eiv arpu- 
 revpua. Einavda Kvpo;, XiXavov KaXeaa;, tov Ap./3pa- 
 KicoTrjv pav~LV, eBco/cev aura) Bapei/cov; Tpio~xiX 10 1*9. 
 
 6. ' Hv Be T779 xiovos to (SaOo; opyvia. Evda 8?) ol 
 pcev KapBov^oc, eKXnrovTe; tci<; oiicias, e^ovTe; icai yvvai- 
 
 tt/ca; Kat iralBa;, ecpevyov eiri tu bp-q. TeXo; Be eiirev. 
 Ei^ov Be iravTe; /cpavi] y^aX/cci, Kac x iTcova $ cpoivlKOv;, kcil 
 KvrjpuBa;. 
 
 7. Tovtov to evpo; Bvo irXeOpa. EvTavOa ycrav Ta 
 Xvevvetrio; (3aaiXeia, tov KlXikcov fiaaiXeco; • Bia peaij; 
 
 3>Be t?;9 7roX,e&)9 pel TroTapuo;, KvBvo; ovopca, evpo; Bvo irXe- 
 dpwv. AirayyeXXei, otl (pevyovcriv ava Arparo?. ' Hv 
 Be, oTe eTeXevTa, apcpi Ta irevTi]KOVTa err;. Ore Be <;—<.- 
 Owqcncev, tjv eTcov <09 TpcatcovTa. 
 
 <l.. 1) III. 3. 1G. (3.) III. 1. 7. (1)11.1.7. (7) \l ■"• .--I. (9.)17.S K. (10.) 
 
 \ . E. a - ,. (13.) I. 2. 13. (IS.) I. 1. 8. (90.) I. 1. 7. (21.) I. 7. 1<. (8 ■) IV E 1 ; 
 
 1.* 8. (25.) II. 3. 26. (20.) I. 2. 16. (26.) I. 2. 5 ; 2. 23. (31.) I. 10. 15 : II. 6. 15. (39.) 
 II. 6. 20. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 29 
 
 8. 'Ayla<; Be 6 'Ap/cas, kcll XcoKpaTris 6 A^dios, kcu 
 tovtco a7redaveTT]V. Tovtcov Be ovQ &>9 ev TroXefico kolkwv 
 ovBeis /careyeXa, ovt e? cpiXtav avrov? e/me/jLcpeTO * rjcrTrjv 
 Be d/xcpco afxcpl ra irevre /cat Tpia/covra cttj airo yevea<i. 
 
 9. 'Ev Be Tat9 oc/ccats rjcrav aiyes, ote?, ySoe?, opvlOes, & 
 icai, ra e/cyova tovtcov. Eve B ev tco tepco %wjo&) kcu 
 Xeipcov fcac aXarj /cat bprj BevBpcov /xeaTa, ucava Kat, crvs 
 fcac alya? kcu ftovs Tpecpecv. 
 
 10. EvTevOev ttj vcrTepaca avayojuevoo TrvevfiaTC eTrXeov 
 KCtXco i]fiepa<; Bvo irapa yrjv. Kac irapairXeovTes eOecopovv W 
 Tt]v t Iacrovlav clkttjv, evda t) Apyco XeyeTac opfiicra- 
 aval, /cat tcov iroTapLcov tcl crTopLaTa. 
 
 11. Kcu ev tovtco KXeavBpos acpLKvetTat, Bvo Tpiripeis 
 e%cov, irXolov B ovBev. AXXa Tama p,ev ^jrevBrj tjv. 
 
 Eiret B rjaav acpavevs, Btr}X6e Xoyo<;, otl BicoKei avTov<i 15 
 Kvpos Tpnqpecriv. Ol TroXe(iLOL iTnrecs epevyoven tcaTa tov 
 irpavovs. 'EttI Be to KaTepyd^eaOai ibv eiriOv/jbon], crvv- 
 TOfAcoTUTrjv coeTO 6Bov elvai Bia tov eiriopKeiv Te Kac yjrev- 
 Beadai /cat e^airaTav ' to B dirXovv Kai to aXr)6e<; evo/M^e 
 to avTO tco r}Xi6ico elvai. 20 
 
 12. XapaBpa to"xvpco<; fiaOeia. Ai B oiKiai t)crav /ca- 
 Tayeioi, to fiev aTOfia toenrep (fipeciTos, kutco B ev petal. 
 Kai r\v Be ttj aXrjOeiq, virep ^fiicrv tov oXov crTpaTevfiaTos 
 ApKaBe^ Kal A^aioi. Kvpos yap eTrefnre /3i/cou9 oivov 
 rjfiiBeel'i 7roXXa/a<;, OTroTe nravv t]Bvv Xa/3oi, Xeycov, otl 25 
 " ovirco Br\ iroXXov %povov tovtov ijBlovl oivco eiriTvyoi • 
 tovtov ovv aoi eirefi^e, Kai BeWai crov, Trjpiepov tovtov 
 eKirielv aw 015 /xaXicrTa cpiXeis." 
 
 13. Apidfios Be avpnraar]<; Trjs 6Bov T779 ava/3aaeco$ Kac 
 KaTajSao~eco<$, crradjioc BiaKocrioc BeKairevTe, irapacrayyaizo 
 ■%iXt,ot eKaTov TrevTrjKovTa TrevTe, crTaBia Tptcrfivpia TeTpa- 
 Kio-%iXia e^aKocrta TrevTrjKovTa. Xpovov irXrjdos tt}*? ava- 
 j3acreco<i Kao KaTa/Bacrecos, eviavTos kol rpet? firjves. 
 
 (L. 1.) II. 6. 30. (5.) IV. 5. 25. (6.) V. 3. 11. (9.) VI. 2. 1. (13.) VI. 6. 5. (14.) 
 II. 4. 24. (15.) I. 4. 7. (16.) VI. 5. 31. (17.) II. 6. 22. (21.) V. 2. 3 : IV. 5. 25. 
 (23.) VI. 2. 10. (24.) I. 9. 25. (29.) VII. 8. 26. 
 
 3* 
 
30 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. 'EvTevdev Be /carefiacvev et? rreBiov fieya kcu koXov, 
 eirippvTov, Kai BevBpcov iravToBaircov epnrXecov kcu, apsne- 
 Xcov ' 7ro\v Be feat o~7)crap.ov /cat fieXiVTjv /cat Key^pov Kai 
 7rvpovs /cat fcpidas cpe'pei. Opos 6° avTO irepie-^ei o%vpov 
 
 5 Kai wjrrj\ov iravTr) eic 6aXaTTrj<; ei? dakarTav. 
 
 2. Mera ravra Kvpos e^eXavvei ara0fxov<; Terrapas, 
 7rapacrayya<; eiKocriv, eiri tov XaXov iroTapiov, ovra to 
 evpos irXeOpov, irXrjpr] B i^Qvcov fieyaXcov Kai irpaecov, 
 ov? oi Xvpoi 9eov<i evopu^ov, Kai aBiteetv ov/c eicov, ovBe to.? 
 
 io Trephcnepas. 
 
 3. Ol Be (rrparicoraL cos elBov tov 'EevocpcovTa, Trpocr- 
 ttitttovctiv avTco 7roXXoc, Kai Xeyovai' " Nvv croc, e^eariv, 
 co aevocpcov, avBpi yevecrOai. Eyeis ttoXiv, e^et? rpnipeis, 
 fc X ei<? XP r H jLara > e X €L ^ av $P a< ? TocrovTovs. Nvv av, ei j3ov- 
 
 loXoio, av re rjpas ovrjcrais, kcu rjpieis ere /xeyav Tron]aaipev" 
 
 4. EBaKpve itoXvv xpovov. Oi Be KapBov%oi irvpa 
 TroWa eKatov kvkXco eiri tcov opecov. Kai vBcop ttoXv r\v 
 ei; ovpavov. ^rparo7reBevop,evcov B avTcov, yiyverai t?}? 
 vvktos Xicov 7T0XXrj. 
 
 20 5. OvTCO? UCplKOVTO €7Tl TO CTTpaTOTTeBoV TTUVTC^ acOOl 
 
 bvres. ' Hv Be tois jxev ocpOaXpol? eiriKovpripa t>;? %iovos, 
 ei tis pieXav ri eywv irpo tcov ocpdaXpcov iropevoiTo. 
 EdveTO tco Ail' tco BaaiXei. Ilefiyp-as FXovv e'nrev. 
 EvTavBa i]V 7ro\t? eprjfiri, peyaXr], ovo/xa B avTy Kop- 
 
 2o acoTi] ' irepieppeiTo B avTTj vtto tov MaaKa kvkXco. 
 
 6. 'EvTevdev e^eXavvei aTaOpov? Bvo, Trapaaayyaq 
 TrevTeKaiBeKa, ei<? Iaaovs, tj}? KiXiKias eayari]v ttoXiv 
 eiri tt) daXaTTT) oiKovpievrjv, p,eyaXr)v Kai evBaipova. Ev- 
 TavOa efieivav ijpepa? Tpeis • Kai Kvpco 7raprjaav ai €K 
 
 30 iieXo7rowi]CTOV vijes, TpiaKOVTa Kai irevTe, Kai err avTai<; 
 vavapxps TLvdayopas AaKeBaip-ovios. HyelTO B avTcov 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 2. 22. (G.) I. 4. 9. (11.) VII. 1. 21. (16.) I. 3. 2: IV. 1. 11. (17.) IV. 2. 2. 
 (18.) IV. 4. 8. (20.) V. 2. 32. (21-) IV. 5. 13. (23.) VII. G. 11 : I. 4. 10. (24 ) I. ?. 4. 
 (2G.) I. 4. I. 
 
 \ 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 31 
 
 Tctfzcos Alyv7TTto<; e'£ 'Etyeaov, e^w vavs erepas Kvpov 
 Tre'vre kclI eiKocnv, ah eiroXioptcet MiXtjtov, ore Tccrcracpep- 
 vec (pi\r) ijv, teat avverroXepbet Kvpw irpos avTov. Ilapfju 
 Be /ecu Xeipto-ocpos 6 AarceBaifiovios eiu twv vecov, p-era- 
 7reyu,7TT09 inro Kvpov, eTTTaKOcriovi eywv onrXiTas, cov ecnpa- 5 
 Triyet nrapa Kvpai. Al Be vrjes wpjxovv irapa tt\v Kvpov 
 
 aK7]VT]V. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. *EvTev6ev S' e7ropeu0r]aav ol ' EXXyves Sta Ma/cpw- 
 vo)V <TTa0fiov<; Tpet?, -rrapacrayyas Bexa ' rr/ 7rpcoTr) Be 
 i']/j,e'pa cMpLKovro e7Tt tov irorapbov, b? topi^e Ti]V twv Ma- ic 
 
 KpWVWV Kal T1]V TWV XkvOIvWV. ToVTCp TO) TpOITW 6770" 
 
 pevOrjo-av o-raO/iovs Terrapas • fjvt/ca Be tov jrepbiTTOV eiro- 
 pevovTo, elBov fiaaiXeiov tl, Kau irept avTo Kwpca<; iroXXas. 
 OvB' aXXos Be twv 'EXXrjvwv ev TavTr) tyj fia%r) eiradev 
 ovBels ovBev, ttXijv ewt tw evwvvp.a> TO^evdrjvac Tt? eXeyeTO. 15 
 
 2. KaTeTre'fupdr) vtto tov 7raTpo<; o-aTpaivr]^ AvBiaq. 
 Haw oXiyoi dp, ft avTOV KaTeXei(f)di]o-av. EvTevQev av- 
 Opwrroi p,ev irdvv oXcyot eXricpOrjaav, ySoe? Be Kat ovoc 
 ttoXXoI Kal TrpofiaTa. 2vXXri<^6r\o-eTai. 
 
 3. Tocyapovv tcpaTLcnot Br] virrjpeTac iravT0<i epyovzo 
 Kvpw eXe'^drjcrav yeveaOau To 7rpa^6i]aeTai, ; O Be 
 KXeapxps a/covcras eTapa^drj a(f)o8pa icac e(j)oj3et,To. 
 ^ETiL-^O^aav ovv eirt T€TTapcov • ei%e Be to puev Be^tov 
 Me'vwv Kal ol aw avT(p, to B evwvvpLov KXeap^os Kat ol 
 eKecvov, to Be p,eaov ol aXXoL cTpaTTjyoi. 25 
 
 4. IIoXXaKis Be xfivas r]p,t(3pwT0v$ 'iirepLTre, Kal apTwv 
 i)p.laea, Ka\ aXXa ToiavTa, entXeyeiv KeXevwv tov cf>epovTa' 
 " Tovtols rjadr] Kvpo<; • fiovXeTai ovv Kat ae tovtwv yev- 
 aaaOai." HvayKaadrjv BiwKeiv. QwpaKes avTois eiro- 
 pecrdrjerav. 3e 
 
 5. Kal XeyeTac Berjdrjvai, 1] KiXiaraa Kvpov, eircBel^ac 
 
 (L. 8.) IV. 8. 1. (11.) III. 4. 23. (14.) I. 8. 20. (16.) I. 9. 7. (17.) I. 8. 23: IT. 
 7. 14. (19.) VII. 2. 14. (20.) I. 9. 13. (21.) VII. 6. 8: II. 4. 18. (23.) I. 2. 15. (26.) 
 I. 9. 26. (29.) III. 3. 12 ; 3. 20. (31.) I. 2. 14. 
 
32 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 to arparev/xa airrf). 'O K\eap%o<> ovk rjdeXev cnroo-Trd- 
 crai, airo tov irorafMov to Be^Lov /cepas, <po/3ovfievo<; fit) 
 KV/cXcoOeir] e/caTepcodev • tw Be Kvpw aireicpivaTO, otl clvko 
 fieXoL, O7rc0<; koXcos €%ol. Kac /caTetcavdr) iraaa i] 7roAt<r. 
 6 6. AeiaavTes p-i] a7roK\,€ia6eirjaav, cpevyovcnv aua icpa- 
 to<;. AvafMVi]cr0r}Te ydp, ev tto'lols tlol 7rpayp,aaLV 6vre<; 
 €Tvy%aveT€. Tote Br) kcll eyvwaOrj, otl ol ftapftapoi tov 
 avdpwirov vTroTtprifaiev. 
 
 7. EvTevQev 6 'HpaKXeiBrji; rj^decrOr} Te, koi eBeicre firj 
 10 e/c Trj<i Xevdov (piXias €K{3\7]deir]. Ol fiev Br) o-TpaT7]yol 
 
 o'vTOi \T)<p9evTe<>, avrj-^Otjaav <w? /3ao~i\ea, kcll a7TOT/j,7]9ev- 
 T69 Tas K€(pa\a<; CTekevTijcrav. 
 
 8. $apvaj3a£a> TrapaBo6r]creTaL. Kai oTe e£ E<pe'crov 
 Be copfiaTO Kvpw o~vaTadj]o~op,evo<>, aeTov avep,Lp,V7]aK€T0 
 
 15 eavTU) Be$;Lov <p6eyyo/j,evov. 
 
 9. Ty vaTepaia ovk ecpavrjcrav ol iro\ep,LOL, ovBe ttj 
 TptTT). <&avrjTe tu>v Xo^dywv apLCTOi. Ol Be GTpaTLw- 
 tcil o-v\\eyei>Te<; efiovkevovTo, ttjv Xoltttjv iropeLav irorepov 
 Kara yrjv 7} fcciTa OakcLTTav %pi) iropevdirvaL etc tov Uov- 
 
 20 tov. E/3ov\evop,e6a %vv tol'J KepacrovvTiois., onccs av 
 TCKpeLtjcrav ol twv EXXrjvcov veicpoL. 
 
 10. EireL Be rjaav €7tl to2<; 0vpa,L<; rat? TLacracpe'pvov?, 
 ol fiev aTpaTTjyoL irapeKKrjOrjaav eto-Q), IIpd^evo<; Bolcotw?, 
 Mevwv QeTTcCkos, AyLa<5 Ap/cas, K\e'ap-%o<; Adfceov, %u>- 
 
 25 KpaT7]<i AyaLos ' ol Be Xo^dyoL eiTL tclls dupais ep.evoi>. 
 Ov iroWoi Be vaTepov, airo tov clvtov arj/xeiov, ol t evBov 
 %vve\ap,fiavovTO, kcil ol eifco KCLTeKoirrjcrav. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. O fiev aVTjp TOLCLVTCL fXeV TreTTOLTJKe, TOICLVTO, Be 
 
 \eyei. Ol yap Tro\ep,LOL avaTedappr\Kao-LV. Ol Be iro- 
 
 3oXe/uot eTL(opKi]KdcrL Te, kcil tu<; cnrovBtis kul tov? bpKov? 
 
 \e\v/cdaLV. Eyov ae, co 4>a)uve, acrfievos ewpdtca, olfiai 
 
 (L. I.) I. 8. 13. (4.) V. 2. 27. (5.) IV. 3. 21. (6.) VII. 6. 21 (7 ) II. 4. 22. 
 (9.) VII. 6. 6. (10)11.6. I. (13.) VII. 2. 1-1: VI. 1.23. (16.) III. 4. 37. (17.) III. 1. 21 : 
 VI. 2. 4. (20.) V. 7. 20. (22.) II. 5. 31. (23.) I. 6. 9. (29.) VI. 1. 12 : III. 2. 10. (31.1 
 
 n. i. is. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 33 
 
 Se tcai ol aXXob rravre^. Kvpos Se, e^cov ov<? eLprjrca, 
 wpp.aro uirb XdpSeoav. 'H p,ev yap evra^ia aai^eiv SoKel, 
 i) Se ara^ia ttoXXovs r/Sr) mroXcoXeKev. 
 
 2. AiroXeXobiTdabV ?y/xa9 Sevta? Kab Ilaaicov. Bacri- 
 Xevs vbKav i/yelrab, eireb Kvpop aireicrovev. Kab crrriXi] 5 
 eaTT}Ke irapa rov vaov, ypapi/xara eyovaa. Ebab p^ev yap 
 ■)j&i] eyyi/9 al ^XXrjVbSes 7roXet? • tj/9 he EXXaSos Aaice- 
 Saifiovioi TrpoecrTi]/cdcnv. UporjyeiaQe ri]v irpos toi/9 
 evavTiovs, a>9 firj ear^Kcofiev, erreb 0)(p8r)/xev Kab ebho/iev 
 tow; TroXepblovs. 10 
 
 3. Evda St] rrpocrepyerab tm aevotycovrb rwv rreXra- 
 arcov Tb<i avr/p, AQr\vr)Gb (paaKcov SeSovXevKevab, Xeywv, orb 
 ybyvwcKOb rrjv (fxovrjv rwv avdpcojrcov. Tlpbv Se irevreicab- 
 Se/ca araSba SbeXyXvOevab, evervyov t]Srj veKpols. 
 
 4. Mera ravra ovre £aWa Opovnjv ovre re6vt]Kora 15 
 ovhe\<i eiSe rroyjrore, ovS o7r&)9 aireOavev ovSebs etSw? eA,e- 
 yev ' ebica'Cpv Se aXXob aXXa><; • racpos Se ovSeb? irwizore 
 avrov ecpavrj. Atcovcra<; ravra o KXeavSpos elirev, orb 
 Ae^birrrov fiev ovk e-nabvobn], eb ravra rre'irobrjKw<; en], Trj 
 S' varepaba v\Kev ayyeXos Xeycov, orb XeXobTroos ebij Xvev-20 
 veabs ra arcpa, erreb yodero orb to Mevcovos arparevfia 7]St] 
 ev KbXbKba i)V €bcra> rwv opecov. IIavre<z Se ojovro airoXoi- 
 Xevab, a>9 iaXooKvias rf}? TroXeco^. A/xa Se rrj ^/xepa et/co? 
 tou9 7roXefjLbov; i]%eiv. 
 
 5. T01/9 re TroXefibovs eTrerrobr\Keaav dpacrvrepow;. Eb-2b 
 Xi](f>eo-av rrpofiara iroXXa. Ereoviicos ebo~ri]iceb rrapa ra<i 
 7rvXa<;. Kat, Xebpbcrocpos fiev ^Srj rereXevrr\Keb, (fiap/xatcov 
 TTbG)v, rrvperroiv • ra S eicebvov Newv o Acrbvaloq rrape- 
 Xaftev. Kab aXXos avaf3e/3i]K€b, Kab rjX(OKeb ro yjopbov, a>9 
 eSoKeb. "XvvefiovXevaev ovv avra> 6veo~6ab Kada ebcodeb, 30 
 Xbr(oviaKov<; Se eveSeSvKeaav vrrep yovarcov. 
 
 6. TLavd t][u,v Trerrob^rab. ' fl Oavjiaabwrare avOpw- 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 2. 5. (2.) III. 1. 33. (4.) I. 4. 8 : II. 1. 11. (5.) V. 3. 13. t6 ) VI. 6. 12. 
 (8.) VI. 5. 10. (11.) IV. 8. 4. (13.) VI. 5. 5. (15.) I. G. 11. (18.) VI. 6. 25. 
 (19.) I. 2. 21. (22.) VII. 1. 19. (23.) III. 1. 13. (25.) V. 4. 18: VI. 6. 5. (26.) VII. 
 1.12. (27.) VI. 4. 11. (29.) V. 2. 15. (30.) VII. 8. 4. (31.) V. 4. 13. (32.) I. 8. 12 : 
 III. 1. 27. 
 
34 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 ire, crv ye ovBe opwv yiyvaya/ceis, ovBe a/covcov fiefivrjaai. 
 Ottw; ovv eaeade avBpes a£ioi t>/9 eXevdepias, ?;? k6ktt)- 
 ade, kcli virep 779 tyi-a? eyco evBaip-ovt^a). Oarcs re vllwv 
 Tou? oiKeiovs €7ri6ufiel iBelv, p.ep,vr]cr0a) avrjp ayaOos eivac ■ 
 5 01/ <yap eaTiv aXXct)? rovrou rv^eiv • bans re ffiv erndv- 
 Ltel, TretpaaOo) vacav. 
 
 7. 'Op,oXoye7<; ovv, irepl e/xe ciBiKO? yeyevrjcrOac ; ' flare 
 eycoye, e£ cov cikovco, ovBeva tcpivco vtto irXeiovcov ire<piXr]- 
 crQai ovre EXXrivcw ovre ftapftdpcov. Nvv fiev ?;pa9 
 
 lOvwayerat [xeveiv, Bia to Biecnrdpdat, avrco to arparev/xa. 
 
 8. Ac Be Kco/xai, ev ai$ eo~Kr\vovv, IlapvaaTcBof yaav, 
 et? %a>v7]v BeBopcevac. Mera ravra 7reptep,evov TicrcrcKpep- 
 vr\v oi re EXXrjve? kclI Apcalos, eyyv<i aXXijXcov earparo- 
 TreBevpcevoc, rjfiepas TrXeiovs ?) eacocnv. Ovtos Be rerayp-e- 
 
 15 j/09 ervyyavev eirc too evcovvp-w, rov cwkikov ap%a>v • a>9 
 B r/adero Kvpov 7re7rra>Kora, ecpvyev. ETrecBt] Be ea>? 
 eyevero, Bce/3atvov ttjv ye<pvpav, e^evypcevrjv ttXoiois rpca- 
 Kovra icac ewra. 
 
 9. Eyco avrov elBov, oiairep AvBov, aLuporepa ra cora 
 ^OTerpvTrrj/xevov. ' Afia B eBettje avvrerpcpbLLevovi av6pa)7rov<; 
 
 tcai o~fce\r] teat TrXevpas. Ilopevofievoc B evrvyyavovac 
 Xo<pcp inrep t^? 6Bov KaTeiXrip,p,ev(p vtto tcov 7roXep,lu>v, 01/9 
 rj a7rofcoy}rat, rjv avay/crj, r) Bce£ev%6ac anro tcov aXXoov 
 EWrjvcov. 
 
 ^5 10. Kal e7rel ij^drjo-av irapa aevocpcovra, epoora av- 
 tou9, ec irov rjaOijvrai aXXov arparev pharos ovtos 'EXXtj- 
 vikov. Oc Be eXeyov iravra ra yeyevrjpeeva, icai vvv on 
 7roXiopKovvrai eirc Xo<pov, oi Be Gpaices 7ravre<; irepifcefcv- 
 rcXoopcevoc ecev avrovs. 
 
 w 11. ETen/jirjTO yap viro Kvpov Bi, evpouw re Kal 
 7Tio-roT7)7a. Ai ocKiai kvkXio TTepiecTTavpcDVTo /xeyaXoci 
 CTTavpols tu>v 7rpo/3aTO)V hveica. Ol yap p,avrei<i a-rroBe- 
 Beiy/xevoc i)o~av, bri p-a-^rj p,ev earai, to Be reXo? xaXbv 
 
 (L. 2)1. 7. 3. (3.) III. 2. 39. (7.) I. 6. 8 j 9. 28. (9.) II. 4. 3. (11.) I. 4. 9. (13.) 
 II. 4. 1. (14.) I. 9. 31. (1G.) II. 4. 24. (19.) III. 1. 31. (20.) IV. 7. 4. (21.) IV. 2. 
 10. (25.) VI. 3. 10. (30.) I. 8. 29. (31.) VII. 4. 14. (32.) V. Q. 9. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 35 
 
 •7-77? egdBov. Al irvXat e/ceKXeivro, Kal eirl rwv rec^wv 
 birXa ecpaivero. 
 
 12. 'EvrevOev Bce'-n-Xevaav eU Ad/i^raKov Kac arravra 
 rco aevocpoovrc EvKXeiBrjs /idvris <&Xido-to<;, 6 KXeayopov 
 fio? rov rd evvirvta ev Avkslw yeypacfioros. Ovtos avvi]- 5 
 Bero rco aevocpcovTi,, on eaeacocrro " icai r)pwra avrov, 
 iroaov ^pvaiov eyei. 
 
 13. Kal dp,a ravra irocovvrcov rj/xcov evOvs Apiaios 
 dcpearrj^et ' ucrre (piXos rj/juv ovBels XeXeiyjrerai. Eo yap 
 riva dXXrjXois fid^rjv crvvd-^ere, vop,i£ere, ev rr/Be ry rjfxepa, 10 
 6/ze re KaraKeKo^eaOai, Kal v/Acis ov ttoXv e/iou varepov. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. Ol fiev fxerd 'Apialov ovKeri laravrai, aXXa <pev- 
 yovcriv. 'AXXa p,r)v Kal rovro ye eirajracrOe, ore fiopeas 
 p,ev e£co rov Ildvrov et? rrjv 'EXXciBa cpepei, votos Be etcrco 
 eU <&ao~iv ' Kal Xeyere, brav floppd? irverj, w? KaXoc 7rXoli5 
 elcrcv eU tj)v 'EXXaBa. 'AXX* eyco <j>r)fu, ravra p,ev (pXv- 
 aplas elvat. Kal IdcrOai avrb? ro rpavfia cprjcriv. A/ia 
 Be rrj r)pbepa crvveXddvres ol arparr\yoi edavp.a'Cpv, on 
 Kvpo<? ovre aXXov ire'/XTroi arjfxavovvra, b ro %pr) rroielv, 
 ovre auro? <paivoi.ro. 20 
 
 2. Tcov Be Me'vcovos arparicorcov %vXa cryj.'Cpv Tt?, to? 
 elBe rov KXeapyov BieXavvovra, irjcri rrj agivrj. ' Hv ovv 
 acocppovrjre, rovrov ravavria irocqcrere, rj rovs Kvva<; rroi- 
 ovai • rovs /xev yap Kvvas rovs ^aXeTrov^ Ta? fiev rjp,epa<; 
 BcBe'dcn, rds Be WKras acfiidcrt • rovrov he, i~\v acocppovfjre, 25 
 rrjv WKra p,ev Brjcrere, rrjv Be ojp.epav acprjaere. 
 
 3. AlBcoai Be avrco Kvpos p,vptov<; BapeiKovs. Kac rov 
 rjyefxova Brjcravre*; irapaBiBodcriv avrols. 
 
 4. , AXXt]Xol<; o-vp,puyvvacnv. Kac avrov re rov -S/u- 
 Kprjra airoKrivvvaai, Kat, rovs aXXov<; rravras. 1 a err]- 30 
 p,eia BeiKvvovcrt rrjs Kara/3ao~ea)S. Tovro Be Xeyovro? 
 
 (L. 1.) VI. 2. 8. (3.) VII. 8.1. (3.) II. 4. 5. (9.) I. 5. 16. (12.) I. 10. 1. u3.) 
 V. 7. 7. (16.) I. 3. 18. (17.) I. 8. 26 : II. 1. 2. (21.) I. 5. 12. (22.) V. 8. 24. (27.) 
 II. 6. 4 : IV. 2. 1. (29.) IV. 6. 24 : VI. 3. 5. (30.) VI. 2. 2. (31.1 III. 2. 9. 
 
36 SBSBK LESSORS. 
 
 avrov, irrdpvvTai Tts • uKovaavre^ B ol crrpciTicoTcu, ttuv- 
 T69 fxia op/Jir) TrpoaeKvvrjaav rov 6eov. 
 
 5. Kpavyrj 7roX\rj eiridcnv. Hp.el<;, rjv acocppovcopei', 
 aTTifiev evrevOev e/c rrjs tovtcov €7riKpaTeta<;. E^ayyeX 
 
 sXei Ti? rco aevocpoyvrc, art., ei etcreicn, avXXrj(p8i]aerai. 
 
 (). Kvpos Be, ■tyiXiiv eycov tijv KecpaXijv, et? tx\v piii-^qv 
 Kadiararo. Ovtc eBvvaro KadevBeiv. EvrevOev erropev- 
 ovto Co? eSvvavTO Tu-yio-ra. Ek tovtov nevocpwv avi- 
 arcncu, ecncCXpLevos eiri 7roXep.ov co? eBvvaro KaXXtara. 
 
 10" Epcora roivvv" e<f>V> " avrovs, ri avTiTerayaTai, kcu 
 
 Xpy^ovcriv rj/j,iv TrokepLLOt, elvai." ( f2<; avros ecprjada. 
 
 Tavra enrcov, err^peTO rov MrjBocraBrjv, ei aXi)6fj rain 
 
 eir) ' 6 B ecprj. Eiri]peTO avrov, a oirXnevoi ■ ov/c ecprj. 
 
 7. Ov/cert, eireridevTo oi iroXepuot rot? tcaTa/3aivovai, 
 
 15 SeSoucoTes pn] a7roTp,7]6eirjcrav. PL-tyavres yap tou? irop- 
 (pvpovs KavBvs, ottov ervyev tvcacxTO? €ctt?;/c609 3 icvTO, coc- 
 Trep av Bpapboi Ti9 irepl vIkt]<;. Kcu tu> Kcofiup^rj eBiBoaav 
 Xap,/3aveiv, b tl fiovXoiro. Kat puadov fiev ovtc eBcBov 
 6 Ava%i(3io<;. Mera ravra eBcBojo Xeyeiv t&> fiovXopLevco. 
 
 20 8. Kat cnrorepLOVTes ra<> KecpaXa? tcov ve/cpcov, e7reBei- 
 Kvvcrav tcu9 re EXXijcrt Kat, toi9 eavTcov 7roXep.ioi<>, /cat ap.a 
 e^opevov, vopuo iivi aBovres. ' Hv Be %tcov ttoXXi), kcu 
 -v|ti)^09 ovtcos coare ro vBcop, b ecpepovro eiri Benrvov, eiri)- 
 yvvro. OvBeis airrjet 7rpo9 fiacriXea. TpLets Be ovk fjTe 
 
 25ei9 r?]voe Ti]v %topav. 
 
 9. Ol Be TToXepuoi, 609 yp^avro 6eiv, ovKert, eaTTjcrav, 
 (t\\a cpvyr] aXXo9 aWrj eTptnrero. Kat ap.a ravr enriov 
 avecnr). Kvpos B ovv avejSr) ein to bpr). S2q B av€f3i)- 
 crav, dvcravTes kcu rpoircuov cnrjaapievoL, KaTe{3i]aai> et9 
 
 30 to ireBiov, kcu et9 K(opLa<; iroWwv kcu aja6tov <yep.ovaa<i 
 lfk.6oV. A<filKOVTO 619 TU9 Ko)p,a<; ' kcu uiTpovs KOTeaTI]- 
 crav oktco, ttoWol yap jjcrav oc Terpuip-evoi. 
 
 (!.. :i.) I. 7. 4: VII. 6. 42. (1) VII. 2. 11. (G.) I. 8. C. (7.) III. 1. 11 ; 1. II. 
 (8 ) III. 2. 7. (10.) IV. B. .'.. (II.) VII. 7. 9. (12.) VII. 2. \ . B. 5. (14.) 
 
 III. •!. v.K (ir>.) I. 5. B. (17.) IV. 5. :ij. (18.) VII. 1.7. (19.) VII. :t 13. (BO.) V. 4. 
 17. (22.) VII. 4. 3. (21.) I. H. 20: VII. 7. fi. (86.) IV. -. I?. (W I HI. 1 17. (88.) 
 1.2. 22: IV. G 27. (81.) Ill 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 37 
 
 10. Ot 8e oirklrat edevTo ra oirXa. To7<; TeXevTatot? 
 eireOevTO, kcu aireKTeivav Tivas. E7ret8i] 8e ?; 6vo~ta eye- 
 vsto, ra Bep/xara irapehoaav ra ApaicovTMp. Ewet Se 
 ravTa eKTjpv^drj, eyvcocrav ot arpariuirai, otl tcevos o <po- 
 /3o<? etrj, /ecu ot apyovres crwoi. Kat nnrot r]Xo)o-av et? 5 
 eifcocn, Kat r] cr/cr/vr) ?) Ttpt(3a£ov eaXco. Kvpos re KaTairrj- 
 Srjcra? amo tov apptaTos, tov Ooopdfca eve8v. 
 
 1 1 . Kvpos 8e, crv yKaXeaa<; tou? crTpaTijyovs, etirev • 
 " AiroXeXotTrdcT tv i]pta<? Eewa? Kat Uaatwv • aW ev ye 
 ptevTot €7rtaracr0cocrav, brt ovtc airo8e8paKacrtv, oiSa yap io 
 otttj ot-^ovrat ' ovre airoire^evyaatv^ e^co yap rptr)pet<>, 
 ware eXeiv to eKetvwv Tr^o'cov." 
 
 12. Hevocpoov 8' eiret elSe Xappttvov Kat JJoXvvIkov, 
 " Tavra," ecpT], " Kat aecrwarat 8t vfias rrj aTparta, Kat 
 TrapaStSco/it avra eyco vplv ' vptets 8e Stadeptevot StaSore 15 
 Ty cnpaTta." Idt Srj, avaptvrjadrjTt, 7ra>9 pteya iqyov lore 
 Karairpa^aadat, a vvv KaTacrTpe-^raptevo? e^et?. Nvv ptev 
 ovv airtre, KaTaXtirovTes rovSe tov avSpa • brav 8 eya> 
 KeXeuao), irapeare 7rpo<? ttjv Kptatv. AXXa tovTcov, etSo- 
 re? brt KaKtovs elal irepl i]p,a<;, t) spiels irept eKetvovs. 2C 
 
 13. /2? 8 rjv T]Xto<i eirl Svcrptals, avecrrrjcrav ot EXXr)- 
 ves, Kat etirov, ort wpa vvKTO(pvXaKa<; Kavtaravat, Kat avv- 
 Orjpta irapahtBovat. Kat reXevrcov e-^aXeiratvev • ot 8e 
 o-(paTTetv eKeXevov • ov yap av 8vvao~6ai. iropevdrjvat. To 
 8e o-Tparevpta 6 crtro? eTreXt-we, Kat irptaaOat ovk rjv, et /LM725 
 ev rrj AvSta ayopa, ev ra> Kvpou (3ap{3aptKa>. Eyco ovv 
 <pyp>c, vptas ^prjvat 8ta/3fjvat rov Evcpparrjv 7roraptov. 
 
 14. Kal tou9 Twv 'EXXtjvcov o-rparr]yov<; eKeXevev 
 07rXtTa? ayayetv, tovtovs 8e OecrOat to brrXa Trept ttjv 
 avrov crKrjvrjV. T?]v BtKrjv e<pr] ^prj^etv eirtOelvat avra>. 30 
 Ovk ijdeXe row? <pevyovra<; irpoeaOat. 
 
 15. Evravda acptKvelrat 'Errva^a, r\ Xvevveato<i yvvr], 
 rov KiXtKcov /3acrtXea)9, irapa Kvpov • Kat eXeyeTo K.vpw 
 
 (L. 1.) V. 2. 19: IV. 1. 10. (2.) IV. 8. 26. (3.) II. 2. 21. (5.) IV. 4. 21. (G.) I. 8. 3. 
 (9.) I. 4. S. (13.) VII. 7. 50. (16.) VII. 7. 27. (17.) VI. 6. 26. (19.) I. 4. 8. (21.) 
 VII. 3. 34. (23.) IV. 5. 16. (24.) I. 5. 6. (26.) I. 4. 14. (28.) I. 6. 4. (30.) I. 3. 20. 
 (31.) I. 9. 9. (32 ) I. 2. 12. 
 
 4 
 
38 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 hovvat xpjifiara 7roXXa. flare copa Kat aot eirthetKvv- 
 adat Ttjv irathetav. TV? yap eOeXijaet K7]pv£ te'vat, Kjjpv- 
 /ca? aweKTOvux; ; Avros he ovk ecprj tevat. 
 
 16. AteXeyovro re eauTOi?, Kal eyeXcov e<p* eavrols, 
 5 /cat (opxovvro e(piarap.evot, orrov rv^otev, loarrep aXXois 
 eirthetKvvptevot. Kal dva(3dvre<; erit rovs nnrovs, oy^ovro 
 arreXavvovres ft? to eavroiv arparorrehov. Kai hehotKa, 
 fj,rj avaravre<; aOpoot rrov naicov rt epyaacovrat ot 7roXe- 
 pttot. Tr}<; vvKTOf a7ro$pa<; (pyero. 
 
 io 1 i. EfxeXercov ro^eveiv dvw levres fiaxpav. 'Evravd' 
 eptetvav ?//xepa? eirra • icai Hevtas 6 ApKas arparr\yo<i Kat 
 Uaatwv o Meyapevs, eptfiavre? et? ttXolov, kcu ra rrXet- 
 arov a£ta evdeptevot, arrerrXevaav. Tovs ptev 07rXira<; 
 avrov exeXevcre p,eivat, ra? aartlha^ rrpo<i ra yovara de'v- 
 
 15 ra<$. A/covaavres ravra, /cat he^ias hovres /cat Xa/3ovre<;, 
 amfXavvov • Kat rrpo i]p,epa<; eyevovTO errt ru> arparorrehco. 
 O ptevrot aevocpwv, avayvovs tj]v eiriaroXrjV, avaKotvov- 
 rat 2,a>Kparet rco Adrjvauo irepi tjJs iropetas. ^Eiropev- 
 ovro eyovres ijyeptova rov dXovra dvOpcowov. 
 
 20 18. Kat dveptos (3oppd<i evavrios errvet, rravrdiraatv 
 arroKatcov rravra, Kat 7TTjyvv<; rovs avOpunrovs. Tavra he 
 Xeycov, OopvjBov ijKovae hta rcov ra^ewv tovros, Kat ypero, 
 rt<i o 0opv/3o<> ett], fltj(ero t?5? vvktos airtwv. EhoKet 
 yap, et9 rrjv errtovaav ea> ■yj^etv fiaatXea aw ru> arparev- 
 
 25/xart pta-^ovptevov. 
 
 19. Ta<i he corthas, av Tt? Tct^y aviarrj, eart Xapt/3a- 
 vetv ' rterovrat yap fSpa-^y, toawep 7re'phlKe<i, kcu ra-^y 
 arrayopevovat' ra he Kpea avrwv ojhtara i)v. Heipu- 
 aoptat, b rt av hvvco/iat, vpas ayaOov rroielv. ETrefiyjre 
 
 30/xe Apiatos Kat Apraofa, irtarot bvres Kvp(p Kat vp.iv 
 evvot, Kat KeXevovat (pvXarreadat, pu) vpuv e-mOccvrat r^ 
 vvKros ot ftapfiapof eart he arparevp-a rroXv ev rr.) ttX?;- 
 atov irapahetaco. 
 
 (I.. 1.) IV. G. 10. (2.) V. 7. 30. (3 ) I. X 8. (1 ) V. 1. 34. (G.) VII. G. 42. (7.) VII. 
 T 47. (0.) IV. G. 3. (10.) HI. 4. 17: I. I. 7. (13.) I. 5. 13. (15.) VII. 3. 1. (17.) III. 
 1.5. (K) IV. 4. 19. (20.) IV. 5.3. (21.) I. 8. 16. (23.) IV. 7. 27 : I 7.1. 
 5. 3. (28.) VI. 1, a3. (29 ) II. 1 16. 
 
GREEK LESSONS. 39 
 
 20. Kat ovk ecpacrav tevat, eav fit] T£? avrol^ y^pr\fiara 
 8t8co. flare ov rovro 8e8otKa, ptrj ovk e%(o b rt 8w ercd- 
 cttw ra>v (piXwv, av ev yevi]rat, aXXa pi] ovk e-^co tfcavovs, 
 ot? &+). Eirel 8e e^rfkdov, 6 ' 'Ava%t(3io$ eKXeiae rds irv- 
 Xa$, Kat €K7]pu^ev, bcrri<; av aXa> evBov (ov rwv arpartoi- 5 
 rcov, brt rrerrpdaerai. Kat vfxet<; fxev fir) eK8a>re fie, eyu> 
 8e eptavrov, coairep aevocpcov Xe'yei, Trapacr^aco Kpivavrt 
 KXeav8pcp, b rt av /3ou\r)rat, rroirjaat. Icofiev errt rovs 
 avSpas. £eudr)<i 8e (prjcrtv, av rrpos eKeivov trjre, ev ttoit]- 
 cretv vfias. 10 
 
 21. Tavr eyco earrev8ov, Kat 8td rovro ere ov% vrrepe- 
 vov, et 7ra)? SvvacpiTjv (pOaaat, rrptv KareiXrjcp6at rrjv vrrep- 
 (So\r]v ' ot 8 i]yefj,ove<5, ovs e%op.ev, ov <pao~iv elvat aXXrjv 
 68ov. XvyKaXeaavre^ toi/? arparr]yov<; e(3ovXevovro, brrws 
 av KaWtara 8iaf3atev, Kat row? re efiirpocrOev vtKtoev Kat 15 
 vtto rwv oTTiadev ptrjhev rraayotev KaKov. 
 
 22. ' Ottios <po/3ov evBetrf Kat akXot^. TeXos a7re8et- 
 %avro ot fiavrea rravres yvcofi-rjv, brt ov8afirj rrpoatOLVro 
 ot deot rov rroXefiov. ErreBet^ev avrov, brt rrept rrXetarov 
 rrotolro, et rep arretcratro, Kat et ra> avvdotro, Kat et rcp20 
 vrroo-yoiro rt, firjBev tyevBeadai. 
 
 23. Hpcorcov eKelvot, et 8olev av rovrcov ra rrtcrra • ot 
 8 e<pacrav, Kat 8ovvat Kat Xafieiv eOeXeiv. EvrevQev 
 8t8odatv ot MaKpcoves {3apf3ap>,Ki]v Xoy^rjv toZ? EXXrjaiv, • 
 ot 8e EXXrjves eKetvois EXXrjvtKijV. 25 
 
 2-4. Evda 8rj arreKpivaro KXeavcop ptev 6 ApKas, irpe- 
 o~/3vraro<; wv, brt rrpoadev av arroOavotev, rj ra brrXa 
 rrapa8oLrf<7av. AXX , olfiat, et e8i8ov, errt rovrtp av eBiSov, 
 67T&J? eptot 8ovs fielov, fir] arroBotrj vfiiv ro rrXelov. O 8e 
 KXeap-)(o<$ efiovXevero, Upo^evov KaXecras (^7rXT]atatraro<; 30 
 yap 7]v^, et rrepmotev rtva<;, r) 7rdvre<i totev e.7rt ro arparo- 
 7re8ov aprj^ovre?. 
 
 (L. 1.) I. 4. 12. (2.) I. 7. 7. (4.) VII. I. 36. (6.) VI. 6. 13. (S.) VI. 5. 21. (9.) 
 VII. 3. 4. (11.) IV. 1. 21. (14.) IV. 3. 14. (17.) VII. 4. 1 : V. 5. 3. (19.) I. 9. 7. 
 (22.) IV. 8. 7. (26.) II. 1. 10. (23.) VII. 6. 16. (29.) I. 10. 5. 
 
40 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. Kcu aXXot Be etpearaaav e£co ro)v BevBptov • ov yap 
 7]V uo~(paXe<; ev tol<; BevBpois earavai irXetov i) rov eva Xo- 
 ypv. ^■ aL vvv 8vo KaK'ji re tcayadco avBpe redvarov, Kat, 
 ovre aveXeadai ovre datyai avrco eBwafxeOa. AvBpeq 
 
 5 crrparLcorac, twv ApKaBwv ol fiev redvaaiv, ol Be Xolttol 
 eirt Xocpov two? iroXtopKovvrai. 
 
 2. ESa/cpve iroXvv yjpovov eara)?. EvOvs 8 e/ceu'o? 
 aweXavvei tou? Trepiearcora^ twv arpaTLcorcov, /cat Xeyov- 
 ras, otl hrjixoata ravr etTj. EXeyev, otl ololto redvea)- 
 
 iora9 7roXXov<i evpi]creiv. 
 
 3. IIoXXlk; 7rpo<pdaei<i Kvpo? evpicricev, &><? kcxl crv ev 
 olerda. KXeap-^e icai Upo^eve, hcll ol aXXoi ol irapovTes 
 
 EXXqves, ovk tare, b tl iroLelre. '12 avBpes, ou iroXep.ioL 
 Tjfjitov ovk lo~o,o~l 7T(D tt)V rjixerepav avfj-fia-^tav. Xvvoiha 
 15 e/jbavTO) TTuvra eyrevo-/j,evo<; avrov. 
 
 4. Ia0i fxevroi avor\To<; odv, ei olei, tijv v^erepav apeTtjv 
 7repiyeveo~0at av rrjs (3aaiXe'a><; Bwd/xewi. Ev yap tare, 
 otl ti]v eXevdepiav eXoifirjv av, avri (bv eyu> iravTwv Kai 
 aXXwv 7roXXa7rXaaio)v • 07T(u? Be Kat eiBrJTe, ei? olov ep- 
 
 20%eo~de aycova, eyco vjjlcls ecBu><; BlBu^co. 
 
 5. Uaprjv Be Kat, XevOris, /3ovXo/xevos ecBevaL t$ irpa- 
 ^6r]aeTaL. Eirep,eXeLro, b tl Trotf]aei {3ao~t,Xev$ • Kac yap 
 rjoec avrov, otl fieaov € X ot T0V i-^ e po~iKov enparevp-aro^. 
 Ov yap 7)8eo~av avrov TeOvrjKora. AeBccos, fir) yevqrat. 
 
 25 ravra. 
 
 6. O Be aevocpcov ijTropelro, b tl 7ron)crof kol yap 
 ervy^avev, &)<> ri/u.(ofj,evo<;, ev ru> 7rXT)o-iaiTaT(p Bicppcp Xev- 
 drj Ka0T]p,evo<;. EvravO eKrpaTrop.evoi eKadrjvro, Kac ovk 
 ecpaaav iropeveadai. 
 
 30 /. Kvpo<i Be avTos re a-rreOave, Kat, oktoj 01 apiaroi 
 twv Trept, avrov eKeivro eir avrto. AXXd KaraKet/jieOa, 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 7. 9. (3.) IV. 1. 19. (-T) VI. 3. 12. (7.) I. 3. 2 : VI. 6. 6. (9.) VII. 4. 19. 
 (11.) IL 3. 21. (12.) I. 5. 16. (13.) VII. 3. 3.5. (U.) I. 3. 10. (16.) II. 1. 13. (17.) 
 1.7. 3. (21.) VII. 6. 8. (22.) I. 8. 21. (21.) I. 10. 16: V. 6. 17. (26.) VII. 3. 29. 
 (28.) IV. 5. 15. (30.) I. 8. 27. (31.) III. 1.11 
 
GKEEK LESSONS. 41 
 
 coarrep e£op i)av%iav ayetp. Kai daptpct rrapr\yyeXXep 6 
 p,epo<pcop virofieveiv, ore ol iroXeptot iaj(ypu><; eirttceoiVTO. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. Kat ea>9 ye [xevofxev avrou, aKeirreop pot BoKet elpat, 
 0770)9 aacpaXearara pepcopep. Ek tovtou aevocpcovTt eBo- 
 K€t BtwKTeop elpat • Kat eBiwKov. Trj B varepata, eSotcec 5 
 iropevreop eivai, o-kt] BupatPTo ra^iara, rrptp y avXXeyrj- 
 pat to arparevpta iraXtp. 
 
 '2. Hptlp Be ye olptat iravra Troirjrea, to? prjiror eiri 
 to?? f3apf3apots yevcofieda, aXXa ptaXXop, i]v Bupa)p,e0a, 
 eKetpot ecp t]pttp. AXX 07T&)? rot pji~\ eir e/ceivcp yeprjao- io 
 pteda, iravra TrotrjTeop. Op,co<i Be Xefcrea, a ytypwaKco • 
 ep-rreipos yap etpt ' Kat T179 ^copa<; twv IlacpXayovatv, Kat 
 TJ79 Bvpaptecos. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 'Eire\ he arropBat t eyevovro Kac eiratwptaap, apearrj- 
 aav irpcoTov fiev @pa/ce?, Kac irpo<; avXov wp^aaPTO aup 15 
 rois oTrXots, Kat ifXXopro v^lr7]\a re Kat Kov<pa><?, Kai rat? 
 ptayaipats e^pcovTo ■ TeAo9 Be o erepo9 top erepop rraiet, 
 a>9 iraaiv eSoKet TreirXrjyepat top avBpa • o B eireae reyyt- 
 «W9 7T&)9. Kat aveKpayov oo TlaxpXayopes. Kat o ptep 
 aKvXevaas ret brrXa rov erepov, e^yet aBcop top ^traXKav"^ 
 aXXot Se tcop QpaKcop top erepop e^ecpepop &>9 redprjKora • 
 rjv Se ovBep ttsttopOux;. Mera rovro AtPtapes Kai, Mayprj- 
 T69 apearrjaap, 6t (op^owro ri]P Kapnatap KaXovpteprjp ev 
 rot9 07r\o(9. O Be rporros rrjs op^rjaeco^ rjv bSe • o ptep 
 irapadepepo? ra birXa arreipet Kai ^evyrfXarel, ttvkpu puera- 25 
 arpecpop,epo<i &>9 <po{3ovp,epo<; ■ Xrjarrj^ Be Trpoaep-^erat ■ S 
 erreioap irpol'Srjrai, cnrapTa aptraaa^ ra 07rXa, Kac paterae 
 7rpo roi; £euyot/9 * (^«:ctt ovrot ravT eiroiovp ep pvupco irpos 
 top avXop •) Kat TeA.09 \t^o"t?;9 orjaa<; top apSpa Kat to 
 £eJ}yo9 array et' eptore Be Kat 6 ^evyrfXaTri^ TOPXrjaTi]P' elra 30 
 irapa tou9 /3ou9 ^ef ^«9, oirtaco too %etpe BeBepepop eXavpet. 
 
 (L. 1.) IV. 1. 16. (3.) I. 3. 11. (4.) III. 3. 8. (5.) IV. 5. 1. (S.) III. 1. 35. (10.) Ill 
 1.13. (11.) V. 6. G. (11.) VI. 1.5. 
 4 * 
 
42 GREEK LESSONS. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 Eiret he eicrfjXdov eirt ro hetirvov tcov re GpaKcov ot 
 Kparcaroc tcov irapovTcov, Kat ot arparrjjol Kat ol Xo%ayol 
 tcov EXXtjvcov, /cat et tz? Trpecrfieta Traprjv ouwo 7r6Xeco<;, 
 to hetirvov fiev ijv Kad^fie'vot^ kvkXco • eiretTa he Tptirohe? 
 
 5 eto"t]ve^6r)crav iracnv • ovrot h yaav Kpecov fiecrTot vevefii]- 
 fievcov, Kat aproc %vfurai fieyaXot Trpocr'neTrepovrjfievot rjaav 
 7rpo? rots Kpeacn. MaXtara h at Tparre^at Kara rovs 
 %evov<; aei eriOevro ' vofios yap i]v. Kal 7rpcoTO<; tovto 
 eirotet Xev6rj<i • aveXofievo<; tovs eavTco irapaKetfievov; ap- 
 10 tovs, Sie/cXa Kara fitKpov, /cab htepptiTTet, oh avTco ehoKet' 
 Kai ra Kpea coaavTco<i, ocrov fiovov yevaaatfat eavTco Kara- 
 Xtircov. Kai ot aXXot he Kara ravra eirotovv, Kad o'vs at 
 rpaire^at e/cetvro. Apicas he t*?, Apvaras bvofia, cpayelv 
 hetvos, to fiev htapptirrelv ela yaipeiv, Xa(3cov he eU ttjv 
 
 c^etpa baov Tptyotvticov aprov, teat Kpea Oefievos ewt ra 
 yovara, ehetirvet. Kepara he oivov 7reptecpepov, Kal Travres 
 ehe-^ovTO ' o h Apvaras, etret irap avrov cpepcov to Kepaq 
 o otvo-^oo^ rjKev, elirev, thcov tov aevocpcovra ovkcti het- 
 Trvovvra • " EKetvco,^ ecprj, " ho$ • a^oXa^et yap 7)hr], eyco 
 20 he ovhe7ra>." AKOvaa<; 6 2evdr]<; ti]v <pcovi)v, ijpcora tov 
 otvoyoov, Tt Xeyot. O he otvoyoos elirev ' eXXyjvt^etv yap 
 rjirlo-TaTO. EvTavQa fiev hi) yeXco<; eyeveTo. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 UpcoTov fiev yap Kat fieytcTov, ot decov i)fia<; bpKot kco- 
 Xvovat TToXefxtovs eivat aXXriXots ' oo~ti<; he toutcov cvvoi- 
 
 iohev avrco TrapTjfxeXrjKcos, tovtov eyco ovttot av evhaiuon- 
 craifii. Tov yap Oecov iroXefiov ovk olha ovt airo ttoiov 
 av Tavou? Tf<r cpevycov uTrocpvyoi, our ets ttoiov av ltkoto<; 
 ciTTohpatr), ovd ottco^ av et? e%vpov %copiov aTrocnaii]. 
 TlavTT] yap iravTa toi<; deols viro-^a, Kat iravTayri rrav- 
 
 wtcov laov ol deot Kpaiovatv. 
 
 (L. 1.) VII. 3. 21. (23.) II. 5. 7. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 i. 
 
 [a. Learn the Greek System of Orthography, and the English Method ol 
 pronouncing Greek (unless one of the other methods is preferred). HIT 1,3; 
 §§ 10-18, 24-26, 676-680, 688, 689. 
 
 b. Read Lesson I. in Greek. 
 
 c. Learn the General Principles of Conjugation. §§ 164-170; IttT 26, 
 27. 
 
 d. Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Active, in all the modes. 
 IT 29. 
 
 e. In jZouXsviu (IT 34), what is the affix? What is then the root (§ 170. 
 a) ? What is the characteristic (i. e. the last letter of the root) ? Is the 
 verb pure or impure (i. e. does its root end with a vowel or a consonant) ? 
 
 f. Inflect the Present Active of (iovXiva through all the modes, by adding 
 to the root the affixes learned from IT 29. Write this inflection, comparing 
 it with IT 34 (see IT 4. I. 3) ; and also repeat it viva voce, carefully observing 
 the pronunciation. Learn the corresponding English through all the modes, 
 numbers, and persons (HIT 33, 4. III.). 
 
 Remark. A similar method is recommended in learning all the para- 
 digms ; viz. (1.) to ascertain the root, affixes, &c. ; (2.) from these elements 
 to construct the forms, both writing them, and also repeating them viva voce 
 till they become perfectly familiar ; and (3.) to learn at the same time the 
 corresponding English.] 
 
 1. [Page 13.] Line 1. 'ETrifiovXevei, he is plotting, or he plots. 
 In parsing a verb compounded with a preposition, time may be saved 
 by not repeating the preposition with each form ; thus, 'EmfiovXevei 
 is a regular verb, from e7n/3ouAfuco, j3ov\evo-o) , j3e(3ov\evica ; com- 
 pounded of iirl and fiovXdco ; root /3ou\eu-, affix -ei ; in the present 
 indicative active; fiovXeva, ftovXeva), /3oiAeuoi/xt, (3ov\eve, ftovXeveii', 
 (3ov\eva>v /3ou\euco, (3ov\ev€is, fiovXevei, j3ov\evofiev, /3ouXei;ere, /3ov- 
 \evovai, (3ov\evtTov • in the third person singular, agreeing with a 
 pronoun implied in the affix (fy 545). Rule xxix. A verb agrees with 
 its subject in number arid person (*|[ 64, § 513). 'Enifiov\evovo-iv, 
 
44 NOTES ON 
 
 § 0(i. 1. By i, in the rule, simple t is to be understood. 2. 2v/* 
 
 /SovXcvoo, Eu^SouXevere, § 54. 1. The preposition here found in 
 composition has two forms, the earlier £vi>, and the later avv 
 (§ 70. v.). In the Vocabulary, its compounds are arranged under <r. 
 
 3. Kal, R. xxxv., § 654. Ilaie, . . /3dXXe, Strike .' strike ! 
 
 throw .' throw ! 
 
 2. L. 4. Ov, R. xxxiii., § (540. 5. Mi) 6avpA£eTe, do not 
 
 wonder. The use of pi) shows that davpd^re is in the imperative. 
 The indicative you do not wonder would be expressed by ov davpa^ere 
 (\) 647). The following is the general rule in respect to the use of 
 ov and fir) in negative sentences : If the sentence expresses assertion 
 (whether directly or indirectly, whether with or ivithout condition), use 
 ov ; otherwise, fir) (as in expressions of wish, prohibition, condition, 
 purpose, &c). The rule extends to ov and fir) in composition with 
 
 other words. Ovk, § 68. 2. Kalcopeu, Ut us burn, §§ 597. /3, 
 
 598. (i. Mi) fiiXku>fi(v, ht us not delay. apxftv, to rule, R. 
 
 xxx., § 020. b. 7. SvWapftdvei, § 54. 3. Et pev £. Here 
 
 fiiv corresponds to be in a subsequent clause not quoted. 
 
 II. 
 
 [a. Learn the Principles aud General Pules of Declension. §§ 73 - 82. 
 
 b. Learn the Affixes of the Second Declension. IT 5. 
 
 c. In Xoyos, word, Gen. x'oyov, what is the affix of the genitive ? 'What is 
 then the root (§ 79) ? "What is the characteristic? Decline xiye;, by adding 
 to the root the masculine affixes of Dec. II. Write the forms thus obtained, 
 and compare them with those in IT 9 (see IT 4. I. 1). 
 
 d. Learn the paradigms l?,,uo;, oho;, <rvx.it, ■rrioor, and fii'jw (IT 9) ; and 
 illustrate from them the general rules in ^ 80, 82.] , 
 
 1. L. 9. Kvpov, R. xxi., § 423. Kvpos, R. n., § 342. 
 
 11. '"Emfiovkevei Kvpa>, he plots against Cyrus, R. xvin., ^\S 401, 405. 
 
 12. 'Q Kvpe, R. xxv., §§ 442, 443. a. 13. AaKtBaipovioi, 
 
 the Lacedaemonians. For the omission of the article which properly 
 belongs here, sec § 485. a. 
 
 2. L. 14. nXoia, accusative. 15. o-radpovs, R. xxiii., § 439. 
 
 |3. nXota yap ovk e^o/Meii, for we have [not] ?io vessels. 16. 
 
 "HXtor. the sun, §§471. 4, 485. a. uviV^et (dva-lo-xei), §41. 1. 
 
 17. Bopvfiov, a noise (§ 469. 2), R. xin., § 375. IS. 'Ajray- 
 
 •yf'XXere 'Apiaiat, carry back word to Arums , ^1 402. 
 
 III. 
 
 [Learn the E aphonic Affixes of the Present Middle and Passive, in all the 
 modes ; and the Present Middle and Passive of fiovt-ivu. HIT 30, 35.] 
 
 1. [P. 11.] L. 2. llp^eaOai, passive. 3. Xt/ctc, imperative. 
 
 fiovXei, § 210. 3. b. 
 
 2. L. 8. 6tC>v, R. xxxiv., § 848. See § 485. a. 2£fotcr6eT« 
 
 (lo-^nXaif, ami /ii'ii/ you arrive safely! §$ 597. 8, 000. 10. Ovk 
 
 . . av8p(l)irovs ; Arc you not ashamed befort either gods or men? ovrt, 
 § 664. ; foovt, § 428 ; mV, §$ 30, 41. 
 
LESSONS I.-V. 45 
 
 IV. 
 
 [a. Learn the Affixes and the Special Rules of the First Declension. IT 5 ; 
 §§ 92, 93. 
 
 b. Learn the paradigms rap/as, vai/V>!f, 'At££iS«?, a-xia, Hv^a, yXuetra., and 
 
 rip* (IT 7) ; and illustrate from them the general rules in § § 80, 82, and also 
 the special rules in §§ 92, 93. 
 
 c. In parsing words of Dec. I., give the reason for the particular method 
 of declining the singular.] 
 
 1. L. 14. 2rv/i(/)aAtoj Xoxayos, R. I., § 331. 
 
 2. L. 18. <f>epti, it [the plain of Cilicia] bears or produces. 
 
 'Ek, § 68. 1. daXdrrrjs, §70. 1. 
 
 V. 
 
 [a. The Declension of Adjectives. §§ 128 -131. 
 
 b. Learn the paradigms o&ikos, <ptxn>s, and <ro<p'o; (ITU" 17, 18), noticing 
 IT 4. I. 2, and observing what general and special rules of declension are 
 illustrated.] 
 
 1. L. 21. ndpoSos o-T€vfj, a narrow pass, R. xxvi., § 444. 
 
 25. els Sio-xi)u'ou? avdpamovs, to the number of 2,000 men. This sub 
 stantive phrase (§ 658) is in the nominative, in apposition with the 
 subject of Z^epxpvrai. 
 
 [c. The declension and general use of the Article. IT 24 ; §§ 147, 148, 
 469 f.] 
 
 2. [P. 15.] L. 1. Ol, R. xxvn., § 469. 2. Terdprr, 8' W^pa, 
 
 and on the fourth day, R. xx., § 420. For the omission of the 
 
 article, see § 486. e. 3. SvyKXelovo-i, §§ 54. 2,49. 1. 4 
 
 o-oiTt]pias, R. vin., § 357. <pvyjj, R. xix., §§ 415, 418. 
 
 3. L. 6. Kipov, R. xvi., §§ 382, 390. 7. At <nrov8a\ pevov 
 
 tcov, let the truce remain, § 213. 3. 8. ayet. ovras, thus [leads] 
 
 directs. bpopoa, [by running] at full speed. 
 
 4. L. 10. 6K.,§§471. 6, 469. 1. 13. MapcrCov, § 471. b. 
 
 rats K&>pais rais, § 472. I. 
 
 5. L. 15. eKacrrn? rrjs, §§ 470. N., 472. a. tov koXu>s ano- 
 
 6vi']cnceiv, the dying honorably, §§ 445, 470. 3, 622. 16. peaov 8e 
 
 tov, §§ 456, 472. a. 17. ttjv fjperepav, § 473. a. Oi . . 
 
 cpiXoi, the friends of my brother, §§ 389, 472, 473. a. 18. eicei- 
 
 vns rijs, § 473. /3. 19. biavolas, R. IV., §§ 346, 347. r^o-Se, 
 
 § 150, 1 24. 
 
 6. L. 21. Tof vvv, § 475. 'Ef . . Xoyco, in the preceding narra- 
 tive. 22. dp<p\ rovs 8., § 480. 2. 23. tov dbeXcpov, [the] his 
 
 brother, § 482. 24. Ae'yerai . . diaicivSweveiv, and it is said, that 
 
 the other Persians also expose themselves in tear with their heads unpro- 
 tected (by defensive armour ; the Persians commonly wearing tiaras or 
 turbans instead of helmets, and tytkos often signifying, not absolute- 
 
46 NOTES ON 
 
 hj uncovered, but not covered villi armour). A/yerat, ^ 546. /3, y, 
 621. a ; Ilepo-as, R. xxx]., § 626 ; \|/-iXaty ra'is, §§ 472. a, 482; to 
 TToXtfio), § 170. 2. 
 
 7. L. 27. Ot aXXoi arparTjyoi, the [other] rest of the generals, 
 
 § 488. 28. noXepioi, § 447. a, a. 30. aXXuv, R. ix., §§ 358, 
 
 362. C- 'O . . naif i, § 542. 
 
 8. [P. 16.] L. 1. KlXiaaav, § 417. ,3. 2. varfpaia,^ 447. /3, 
 
 420. 5. ol eKtifov [sc. av8p.es or arpartcorat], /tis men, § 447. a. 
 
 Ot 8e ap<pi T., § 476. N. Ot otto, ^ 476, 169. 1. 6. 
 
 iv 8e£ia [sc. x ei P']> on th e right [h'and], 447. /3. 
 
 9. L. 8. Tot virep rov Xoepov [sc. n-pdypara], the things over or beyond 
 
 the hill, §§ 447. y, 477. Ta rjptrfpa, our affairs. Ta fTnTt]- 
 
 8eia, § Ail. y. 9. tii eKeivcav [sc. xP>IH- aTCl ]i '^' "' "property. Ta 
 
 7Tf/Jt II., § 477. a- 10. "AXXo? d'XXa, § 512. 8. To 'ApKa8iKuv 
 
 ottKitikuv [sc. n\Tj8os or <tt party pa], the Arcadian [heavy-armed force] 
 
 infantry, § 117. y. 11. rrjs o'iKa8e 68ov, §§ 394, 475. Ets *a- 
 
 XoV, [for good] opportunely, § 440. fi. ijKere, § 579. f. Ot 
 
 larpo'i, physicians (the class, § 470. 1). 12. eV dya#<5, yi»r the 
 
 good of their patients. — 13. "HKere, co?ne, imperative. 
 
 10. L. 14. 'O 8e, § 490. 15. rovs . . e^fi, /tas the fruits of 
 
 our toils. 6 UoXvarpdrov, §§ 332. 2, 385. y. 
 
 [</. Declension, composition, and use of alr'o;. IT 24 ; §§ 149, 50S f.] 
 
 11. L. 17. Tfi . . rjpepa, § 508. 11. e« rov avrov [sc. ^copt'ov], 
 
 /ro/n /^e same place. 18. Avrd . . £C\a, § 509. 19. aiVov 
 
 eKfivov, § 510. 1. aiirot Kaiova-tv, § 510. 1. 20. ot avv avru>, 
 
 those with him, §§ 510. a, 502. 2w . . avrov, ^ 172. a. 
 
 22. wr fmftovXevoi avrw, [that he was plotting] of plotting a<?ainxt 
 him. The optative is used because Sin/idXXft {falsely accuses) is 
 
 the historical present (^ 608, 567. a). 23. Autos . . Xapjddvei, 
 
 and lie himself takes some of the colts, § 366. 25. ko\ qipd£ovo~tv, 
 
 a X/yft, and tell, ivhat he says. For the declension of the relative, 
 see "|f 21, ^ 1 18. 2 ; for its complementary use here, $ 535. 
 
 VI. 
 
 [a. Tho Augment. §§187,192. 
 
 b. The Euphonic Affixes of the Imperfect, in each voice. 1T1T 29, 30. 
 
 c. The Imperfect of (iouXiuu, in each voice. HIT 34, 35.] 
 
 1. L. 26. "EXfyf, he said, impf. of Xeyco. In looking for words in 
 the Vocabulary, allowance must be made for the augment, wh 
 
 occurs. 27. 'Ekcivos, [that man] he, ^ 502. dno htwov, [from 
 
 ;i horse] on horseback. 28. on davpafaiev, that they wondered, 
 
 §608. [P. 17.] L. 1. rijs Xoi7ri)j iroptlas, the [remaining jour- 
 ney] rest of their journey. 3. airy, § 406. i-o A.. § 562. 
 
 4. 'E(palvtro, § 519. 5. 6Y1 — rjicoifv, (hat (lay had cone, 
 
 §§ 579. £, 608. 
 
 2. L. 8. o-rparrjyo'ii, § 406. 
 
LESSONS V. -VII. 47 
 
 3. L. 13. LTpoerpex^, impf. of 7rporpex<», § 192. TlpoaeTpe- 
 
 Xov, § 337. a. 16. ijpepa, § 485. a. -rrpos, 652. y. 
 
 [rf. Changes in the Root of the Verb. § § 254 - 258, 265 ; IT 61 . 
 e. Second Aorist Active and Middle. §§ 109. a, 215. 1. 
 /. Distinction in sense between the Aorist and the Definite Tenses (Pre*, 
 and Impf.). § 569 f. See § 565.] 
 
 4. L. 20. Ae^Lav ZXafiov, I look the right hand as a pledge. "EXn- 
 fiov is the 2 aor. of Aa/z/3uwo, being formed from the old root Xa/3- in 
 the same way as the impf. iXdpfiavov from the new root \apfiav 
 (made from the old root by adding av, and inserting v, which becomes 
 
 p. before the labial j3, §§ 289, 290). frvrjs, § 369. a. 21. eVi 
 
 davdrn, for death (as a sign that he was condemned to death). 
 
 evefiakev, 2 aor. of e/z/3aXXa> (roots /3aX-, /3aXX-, § 277). /eareXi- 
 
 ttoi', thy left alive, 2 aor. of Ka.Takei.Tra (r. Xi7r-, Xetn-, T[ 37, § 266). 
 
 23. iylvero, had taken place, 2 aor. of yiyvopai (r. yei/-, yiyv-, 
 
 § 286). See § 580. koi, o/so. 24. tt)? TeXeur?;?, R. x., 
 
 §§ 367, 368. rvxelv, 2 aor. of rvyxdva) (r. tvx~, revj(-, rvyxav-, 
 
 § 290), to have met with or come to. 'AXXa . . (Tpdrrero (2 aor. 
 
 mid. of rpeVo), r. rparv-, rpeir-, § 259), Jttf inflight one turned one way, 
 
 and another another, § 542. 8. 25. 'AntBavev (2 aor. of anoBvi]- 
 
 o-ko), r. 6av-, 6vrj(TK-, § 281 8) vtto N., § 556. AiaXap./3ui/ouo-i 
 
 . . yevopevov, they take each his share of the money [that had come from 
 the prizes of war] obtained by the sale of their prizes. 
 
 VII. 
 
 [The Present and Imperfect of ti/ti, to be. IT 55, § 230.] 
 
 1. [P. 18.] L. 1. T Hi/ . . (TTivr], for the pass ivas narrow, 
 
 'EpTTopiov . . x a> P l0V i § 487. 3, 4. 
 
 2. L. 3. Ovto> Se e'xei, §§ 546, 555. $'i\os, o-vppaxos, in the 
 
 predicate after elvai. 5. norepa . . cpiXos, whether he was a foe or 
 
 a friend. 7. rr]v 68bv e(ppa£ev, 77 el'77, he told the road, where it 
 
 teas, for he told where the road was, § 425. 4. 
 
 3. L. 9. 'Ytto^iol pev rjo-av, there were indeed suspicions. In 
 translating into English, ' there ' or ' it ' is often to be supplied with 
 
 the substantive verb. 10. Tvorapov, § 394. 11. 'AvdyKrj eo-ri 
 
 pdxeo-dai, [there is a necessity to fight] it is necessary to fight. rjv 
 
 8eiXn, it icas evening. 14. rjv — o-k6tos, [there was darkness] it 
 
 was dark. o-ko'tos eyevero, darkness came on, or it became dark. 
 
 Ov . . xoproy, for there was [not] 720 grass. 15. Kio/xa? eivai 
 
 KaXds, that there are beautiful villages, § 626. 
 
 4. L. 17. Kvpa, § 408. Pao-l\et.a, § 336. ToT?, § 408. 
 
 18. 'A7ro too avTopdrov, § 449. /3. 19. orpartcorai?, § 408. 
 
 'He avrcp rroXepos, § 408. 
 
 5. L. 21. '0\f/e yap rjv, § 546. '0\|/-<f is an adverb, modifying rjv. 
 
 '0\|/e iy'iyvero, it icas [becoming] growing late. 22. ifXiov 
 
 8vapds, sunset. 23. i8veTo, was setting. 7rpo? i)p€pav, to- 
 te ards day. 
 
•18 NOTES ON 
 
 6. L. 94. "Eo-ti, $546. j3. \apfidveiv, Aaj3fl«/. In the first 
 
 sentence, the action is viewed as going on, and hence the present 
 tense is used ; while the second denies the performance of (he action at 
 
 all, and hence employs the aorist. Sec ^ 569, 570. 1. "e£«tti 
 
 . . \l/cu8(o-0ai, [it is permitted or possible to falsify] one may falsify 
 about him, § 516. /3. 25. (jriTTjdeia, as subst., object of ex 6 '"- 
 
 7. L. 27. "Qpa Se /3ovXeveo-#ni [sc. torn/], and it is lime to con 
 sider. In each of the sentences in paragraph 7, supply a substantive 
 
 verb (§ 547). 28. S^oAj) to'is TroXtpiois [sc. eo-riV], the enemy 
 
 have leisure, § 408. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 [a. The Personal Pronouns lyu, ri, and »J. 1T 23. A ; § 502 f. 
 Remark. In learning the paradigms, omit for the present the Homeric 
 and other dialectic forms.] 
 
 1. [P. 19.] L. 1. vp.1v, §652. a. 2. oure, § 6(54. ft. 5 
 
 (pot, § 405. r/. 6. v M Iv, R. XVII., §§ 398, 399. 8. *H . . 
 
 vofxifcre, or think me no longer Cyrus, § 434. Why is p-nntTi used, 
 rather than ovkcti ? 
 
 2. L. 10. tp.a>v, § 357, N. 13. c O . . fjfuv, there is the same 
 
 journey to you and to us. Mi) . . e\6e7i> ( 2 aor. of epxopai), let 
 
 vs not ivait for others to come to us. 
 
 [b. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns. IT 23. B, C ; §§ 144, 145, 
 504 f.] 
 
 3. L. 15. eVi ti)v eavTov o-Kqvrjv, to [the tent of himself] his own 
 
 tent, §§ 504, 505. 2. Uoiav . . dvapiva ; and [for what age to 
 
 come to myself do I wait?] what age do I wait for 1 17. 'E(pv- 
 
 Xuttovto . . dWrjXovs, both were on their guard against each othir, as 
 against enemies, § 428. Observe the force of the middle voice (watch- 
 ed each other for their oicn safety, § 558). 19. tyu>yt , § 328. b. 
 
 IX. 
 
 [a. Comparison of Adjectives in -riot;, -rxref. §§ 155-158. 
 b. Use of the Degrees. § 460 f. 
 
 REMARK. In parsing a comparative or superlative, give the special rule foi 
 its formation.] 
 
 1. L. 21. OavfiacrwrnTf, § 465. 22. <to/3fpa>raToi> 5' (p-qpia, 
 
 §$ 150, 485. ft. <bevyau . . Tjp.1v, it is tqfi r for than to fin , than 
 
 for US, § 403. 25. ort . . iroXfplovi, that thnj in re suffering most 
 
 unjust [things] treatment in being cast out among t/uir enemies, § BS8. 
 
 [c. Comparison of Adjectives in Auv, -nrrot. § 159.] 
 
 2. L. 27. uvBpio-mov, § 362. o\ ko\ ol 11XX01 [sc. vptts, Tovnv- 
 
 rot] 00-01 r)T€ Kvpov (pi'Xoi, and [the rest oi' you] y< others, as mauij us 
 
 win- fronds <f Cyrus, I!, xxviii., $& 494, 591, 693. The second 
 person r)T( shows thai ifitU is understood. [!'. 90.] L. 3. 
 
LESSONS VII. -X. 49 
 
 tt]v raxiorrrju 68<>v, the quickest (or shortest) ivay, R. xxiv., § 440. 
 • n\el<TToi, most, sup. of noXvs. 
 
 [d. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. §§ 1G0, 161.] 
 
 3. L. 4. (txiv . . evSaipoveo-Tarcis, with those about him of the 
 
 highest excellence and fortune. 5. ra eaxara, [the uttermost things] 
 
 t/ie severest punishment. Tra6e~iv, 2 aor. of ndcrx * (r. nad-, nevB-, 
 
 Tracrx; § 281. e). 6. Uparov p.ev yap <a\ peyio-rov, for [indeed 
 
 the first and greatest thing] first and greatest, § 334. 8. ot . . 
 
 koAvovo-i, [the oaths of the gods] our oaths by the gods forbid us. 
 
 7. dXXrjXois, § 405. £. UXvaiaLTaTos, Q»S 161. 2, 156. y. 
 
 [e. Comparison of Adverbs. §§ 162, 163.] 
 
 4. L. 9. 'Avurepco t&v p-aarav, higher than the [breasts] breast, 
 
 R. v., §351. IIoXv . . darrov (comp. of rax«W, from raxvs ; 
 
 see § 159. /3), for they ran much faster than the horses. 10. Els 
 
 . . icafias, into the nearest villages, § 475. 12. rjpeXnpevoos paX 
 
 Xov, § 460. 
 
 [a. Euphonic Changes of Vowels. § 27 f. 
 
 b. Contraction. § 31 f. 
 
 c. Contract Verbs in -a^. §§33,216. 
 
 d. Write the uncontracted forms of the Present and Imperfect of riftaa, to 
 honor, according to 1T1F 29, 30 ; contract these forms according to § 33 ; and 
 then compare IT 45. 
 
 Remark. Observe a similar method in learning all the contract paradigms ; 
 and, in parsing contract words, give the rule of contraction.] 
 
 1. L. 13. vcp', for wo,§§4Ij 65. 'Opa, § 31. N. 14. 
 
 ifiav avrcbv, ^ 352. y. o~vv rot? 8eo7s, v:ith the aid of the gods. 
 
 15. e$6a, impf. of /3oaco. 16. ineipwvro, impf. of 7re1pa.op.a1. 
 
 19. elev, opt. of elftt. 
 
 [e. Contract Verbs in -iu (paradigm QiXicS). §36; IT 46.] 
 
 2. L. 22. pel, §§ 13. 2, 216. 0. 'HuZs . . pio-Qov, §436. 
 
 23. K. . . irXola, §436. 
 
 3. L. 25. ippl-rovv, impf. of pntreo}, § 64. 1. 26. Avtos 
 
 eipi, op ^rjTels, I am the very one whom you seek. 'E/zot . . wpa 
 
 (subject of cWel) elvai r]p1v (§ 409) Kadevdeiv, to me, then, it seems to 
 
 be no time for us to sleep. 27. 17/xuv, § 376. 6\ 29. Hepaoiv 
 
 . . kiTTa, [of the Persians the seven best of those about him] the seven 
 best of his Persian courtiers. 
 
 4. [P. 21.] L. 1. ^ ATrayyiXXere , imperative. pdxws 8et, there 
 
 is need of a battle, §§ 357. /3, 546. 2. inroivro, impf. of uraopai. 
 
 3. vTtaidpioi, § 457. /3. 4. Ob . . cpdovolev, [not justly] 
 
 with no good reason certainly could they envy me, §§ 406, 604. a. 
 
 "Evda, here, i. e. at his father's court. 5. aldrjpoveaTaro? . . tu>v 
 
 7]Xikicoto)u, in the first place, the most modest of the boys of his own 
 
50 NOTES ON 
 
 . G. rois . ■ neldta-Bai, and to obaj his elders even more im- 
 plicitly than those who were inferior to himself in rank. 7. (piXnr- 
 
 ■jroraTos, sc. e'Soicei dvai. rots (^ 470. 1) iWoir (§ 419. 5) apiara 
 
 Xprjo-dai (§ 33. a), to manage horses th 
 
 [/. Contract Verbs in -in (paradigm &»X«»). §§ 3G, 37. 3 ; T 47.] 
 
 .3. L. 9. 'A^iovpei', ice claim. Kpartoroi, sup. of dyados. 
 
 a£iovi>Tcii, are thought worthy. 10. 8rj\oln, in order that he might 
 
 show, M 205. 2, a, 601. y. ots (§ 535) ripa, ichom he honors, lor 
 
 ovs Tiny!], ichom he honored, § 610. 
 
 [c/. Temporal Augment. §§187-189.] 
 
 6. L. 12. ToC 5e Xo'you (§ 350. n.) r}px*TO (e-apx-fTo, impf. of 
 
 apXopai) coSe, firtrf /ic began his speech thus. 'Hadeva (e-acr&'i'e-e), 
 
 impf. of a<xd(V€co. 13. virioirTtve (v—o-e-u—Tev-e, impf. ot v7ro- 
 
 TTTtvus) re\evTi)v tou jBiov, icas apprehending a termination of tifi . 
 
 14. K\edpxa>, § 400. r/pcora (e-fpebra-e), impf. of ipardto. 
 
 eX el > § 610. 15. crvvr/XOov, 2 aor. of crvvtpxopai. 10. 
 
 ?)v, 540. /3. 'Arr/p/yeXXf, impf. of d-nyye'XXw. 17. enaivoin, 
 
 ^ 205. 2. Ka\ — Kai, both — and. 
 
 7. L. 19. i]K€v, impf. of ijku. An initial n in an augmented tense 
 leaves it doubtful whether the verb begins with a, e, or tj ; and an ini- 
 tial w, whether it begins with o or a. 20. rjicev, § 579. f. 
 
 Xcopi'a — cp/co w (impf. of ouceo, § 188. 2), inhabited strongholds. 
 
 21. Eixaffoy (§ 188. N.) 5« «XXoi «XXco?, hut some conjectured in one 
 
 way, and others in another, § 542. 3. O! pei> cox°to (impf. of ot- 
 
 Xopat), §490. 1. 22. Et-piWro, §$ 549. 54 i. 7roAXa, neut. 
 
 pi. of TroXvff (T[ 20). Some of the forms of this adj. in the sing, are 
 
 of Dec. III., and may be omitted for the present. 23. ware . . 
 
 o-eptuSovas, so thai they used them for their slings, § 028. 24. 
 
 *Oi/ wero ($ 188. 2) ttio-to'i/ ol (dat.,§§ 507. 0, 403) . . tvpe (9 aor. of 
 tvpio-KOi) Kvpcp (piXairepou (§ 156. y), »*; eaurco, the man whom he sii]>- 
 posed to be faithful to himself, him he soon found to be more friendly to 
 
 C>/rus than to him. 25. dcpiKovro, 2 aor. of depacveopai. tls 
 
 ro avro [sc. ^cop/op], / place, or t 20. «crpei>ot, 
 
 <$> 457. y. etSoi', 2 aor. of Spaa {^ 301. 
 
 §. L. 28. Ol-k aveayov (§ H - ■ did not open. 'Ecopn, 
 
 impf. of 6/mzo, ^ 189. '2. 29. SXXos <"XXoi> eiXxei/ ($ 189. 3), 
 
 S S 542. Eta (§ 189. 3) K.. ('. p rmilted. Ivviryayev, 2 aor. of 
 
 cruwiyco, & 191. N. 30. aurou, contracted from f'nvrov, ^1 33. 15, 
 
 ^ 144. This musl be carefully distinguished from avrov, gen. of o 
 
 - w r2(/)fXe (2 aor. of u</>fi'Xo) . . £> (\S 33. a), § 567. y. 32. 
 
 wXa S' Jx " ($ 189 - 3 )> " ,ujr ^"^ / '"' / [ M anns ] / or Bnn *« 5 ;:; '-- ' : - 
 
 [/i. Compounds of alri; ; outo;, rorovre;, &.C. § 150. a, /3 ; ^ 84.] 
 
 9. [P. 22.] L. 1. Nopor y«p j/v olrds a-cpio-tv {§ 507. 6), for this 
 
 teas [to them B CDBtom] their custom. 2. np>, $ 473. /9. 3. 
 
 rd<ppov, § 394. 1. Towra dnrAwcnp" (2 aor. ofamBv^o-Ku), thme 
 
 two died. Tof'To frrroi, let this be. 
 

 LESSONS X., XI. 51 
 
 
 10. L. 6. Toiavra (ncut. pi. of toiovtos), such things. 7. 
 
 e'lire, a second aorist associated -with (pnpi (IT 53, vS 301. 7). ro- 
 
 aovrov (§ 97. n.), thus much (merely). 8. e^ere, indicative. 
 
 ravra, by fcrasis for tu aura (§§ 30, 38, 39. 1), Me sawe things. This 
 
 must be carefully distinguished from ravra, neut. pi. of otros. 9. 
 
 Oiros- . . ke\evei, and this same person commands. 
 
 [z. Contract Xouns of Dec. I. (paradigms 'Eopia.;, (ioppa;, /tv&a). §§ 94, 
 96. «; V 7. 
 
 j. Contract Nouns of Dec. II. (paradigms v'oo;, vao;, oa-riov, uvuyiuv) . 
 §§ 98, 97. 3; IT 9. 
 
 It. Contract Adjectives of Dec. II. and I. (paradigms ayn^a-m, xzycii;, 
 ha-Xi*;). HIT 17, 18.] 
 
 11. L. 10. avepos Poppas (§ 485. a) ivavrios (§ 457) eirvel, [the 
 wind boreas] the north wind was blowing directly against them, or in 
 
 thrir faces. Xe'yere, indicative. 11. orav poppas Txvin (§ 210. 
 
 ft), [when the north wind may blow] whenever the north wind blows, 
 § 600. as . . elatv, that [there are fine sailings] it is fine sail- 
 ing. 12. avraiv, § 350. Tafias, of Att. Dec. II. ; thus, (Ta- 
 
 uaos) Tapas, (Tapaov) Tapd>, &C. 13. 'Q.S rdxio-ra (§ 162), as 
 
 soon as, § 525. a. 14. *Hv (before the subj., § 603) oi 3eo\ tXew 
 
 Sxriv (subj. of elfii, § 603. ft), if the gods are propitious. 
 
 XI. 
 
 [a. Classification and Analysis of the Affixes of Conjugation. § 195 f; 
 IT 31. 
 
 b. Tense-Signs. § 198 f. 
 
 c. Affixes of the Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. TIT 29, 30. Cf. 
 
 nr 31. • 
 
 d. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of [lovXiiu. 1T1T 34, 35.] 
 
 1. L. 15. 7rpo? ravra, with reference to [these things, § 451] this, 
 
 or in view of this. 'Entidav e*f To-e eXdupev, when ice [may have 
 
 come thither] have arrived there, § 606. 17. "S.Kv6ai, § 448. 
 
 ir6£evo~av, 1 aor. of ro^evco. 19. K\eap\ov . . cvpftovkov, but 
 
 Clearchus he even called within as a counsellor, §332. 3. 21. 
 
 "HrWr' av d<ovo-aipi, I should most gladly hear. 
 
 2. L. 22. "~Eirtp^re (e-nepTr-cre, § 51), 1 aor. of 7rep7ra>. 24. 
 
 "Eyj/ovrai {(TT-aovrai) , fut. mid. of enopai. rj^a> (i]K-o~o), § 51), fut. 
 
 of tJkco. 25. dtovs, § 426. S. 26. li^ei (ay-o-ei), fut. of ayco. 
 
 TTivre rjpepwv, in five days, R. xiv., § 378. o6cv, § 521. ft, 
 
 27. o\j/ourai, fut. of Spaa) (§ 301. 4). ri)V rrjpepou fjpepav, 
 
 [the to-day dav] the present day. $ 475. 28. Xfaopai, fut. ot'Xap- 
 
 ftuva, (r. Xaft-, Xnft-, Xapftav-, ^ 266, 290. ft). 
 
 3. [P. 23.] L. 3. Xeyere, indicative. 7ro»';o-w, § 218. 4. 
 
 Mt) TToiTjo-ris ravra, §§ 597, 598. ft, 1. 5. croi, § 404. y. 6. 
 
 a7r6 . . inolrjo'ev, §§ 494, 434. 8. eVf^eipjjcrai/ (e7ri-e-^ft'pf-o r ai'), 
 
 1 aor. of eV^etpe'co. 9. dnorlo-aivro, §§ 597, 600. 8. 10. 
 
 'Akovco, Ae^uTTTov Xeyeti/, I hear, that Dexippus says. ovk . . eiee- 
 
 Xevo-a, §§ 603. 8, 593. ft. 
 
52 NOTES ON 
 
 4. L. 12. iyu> . . nfia-ofxai (nfid-a-opai, $ 55 ; fut. mid. of ireida, 
 
 J will comply With your custom. 14. 6ttuT€ yvpvdaai (yvpvdd-aai., 
 
 § 273. n. 2 ; 1 aor. of yvp.vd£<o) (BovXoito, whenever he wished to exer- 
 cise, § 606. 
 
 5. L. 15. ea-rai, If 55, $ 230. a. 16. kih yap (stronger than 
 
 simple yap), and this because, for, § 661. 2. 
 
 6. L. 18. 'EKn-optoCo-i, for e 'ktt o pia ov<ri (<r becoming c, which is 
 then contracted with the vowel following, ^ 200. /3, 50, 36), fut. of 
 iKTTop'i(u>. Observe § 200, n. a, and the paradigm Koplfa (lj 40). 
 
 o-iraviel (Att. fut. of enravifa), § 357. /3. 20. ottcoi- 
 
 shall put you on board ivhcn there is a calm. /xa^elrat, Att. fut. of 
 
 pd^opai, § 222. a. 22. fjpepwv, § 378. 'Hcnrd£fTO aiirov, ws 
 
 aTTOTrXevo-ovpfvos (Dor. fut. of a7ro7rXea>, $ 200. 3) fj8r), he was taking 
 leave of him, as now [about to sail away] vpon the point of setting 
 sail. 
 
 7. L. 23. J e8a>Ke, irregular 1 aor. of Si'Sco/xt, §§ 201. 3, 284, 
 
 ^[ 51. Ovk apa en paxe'irai, [he will not then fight more] then he 
 
 will never fight. 25. dXvdfvo-ys, § 603. /3. 
 
 XII. 
 
 [a. Review. Vowels and their Euphonic Changes. If 3. 1. ;§§ 24-48. 
 
 I. Affixes of the Third Declension, f 5; § 100. 
 
 c. M the genitive ywr'o;, what is the affix? What is then the root? 
 What is the characteristic ? To which class of nouns of Dec. III. docs it 
 then belong (§ 100)? As it is masculine, what affix is added to the rooj to 
 form the nominative singular ? What is added to form the dative plural? 
 What do yiv-; and yvr-ri become, by § 51 ? 
 
 J. Mutes of Dec. III. — Labials and Palatals, f 11. 1, 2 ; § 101. 
 
 e. In the genitive -rctiio; (masc. and fern.), what are the affix and root? 
 What do the theme (nom. sing.) *•«?§-; and the dat. pi. -rttth-ci become, by 
 § 55? As the voc. sing, has no affix (%^ 4. v., 5), what would be its form 
 without euphonic change ? What does *•«?$ become, by § 63. 1 ? 
 
 /. The Linguals *x7; and «»*£. f H-3; § 102.]" 
 
 1. L. 28. Elxov, they had. 29. ywn, § 101. y. 30. ftm- 
 
 crev, 1 aor. of necda. [P. 24.] L. 2. "Ore . . vvicrts, and when 
 
 these things [were] had takm place, it was almost midnight, $ 456. 
 
 I low is the ihi'iue vv% obtained from the mot wkt-1 
 
 [;/. As £««/;, -im;, is a barytone (i. e. has no accent on the la-t Byllable, 
 ^ 725), how many forms of the accusative singular has it ^ 108. y^ ? What 
 does the old ace. ^aj/T-» become, by § 63. it. ? Decline x*Z' f CH ^ ^] 
 
 12. L. 4. Aapdov Ka\ II, R. VI., $ 356. How many forms has 
 
 Uapva-aris in the ace. sing. ! What are they! 5. TTpcvtfvrfpos 
 
 ptv 'A., [elder on the one hand] the elder A. 
 
LESSONS XI. -XIII. 53 
 
 [h. In the genitive fufian; (neut.), what are the affix and root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change? What law of euphony for- 
 bids this form ? What does it then become ("§ 63. 1, 103)? 
 
 /'. Decline ruftx, <pZs, and jjVaj (^f 1 1), explaining their euphonic changes; 
 and also the adjective tvx al »s (If 17, § 130), which drops r in the nom. 
 neut.] 
 
 3. L. 8. "EnXeov . . KciXca, they sailrd through a day and anight 
 
 with a fair wind, §§ 439, 415. 9. eireXmev, 2 aor. of eniXeiTrco. 
 
 12. 86para, § 103. N. To yap inixapi (§ 449. a) oIk etx 6 "' 
 
 for [the pleasing he had not] he had nothing -pleasing in manner. 
 
 4. L. 14. oi . . piv (§ 490. r.) . . TTpaypaTatv (§ 347), some with 
 
 trouble, and others without. 10. evrv^rjo-au (§ 193. in.) . . evrv- 
 
 XIP ' § 431. o~vve{i6a>v, from o-vpfioaoi. 17. a-weXeyovro, Irom 
 
 o"vAXeya). vvktos, § 37S. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 [a. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Liquid Verbs. § 56 ; ^f 41.] 
 
 1. L. 19. Sjroi'Sas' tj 7r6\efjLov dirayye\a> ; Shall I report peace or 
 
 war ? (peive[e-pev-o-e, § 56), 1 aor. of peva>. 23. Ovk . . oVX/- 
 
 ras, they did not wait for the heavy- armed. 
 
 [b. In the genitive Xt/xivo; (masc.), what are the affix and root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change ? "What does it become, by 
 §§ 57. 3, 105. 1 ? What is the dative plural (§ 57. 4)? 
 
 c. Decline Xi^-h, ta.ip.ajv, (ao, and pf,ruo f\ 12), and also £ppn» (IT 17), ex- 
 plaining their euphonic changes.] 
 
 2. L. 24. Kal . . QpqKrjs, and they disembark [into] at the liar 
 bour of Calpe, [somehow at the middle] about the middle of Thrace. 
 
 25. yeXari. What is the ace. sing, of this noun (§ 102. y) ? 
 
 27. tov prjvos, §§ 378, 470. n. o'icrei, fut. of (pepw, §301. 6. 
 
 29. 'Ypwv . . Scotrw (fut. of St§a>/xi), and of you [the] Greeks, I 
 
 will even give to each one a golden crown. 
 
 3. [P. 25.] L. 1. cmoikovTo, 2 aor. of aKoWvpt, § 295. 2. 
 
 'Hyepoi'a . . K., § 436. 5. ^ei'p (roots x €t P~ an & X e P~> § V2Z&. y, 
 
 1 12) tj Se£ia, § 486. y. 6. tovtov'i, § 150. y, 1 24. 7. Ke- 
 
 po)S, § 104, ^[ 11. 8. hura^ev (8ia-e-Tay-o-ev) , 1 aor. of o"iardr7-a>, 
 
 §§ 274. y, 70. 1. 
 
 [rf. The Syncopated Liquids •rxrf.o, a.ir t o, and pirno. ^ 12 ; §§ 106, 
 64. 2.] 
 
 4. L. 10. inTipxe (from vnapxa>) tw K., §403. avdpes, §443. 
 
 j3. 11. ye'iTaav oikS) tjj 'EXXaSt, 1 dwell a neighbour to Greece, 
 
 § 399. X/yerai 'A. inheipai (1 aor. of eKoVpco) M., §> 551. 12. 
 
 Zjj, § 33. a. 13. iiTreo-xero, from vmo'xveop.ai. 
 
 [e. How are the themes pis (*f 12) and iT; (1J 21) obtained from the roots 
 fiv- and iv-.? §§ 58, 105. 
 
 /. Decline pis, us (which has a feminine from another root, § 137. £), and 
 its compound evbus (^f 21). 
 
 g. Decline r'urraois. f 21 ; §§59. 8, 70. 1. 
 
54 NOTES ON 
 
 h. Decline r)s, which has also irregular forms in the gen. and dat. sing., 
 and in the neut. pi. \ 24. B ; §§ 105. /3, 152. See §§517, 518.] 
 
 5. L. 16. to), § 133. y, 8. 18. nvpos, § 108. For a plur. 
 
 of Dec. II., sec § 104. /3. 20. Oi>oYiy rjpdpravev avbpos, no one 
 
 [missed] /<n/c</ of hitting a man, §347. 21. Mt]8ds. Why is this 
 
 used rather than ovSeiV? 'HbiKrjaapep tovtov ovbtv, we have 
 
 [wronged this man nothing] done this man no wrong, § 435. 
 
 [». The Interrogative «■«, and the Relative Indefinite 'dims. IT 24. B ; 
 §§ 152. 2, 153, 519 f, 535 f, 539.] 
 
 6. L. 23. oo-rty ov ftovXtrai, [who does not wish] that he docs not 
 
 xvish, § 531. 24. Up\v o^Xov elvai (§ 657. N. 2), o ti (§ 16. 2) . . 
 
 anoKpivovvrai , § 535. 27. tiXXcov, § 347. 28. rdde , § 513. 1. 
 
 Elne (§ 747. c) . . nopdas, § 536. 
 
 7. L. 29. At^are . . i'xfTt, § 536. 32. ovpfiovktvaov . . 
 
 Xpovov, [advise us whatever seems] give us that advice, which seems to 
 you to be most appropriate and useful, and which will bring you honor 
 
 in coming time. [P. 26.] 2. tf O ti 8e iroirjo-oi, but what he would 
 
 do, § 608. "Ora So/cel ravra, to ivhomsoever these things seem best. 
 
 [/ Declension of Comparatives in -»v (paradigm fiu%u*). §107; IT 17.] 
 
 8. L. 4. aWo opa fieXrlov, sees [another thing better] another 
 
 course which is better. 5. irevre koX e'Uoai, § 140. 1. 7. Ka- 
 
 kiovs . . i)pas, they are worse towards us. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 [a. Review. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. §§ 155-163, 
 4C0-466. 
 
 l>. In the genitive xiovres (masc), what are the affix and root ? What 
 would be the theme without euphonic change ? In Xsa*r-,-, what becomes of 
 t ? What then becomes of <r (§§ 57, 109) ? What does the dat. pi. xio^r-r, 
 become (§§ 55, 58)? Why docs xiovr become Xt«» in the voc. ? Decline 
 
 Xio,v(fl3). 
 
 c. Decline HSou;, ylyas, and SDnxfut (^ 13), explaining their euphonic 
 changes.] 
 
 1. L. 8. 7r68as, T[ 11, § 112. a. 9. up-^ovra — o-uvbatrvov, 
 
 §434. 
 
 [d. Feminine of Adjectives of Dec. III. and I. § 132. 
 e. Decline va; (If 19), explaining its euphonic changes.] 
 
 2. L. 11. ndvTts ol, §472. a. 12. (oprrjs, y 367. 14. 
 
 ouSe uXXo ov8et> 8(i>8pov, [nor no other tree] nor yet any tree. vy I"»~- f. 
 664. a. Tp-tXt) . . x^P a ' $ 472. a. 
 
 [/. Decline the Participles (LtvXiitH, \itwi, and <*ja; ( r t 22), explaining 
 their euphonic changes. See § 133. I, M.] 
 
 3. L. 15. Xa$a>i/, [having taken] taking, $ 631. 17. on . . 
 
 io-Tiv, that bring a Greek, he is sink a coward. IS. irnpiov «Yuy\'a- 
 
 vtv, § 633. 19. /iXXorf Kin nWore, § 542. y. 21. opa ;;X['cp 
 
LESSONS XIII. -XV. 55 
 
 bvvoiri, [at the same time with the sun setting] at sunset, §§ 399, 
 485. a. 
 
 4. L. 25. KOpos . . M., §631. 27. Ka\ 8s, §491. R - 
 
 Selrai, entreats him. 28. Xaycbs <ox eTO Qnpdwv, had gone to hunt 
 
 hares, §§ 579. f, 583. a, 635. 'E|e7rXet, from ekirXeo. 
 
 5. [P. 27.] L. 1. avrod, §379. a. 3. iv . . 'Act la, in the 
 
 T/trace which is in Asia, a part of Asia Minor, so called from its hav- 
 ing been settled by Thracians. 4. dp£afj.evn . . 'HpaxXeias (§ 394), 
 
 and this Thrace [is having begun from the mouth of the P. as far as 
 H.] beginning at the mouth of the Pontus, extends as far as Heraclca. 
 5. ari . . (lo-irXeovTi, § 410. 
 
 [g. Decline npuu* and <pax£v (uncontracted $aviuv, § 56), applying the 
 rules of contraction. ^ 22.] 
 
 6. L. 7. NiKcbv rvyxdvei, he happens [conquering] to be victor, 
 
 § 633. £evo<pa>vTi, § 652. j3, 1. 9. tcov . . ecrriV, § 390. 
 
 11. epovvra (T 53, § 301. 7) . . XPuC°h to say, that he ivished to have 
 an interview with him. 12. cos airoKTevcov, § 583. a. 
 
 7. L. 14. rbv . . 'A., § 474. 15. ibv . . o-rparnyoi, but 
 
 [during the before time] previously the generals did every thing [from 
 the prevailing opinion] according to the vote of the majority, § 447. /3. 
 
 8. L. 17. o ti av 8ey [sc. 7rdcr^ett'], 7reicrop.ai (fut. of 7rao-^a)), I 
 ivill suffer, whatever [it may be necessary to suffer] may be necessary. 
 How is rreiaofiai formed from the root nevd- (§§ 58, 281. e) 1 The fut. 
 of Trao-^w must be carefully distinguished from the fut. mid. of ireiOu), 
 
 which has the same form (Less. XL 4). 18. o-nelcracrdai (aneu8- 
 
 aaadat), from o-nevdeo. Show how this form is obtained. 
 
 XV. 
 
 [a. Decline the Pures 6u>-„ *ou;, x.U, «<V, and l^ti* (f 14), observing the 
 contractions which occur. See §§ 34, 84, 114. 2, 115. 2.] 
 
 1. L. 19. roxiMvplas ap^avros,u'ho had ruled over Syria, §§ 469. 1, 
 
 636. 20. irporepa (§ 457. a) Kvpov (§ 351) nevre i)p.epais (§419), 
 
 [sooner than C. by five days] Jive days before Cyrus. 21. "Erv^e 
 
 (from rvyx<iva>) 8e Sta peo-ov (§ 456) . . ~2e\lvovs, and there happened to 
 be flowing through the ?nidst of the estate (Xenophon's at Scillus) a river 
 Selinus. SeXii/oOr is contracted from 2eXti/o'ei?, properly an adjective 
 signifying abounding in parsley. See § 109. 2, and also 'Ottovs ("If 13). 
 24. iv ap.(poTepoLs, in both the rivers named Selinus. 
 
 [b. Special Law of Greek Declension. § 110 f. 
 
 c. Change of -i/>} to -ta>;, &c. § 116. 
 
 d. Decline hrtrtvs, vr,%v;, and ~2.uKoa.rn;, showing how all their forms are 
 obtained. IT 14 ; §§ 11 1. I, 113 - 116.] 
 
 2. L. 27. as /3ao-tXea, §§662. a, 485. a. [P. 28.] L. 1. 
 
 "2,<pevbovnTa>v , § 357. /3. ttjv raxlcrrnv [sc. 686v], [the quickest way] 
 
 forthwith, § 440. 
 
56 NOTES ON 
 
 3. L. 4. Trep\ ir\i]dov(rav ayopdv , about the time of full market, the 
 
 latter part of the forenoon. 5. Tiao-afpepvovs. This noun is of 
 
 botli the first and the third declensions (§ 124. a). The usual forms 
 
 are, N. Tiacacpepur]?, ii. -vovs, D. -vti, A. -vr/v, V. -vrj. 6. tjv 6" 
 
 avToiv <£. tls"E\\i]v, [but there was of them P. one Greek] but one of 
 tin in iras a Greek, Phahnus. The construction is here changed from 
 
 apposition to the form of a distinct sentence. 7. eVn'/xco? f'^tof 
 
 (= evripos &», § 555. a), [having himself in a condition of honor] to 
 
 be held in honor. 8. rjyfpdvi, § 472. a. 'HpcucXft, § 115. (3, 
 
 1 14. 12. Trpto-ptis, §5 111. 1, 136. a. 
 
 [<?. Decline -r'oXis, explaining its forms. IT 14 ; §§ 111. 2, 113. 1, 114. 2, 
 115. 2, 116. a, ?.] 
 
 4. L. 14. 7r6\iv olK.ovp.ivnv, an inhabited city, as some of the cit 
 
 ies upon the route of Cyrus were desert. 15. Mi'Sov, § 390. 
 
 16. nepaaas, 1 aor. of nfpavvvpi, § 293. 
 
 5. L. 18. azrinepTve . . /3ao-iXe7, sent to the king the tribute ac- 
 cruing. 19. Zip, for as, $ 526. 20. avrn, § 473, N. tov 
 
 aOpo'i&iv, §§ 395. a, 620, 622. 
 
 [/. Decline rsT^o; and atrrv, explaining their forms. IT 14. |3 ; §§113. 
 2, 115. 1, 116. a.] 
 
 6. L, 25. TcXor, § 440. 
 
 7. L. 28. to ei?por, sc. T)v. 30. ovopa, evpos, R. XXII., § 137. 
 
 Bvo (§ 137. -y) irkiOpav, § 387. 31. dvci Kpdros, [up to their 
 
 strength] with all speed. *Hi» . . ern, and he ivas, when he died, 
 
 about fifty years old, § 480. 2. 33. eYcoj/, § 387. o>?, 662. b- 
 
 §. [P. 29.] L. 2. toutm, § 499. Toirav (§652. a) . . «»- 
 
 c/>eTo, anrf //icse 7/o one either sneered at as cowardly in icar, or blamed 
 
 [them] in respect to friendship. 3. ijcrrnv, § 230. y. 1. "ip(pu>, 
 
 121. 
 
 9. L. 5. /So'es, 1 14. Explain its forms (§§ 34, 112. 4, 113. 3, 
 
 114.2 and 3). opvldes, § 123. y. 6. *Ew, a form of eV (§§ 648. 
 
 /3, 730), used even in the common language with an ellipsis of the sub 
 stantive verb, § § 652. e, 653. e. 
 
 [g. Decline r,x" an( l «'$«f, explaining their forms, \ 14 ; §§ 112. 4, /3, 
 113. 3, 114. 2, 115. 1, a. 
 
 h. Decline roiri^nt and rafts, explaining their forms. %^ 14, 17; 
 §§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114.2, 115. 1.] 
 
 11. L. 13. tV toutw [sc. to) xpovw, § 447. a], [in tlii^ tints] 
 meantohile. — . — 15. iyrrac atpacft;, [were out of sight] had eUsappt 
 
 8io)Kfi, § 610. 16. Kara tov irpavovs, down the Steep, § 447. y. 
 
 17. TEirl fie to KaT(pyd((o-dai [sc. ravra, § 523] liv (§ 376. t) (iri- 
 
 6vpoirj(hk 205. 2, 606), /o the [accomplishing what he might desire] 
 
 accomplishment of his desires. 18. 8ui tov eiriopKiiv, through [the 
 
 swearing falsely] perjury. 19. to <V dfrXow • • (Znu, §§ 149. a, 
 
 400. 
 
LESSONS XV. -XVII. 57 
 
 [*. Decline fits, explaining its forms. % 19 ; §§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114. 2, 
 115. 2, 132. 1.] 
 
 12. L. 22. to pevaropa uxnrep (j)ptdros, the mouth [as the mouth 
 of a well] like that of a well. The part o-ropa is in apposition with the 
 whole oiKiai, § 333. 5. A more regular construction would have been 
 
 to pet/ o-ropa e^ovaai, having the mouth. 23. inip rjpio-v, § 658. 
 
 26. noWov xpovov, §378. tovtov, § 351. oiva, § 652.1. 
 
 27. enep-^e, § 609. /3. A change is here made to the words put 
 
 by Cyrus into the mouth of the messenger. 28. ois, § 526. a- 
 
 13. L. 29. 'ApiBpos . . 6Sov, and the amount of the whole way 
 travelled by the Greeks in the expedition with Cyrus and in their re- 
 turn. 33. rpeiy, H 21. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 [a. Eemarks on the Declension of Pures. §§ 117 — 119. 
 
 b. Irregular Nouns. § 122 f. 
 
 c. The irregular Adjectives ftiyx; and <xoXv;. \ 20 ; § 135.] 
 
 1. [P. 30.] L. 2. epnXeoov, ace. sing, from epTrXecos, -av of 
 Att. Dec. II. 
 
 2. L. 8. TrXedpov, § 387. npaiav, T 20, § 135. 9. doWi/ 
 
 ovk ei'coi/ (from edco), did not permit any one to injure them, § 627. 3. 
 ovt)e ras nepio-repds, SC. dducelv eiW. 
 
 3. L. 12. (rot . . yevecrBai, it is in your power, X., to become a man 
 
 (a great man), §§ 408, 627. a. 13. "E%eis ■ ■ too-ovtovs, § 660. a. 
 
 The omission of the conjunctions (asyndeton) increases greatly the vi- 
 vacity of the expression. 15. ovfjaais, from dvlimpi, § 284. 
 
 4. L. 16. ivvpa, 124. /3. 17. kvkXco, [in a circle, §418] round. 
 
 opecav, uncontracted form, § 115. 2. vbuip . . ovpavov, [there 
 
 was much water from heaven] much rain fell. 18. Srparon-eSevo- 
 
 pevuv 6° avrav, and [they being encamped] ivhile they are encamped, 
 R. xxxn., § 638. 
 
 5. L. 20. crcoot, § 135. 21. ro'is . . x' ' 110 ^ a protection to the 
 
 eyes from the snow, §§ 347, 403. 22. peXav, ^[ 19. Explain its 
 
 forms (§§ 105, 132. 2). 23. Ah, 1 16. TAow, 1 16, § 126. 
 
 2. 25. Mdcnca (also accented Mao-*a), §§ 126. 2, 562. 
 
 6. L. 29. Kupca Traprjcrav, [were present to C] came to the aid of 
 Cyrus, § 652. 1. —^—30. vrjes, from pais, T 14, §§34. a, 114, 121.6. 
 
 eV avra7s vavapxos, as admiral over them. [P. 31.] L. 1. 
 
 vavs ere pas Kvpov, other ships belonging to Cyrus. 2. (noXiopicei, 
 
 — <rvveiro\epei. The subject of these verbs is a pronoun referring to 
 Tamos ; while avrov refers to Tissaphernes. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 [a. History of Greek Declension. §§ 83-91, 141, 143 ; T 6. 
 b. Use of the Numbers and Cases. §§ 335-341. 
 
58 NOTES ON 
 
 c. The Affixes of the Aorist and Future Passive. 1 30 ; §§ 198, 199. 
 See H 31. 
 
 d. The Aorist and Future Passive of fruvXivu. IT 35.] 
 
 1. L. 10. t1]v twv M., sc. x^P av i §§ 385, 447. /3. 11. Tovtw 
 
 . . ri, §§ 572, 431. a. 
 
 2. L. 16. KaTeTT(fi(f)dri (Kara-e-TrepTr-dn), §52. 1. 18. (\f)- 
 
 <p8qaav (e-X^-Orjaau) , from \apfidva. 
 
 3. L. 20. virnpirai TravTos tpyov, assistants [of] m every work. 
 
 21. Kupw (\()(8r)o-av {£-\ty-6ncrav , § 5'2. 2) yevia-Qai, [were said to 
 
 be to C] Cyrus was said to have, §408. npaxdrjatTai (u-pay- 
 
 6>)a-(Tai), from TTpd-rrto , ^[ 38, § 273. 23. eVi TtTTapaiv, § 137. e. 
 
 4. L. 28. Toirois ijadr] (e-^-dn, § 52. 3), § 406. toi^toi/, 
 
 § 375. 29. 'llvayicdcrdrjv (t'-ai>ayKdd-6r]v) , § 273. N.2. avrols, 
 
 § 404. 6\ 
 
 5. L. 31. Sendqvai, § 222. 3. cVtSfi^at, aor. of eribeiKvvfu.. 
 
 [P. 32.] L. 1. d-rroanda-ai, § 219. 2. pfj KVK\o>0(lr) {§ 218 , 
 
 §§ 601. y, 602. 2. 3. on nura peXoi, ^ 407. i, 546. 4. «ro$ 
 
 KaXcoy e^oi, that [it should have itself well] all should be well, ^ 510, 
 555, 601. y. KartKavdrj, from Kara/caia), § 267. 3. 
 
 6. L. 5. AftVai/rey, T 58. 2, § 282. diroKktio-dfino-av, $ 221, 
 
 6. 'AvapvtjcrOrjTe, aor. pass, of dvapipvr)o-Ku>, §§ 221. a, 2>>5. 
 
 eV iroiois rial irpdypacriv, in what hind of circumstances, § 517. 
 
 7. Tore S17 ku\ tyvcoadr) (from yiyv£>o-K.a>) , [then now also] then it was 
 at once perceived. 
 
 7. L. 9. fa&Vtfi;, § 222. a. 10. tK^rjddr,, $ 223. 
 
 11. dvr)xdi)(rav (dva-e-dy-drjaav) , from ni/dyw. dirorprjBtvTet (from 
 
 dnorepva, § 277. /3) rur KecpaXds, ^ 437. 
 
 8. L. 13. 7rapa8odT)cr(Tai, from Trapabidwpi. Kai . . o-uo-ra- 
 
 6rjo-6pevos (from cruvio-rnpi.), and also, when he teas setting forth from 
 
 Ephesus io be presented to Cyrus. 15. eavro (§§ 410, 504) 8f£tov 
 
 ($ 457. /3), [on the right to himself] on his right. 
 
 9. L. 16. tcjidpno-au, % 42, §§ 199. n., 255. 0. 18. r$* Aoi- 
 
 77^ nopeiav (^ 431. a) . . \pfj (fy 284. 4) nopevdr/vai, whether [it is 
 
 proper to travel] they sJuwld pursue the rest of , their way. 20. i™j, 
 
 how. 21. Tadjfina-au, from 6diiTa>, §$ 272. <i, 263. 
 
 10. L. 23. Trap(K\r]dr)o-ai>, from TrapaKaXtut, § 261. 26. Ov 
 
 noWio fie varepov, and [not later by much] not much after, or soon 
 
 of/ir. <j7r6 . . arjpdov, [from] at the same signal. o? r' evfiov, 
 
 ^ 170. 27. KaT(K6nr)vav, from KaraKoKTU), § 272- a. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 [a. Review. Declension. §§ 72-154; ^f 5-24. 
 
 b. The Reduplication. §§ 190, 191. 
 
 c. The Affixes of the Perfect and riupcrfect, in each voice. ^ 29, 30. 
 
LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 59 
 
 d. The Perfect and riuperfect of /Sut/Xiu*, in each voice. %^ 34, 35. 
 
 e. Remarks upon the Complete Tenses. §§ 233 f, 577 f.J 
 
 1. L. 28. Totai/Tci, § 432. ft. TreTToirjKe, perf. of ttouco, § 218. 
 
 In looking for words in the vocabulary, allowance must be made for 
 
 the reduplication, wherever it occurs. 29. dvartOappt'jKaaiv [dva- 
 
 di-Oappi-Kaai-v) , § G2. 30. iTnoipKrjK.do-i[iTii-o-opKi-Kacn) , § 191.4. 
 
 31. iu>pa.Kd s v § 189. 2, 190. olpai (§ 222. 3) t)e Kat ol uXXoi 
 
 iravres [sc. uo-pevoi ae eapa.Ka.criv], and, 1 tlunk, all the others also. 
 
 [P. 33.] L. 1. Kipos . . eiptjKa (§§ 191. 1, 301. 7), * 522. 2. 'H 
 
 . . dnoXaXenev (§§ 191. 2, 295), § 507. /3. 
 
 2. L. 4. 'AiroXcXowraow, «ff 37, §§ 199. n., 230. 1. 5. vi<av 
 
 rryeirai, [thinks that he conquers] considers himself victor. drveKTO- 
 
 vev, from drroKTelva- 0. eo-rrjKc, stands, §§ 191. 4, 233. 
 
 ypdppara i'xovcra, [having letters] bearing an inscription. 7. 'EX- 
 
 Xr/viSes, § 134. 8. Ilporjye'io-de rr)v rrpos rovs ivavrlovs [sc. 68oV, 
 
 § 431. a] lead forward [the way against] directly against the enemy. 
 
 !*. cos pi) (o-TTjKccpev (§ 234. a), eriel tocpdrjpfv (§ 301. 4) . . noXepiovs, 
 so that ice may not be standing still (as if afraid) , [since] now that we 
 have been seen, and have seen the enemy. 
 
 3. L. 14. 8ieXrjXv0evai, peif. of 8up X opai, §§ 301.3, 191.2. 
 
 iv€Tu^ov t'j8r], they already [happened upon]/e// in with. 
 
 [/. Decline ubus, explaining its forms. %] 22. 7, 58. 1 ; §§ 103, 
 112.«, 132. 1, a, 301. 4.X. 2.] 
 
 4. L. 15. reBvrjKOTa, dead, from Bvi'jctkio, § 281. 16. ouS' . . 
 
 eXeyev, nor did any one [knowing] from knowledge say how he died. 
 
 19. TreTroiTjKM e'in, §§234, 611. 2. 21. fjcr6eTo . . r\v, §614. 
 
 a. 22. Havres 8e aovro aTroXcoXeWi (from drroXXvpi) , cos eaXcoKvi- 
 
 as (from aXiaKopai, §§ 301. 1, 198. 2) 1-77? tvoXccos, and they all thought 
 they were lost, [as they would be, the city having been taken] as though 
 the city had been taken by an enemy, or inasmuch as (in their opinion) 
 the city luas taken, § 640. 23. elicos [sc. etm], it is probable. 
 
 5. L. 25. El\Tj<pe<rav (Xe-Xi'jft-Kecrav), §§ 61, 191. 1. 20. el- 
 
 a-TTjKu (e-e-o-ra-Kei)> a second form of the plup. of to-Trjpt, in which the 
 
 augment is prefixed to the reduplication, §§ 189. 3, 233. 27. re- 
 
 Te\evT7]K.ei, § 194. 1. (bappanov tticov (from ttlvco, §278), Trvper- 
 
 tu>v, [having drank a drug, being in a fever] through the effect, of med- 
 icine taken for a fever. 28. ra 8' i<eivov, § 477. a. 29. r;Xo>- 
 
 Kei, from a\io-Kopai. 30. cld>6ei, §§ 236. c, 297. 31. Xircovi- 
 
 ctkovs tie eve8e8vicecTai' (from eVSui/co, §278. y) inrep yovdrcov (§ 103. N. ), 
 and they [had put on] wore small tunics [above their knees] not reach- 
 ing below the knee. 
 
 [jr. Formation of the Tenses. ^28 (see ^[ 4. n.). Apply this table in 
 parsing verbs, until it becomes perfectly familiar.] 
 
 6. L. 32. TLavd' (for ndvra, § 65) fjp.lv TreTroujTat, § 417. 
 
 [P. 34.] L. 1. ov8e . . pipvncrai (§ 233), not even [seeing know] 
 understa?id what you see, nor [hearing remember] remember what you 
 hear. 2. "On-coy . . avbpes, § 602. 3. a^ioi rrjs e'Xev0epias 
 
60 
 
 NOTES ON 
 
 (R. xii., §> 374.0), r}r (§ 526) KftrnjaBe (§ 234.0), tror% o/" the free- 
 dom whxcn you [have acquired] ew/oy. 5. ou . . Tvx(iv,j'or it is not 
 
 possible to attain this in any other way. 
 
 7. L. 7. 'Opd\oyt7s . . ytytvr]cr6ai (from ylyvopai), § 627. a 
 
 10. t)ia tu bieawdpBai (t)ia-(-amip-adai, ^ 60 ; from 8ia<nrflpa), 
 
 §§ 259. a, 268) avrco (§ 412) to arpdrfvpa, on account of [the army 
 having been dispersed for him] the dispersion of his army. 
 
 §. L. 11. HapvaraTibos, § 390. 12. ds (<l>vr]v hthopivai (from 
 
 c)'ic)u>pi), having been given for the girdle, i. e. in accordance with a 
 Persian custom, their income was appropriated to supplying the queen- 
 mother with girdles. 14. Teraypivos, from totto). 16. K. 
 
 TreTrrcoKoYa (from tt/tttw, §§ 286, 236. a), that C. had fallen, § 633. 
 
 ecpvyev, from (pevyeo, § 270. 9. 17. e^tvypevnv (from £ev- 
 
 yvvpi, § 294) 7r~koioit (§ 116. 1) . . eVra, [connected by 37 boats] 
 composed of thirty-seven boats connected together. 
 
 [ft. Connecting Vowels and Flexible Endings of Conjugation. §§ 202 - 
 215 ; IT 31. 
 
 i. Analyze the Affixes which have been learned in 1V1T 29, 30, distinguish- 
 ing in each the Tense-Sign, Connecting Vowel, and Flexible Ending (so far as 
 they exist). Write the Affixes as analyzed, separating the elements by hy- 
 phens, and verify the work by comparing IT 31. 
 
 j. Analyze the Forms of Verbs which occur in reading, distinguishing the 
 following elements, where they exist : — 1. the Preposition with which the 
 Verb is compounded ; 2. the Augment ; 3. the Reduplication ; 4. the Root, 
 distinguishing all the additions made to the original root ; 5. Letters 
 inserted between the root and affix ; 6. the Tense-Sign ; 7. the Connecting 
 Vowel ; 8. the Flexible Ending ; and 9. v paragr.gk. In Participles, the 
 Flexible Ending of Conjugation may still farther be resolved into («) the Ad- 
 dition to form the Root of Declension ; (b) the Connecting Vowel of Declen- 
 sion ; and (c) the Flexible Ending of Declension (§ 133. 1. x.). Continue this 
 analysis until it becomes perfectly familiar.] 
 
 9. L. 19. apeporepa (§ 472. a) ra 2>ra (% 11, § 33. y) reTpvTTrjut- 
 vov {Te-rpvna-pev-o-v) , [bored as to both his ears] having both his cars 
 
 bored, § 437. 20. Id«|e (e-cW-o-a-r, §§ 203. /3, 211), from 8et- 
 
 Kuvpi. awrerpipptvovs (<Tvv-T€-Tpt(5-ptv-o-vs, §§ 34, 53), from 
 
 arvvrpifto). 22. KaTeiXripptvu) (/cara-ei-Xn/3-/ii«V-o-i) , from KaraXap- 
 
 /3«ea>. 23. Su&vxdai (oui-e-fcOy-o-tfat, §§60, 52), from 8ia(cv- 
 
 yvvpi- 
 
 10. L. 25. ijx6w av {i-ity-Qe-o-av, § 199), from <Tya>. 
 
 26. jjo-OrjvTai {a-a'taQ-q-vTai, §222. 1), from alaOdvopai- ojtos 
 
 'EXXnwKoO, [being Greek] composed of Greeks. 
 
 11. L. 32. irpofidruv tveKa, 11. M., §§372. y, 674. 3. 
 
 dnoSeduyptvoi ijaav (§§53,213.2), perf. mid., had expressed tluir 
 
 opinion, § 558, [P. '•','>.] L. 1. oaKXairo (c-jst-jcXii-jn-o), were 
 
 hept closed, § 577. 
 
 12. L. 3. 8«7rXfuo-fli< (i^a-t-n-Xf r-(r-n-i'r), § 220. 5. rov . . 
 
 yfy/)a(/)oros-, who painted the Dreams in the Lyceum. 6. talo-varo 
 
 t-o-t-a-co-o-To, § 221. a), from (To)(oi, § 289. 
 
LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 61 
 
 13. L. 8. dp.a rai/ra noiovvrav (tyoi(-6-vt-u>v) rjp.u>v, [at the same 
 time, we doing these things, § 638] as soon as ive do this, § 616. a. 
 
 9. d0fcrr^et (from d(piaTT]p.i, § 239) . . XeXen^erai (Xe-XeiV-o"- 
 
 €-rai),^582. Ei yap Tiva dWr/Xois pay^)/ cvvd^ere, vopifccTe, 
 
 for if you [shall join any battle] engage in any battle with each other, 
 consider. 11. KaraKeKoyJAtaSai, § 582. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 [a. Review. Consonants and their Euphonic Changes. IT 3. n., §§ 49 
 - 71. 
 
 b. The Nude Affixes of the Present and Imperfect, in each voice. HIT 29, 
 30. 
 
 c. Verbs in -p,. § 224 f.] 
 
 1. L. 19. hrrmrrw {l-ara-vrai) , 1 48, §§ 283. c, 284. 13 
 
 enio-Taade, indicative. 14. cfitpei, [carries] blows. 16. <pr]p.i 
 
 (0a-/«',§§2O9,224. 1, 284. r.), 1 53, § 301. 7. 17. airos, § 627. a. 
 
 "Apa Se rjj r]p-ipq, an< ^ [ at tne same time with the day] at day- 
 
 breah, § 399. 18. arvveXBovTes, from crvvipxopai. 19. ovre 
 
 cVXXoi/ tt€jjlttol (§ 608) a-rjpavovvra (§ 583. a), o ri \pi] (§ 284. 4) ttou'lv, 
 wither sent another to signify what they must do. 
 
 2. L. 21. crrpaTiaiTcbv — ns, § 362. /3. 22. Irjcri (t-e-crt, 
 
 1 54, §§ 211, 224. 1, 229, 284) rf, d&vy (§ 416. 1), lets fly with his 
 
 are, throws his axe at C. 23. acocppovrJTe, $ 603. /3. toutoi/ 
 
 (^ 435) ravavTia (ra ivavrla, ^ 39. N. I) . . ttoiovcti (§ 546), [you will 
 do to him the things contrary than they do to dogs] you will treat him 
 
 in a manner the reverse of that in which they treat dogs. 24. ras p.tv 
 
 riftepas (§ 439) 8i8(d(ri (8i-8€-ixri, §§ 58, 284 ; cf. riBiauri, 150), they 
 tie. up [through the days] by day. dcptam (dno-i-e-vari, § 229. b). 
 
 3. L. 27. AlBaxri (81-80-0-1), 1 51, § 284. 28. napa8i86dcrw 
 
 (7rapa-8i-8o-vai-p), § 58. 
 
 4. L. 29. orvp.p.i.yvvdo-iv (o-vv-p.[y-vv-i>cri-v), § 294 ; cf. 8eiKvvdcri, 
 
 152. 30. drroKTivvvdo-i, §295. 31. 8eiKvvovo-t, §225. R. 
 
 ToCro . . ns, § 638. [P. 36.] L. 2. rbv Biov, the god, 
 
 who was supposed to have caused the sneezing as an omen of good. 
 
 5. L. 3. zTrida-iv (eirt-i-wi-v, §1 58. a), they will advance, 1 56, 
 
 §§ 224, 231. 4. amp-eii (ano-i-jxtv) . . e-rriKparelas, ice shall depart 
 
 hence out of the power of these men. 5. eiVeto-i, § 224. 1. 
 
 [d. Formation of Words. § § 302-316 ; IT 62. A, B.] 
 
 6. L. 6. ^tXj)y . . K€(pa\i]v, §1 472. a. els ttjv p-dxqv KaBlo-Ta- 
 
 to, stationed himself for the battle. 8. w? i8vvavro tu^io-to, as fast 
 
 as they could, § 525. a. 'Ek tovtov, [from] upon this. e'crraX- 
 
 fievos (from o-re'XXa>, § 277. a) . . /caXXiora, arrayed for war as hand- 
 somely as [he could array himself] was in his power. 10. e'eprj 
 
 {e-<pa-T, §§ 211, 224. 1), said he, 1 53. ri (§ 432. 3) avriTfrd- 
 
 Xarat (awi-re-ray-nrai, § 213. 2, r.), ichy they are drawn up against 
 us. 11. i'eprja-da, § 182. II. 12. inrjpeTO (em-e-ep-e-ro), § 298. 
 
 6 
 
62 NOTES ON 
 
 13. 6 8' Zcpn [sc. rlXjj^r; ravr tivai], and he said [that they were 
 
 true] yes, § 624. ft. ovk teprj, § 610. b. 
 
 [e. Formation of "Words (continued). §§317-328; TTtf 62, C3. Ap- 
 ply the rules of derivation and composition in explaining the forms and signi- 
 fication of words until they become perfectly familiar. In this way, the labor 
 of learning the language will be greatly diminished.] 
 
 7. L. 14. eWi'tferro (im-t-di-df-vTo, § 62), «|f 50, § 284. 
 
 ro'is Karafiaivova-i (Kara-fta-lvo-vr-at, <§ 278), those who were descend- 
 ing, §§ <i3G, 215. 2. 15. 8eoWdrey, «|[ 58, §§ 282, 236. a. 
 
 16. uvto, aerirtp av bpafxoi (301. 5) irtpl v'iKrjs, they [threw themselves] 
 rushed forward, as one would run for [victory] a prize (as one would 
 
 run if he were running for a prize, § 601. ft). 18. Xapftclvttv, [tc 
 
 take] permission to take. c'8i8ov, §225. 19. « Si'Soro Xe'yet* 
 
 (§§ 546. /3, 620. a) r<3 ftovXoptva (§ 636), [it was given to speak] per 
 mission to speak was given to any one who wished. 
 
 20. iirtbtlKwerav (tm-c-bdK-vv-crav) , ^[ 52, § 294. 
 
 22. i/o/x<i> 7wl adoures, tinging [with] a certain tune. 23. firrjyvv 
 
 2. vopco Ttn adovres, singi7ig [with] a certain tune. 
 ■>, § 294. 24. dirijti] fire, 1 56, § 231. b, 237. 
 
 O. L. 26. Oi hi iroktpioi, cor rjp^avro (t-upx-cr-a-vTo) Bt'tv, aiiKtTt 
 i'o-ino-av {t-crra-crav , §§ 224. 2, 257. ft), and the enemy, when they (the 
 Grecian targeteers) began to run to the assault, no longer [stood] /tela 
 
 their ground. 27. dpa . . avion], § 616. 3. 28. dviftr), §§ 227, 
 
 278, "ft 57. 30. 7roXXcoi> kcu (§ 655. 6) uya6S>v ycp.ovo~as, [full of 
 
 many and pood things] abundantly supplied with excellent provisions. 
 
 31. larpovs KaTterTnereiv (1 aor., § 257. ft) uktco, they appointed 
 
 eight surgeons. 32. rtrpupivot, from rtTp^exKo), § 285. 
 
 [/. Review. Greek Characters. ITU" ], 3; §§ 10- 23.] 
 
 10. [P. 37.] L. 1. Wevro (T[50) to. oirXa, [put their arms] stooel 
 
 in arms (a military phrase). 3. irapiboerav, § 224. 2. L. 
 
 1. tyvao-av, ^[ 57, § 285. Why must this 2 aor. have the nude form ? 
 
 5. ijXeoaav — idXeo, §§301. 1, 189. 2. 7. iviSv, 1 57, 
 
 § 278. 
 
 11. L. 10. iiri(JTacr8<£>crav, vrt ovre dirobtbpaKao-tv (§ 285), otb)a 
 (^J 58, § 301. 4) yip oirt] ot^ovrat (§ 579. £) • of>re diroirtepfvyacriv, let 
 them know that they have neither escaped by concealment, for I know 
 
 whither they heive gone; nor hare they fud beyond my reach. 
 
 12. Aerie ikeiv (§ 301. 1), § 628. 
 
 [<?. Review. Quantity. §§ G75-GD3.] 
 
 12. L. 14. ererrcocrrrti , § 549. a. 15. htaOiptvot blaboTf, har- 
 
 ing disposed of them by sale, make distribution of the proceeds. 
 
 16. "\8t (TI 56, § 210. 2) S»), nwi/^trrV' (ow/tkk^A, §§ 62. S, 
 221. a], . . Knracrr/je^ufxfi'or tvfij (§ (i.'>7), come now {or well then), 
 call to /nind, how great an object you then deemed it /-> obtain what [now 
 
 having subdued you hold] //"" have noto congnered and possess. 
 
 18. untie, imperative, % 5(>. 19. KtXtvato. In what mode and 
 
 tense is this (J 606) 1 irdpeart {irapd-t-o-rt , § 230. ft), imperative 
 
 Uvrxov, §808 
 
LESSON XIX. 
 
 6J> 
 
 [A. Accent- §§ 722 - 733. 
 
 i. "What words in paragraph 12 are accented as far back as possible? 
 f In reading paragraphs 13 and 14, observe the illustrations which occur 
 of the rules of accent already learned.] 
 
 13. L. '23. reXevrav ixakeiraivev, [closinp;] at last he became 
 
 angry, § 632. ol . . ov yap [sc. i'cpaaav, §661. /3] dv bvvaaBai no- 
 
 pfvOijvai, and they bade him slay them; for they said that they were not 
 able to proceed. 26. /3ap$apiK<u [sc. a-Tparevpari], § 447. y. 
 
 14. L. 29. dyaye'iv (from Sya), § 194. 3, s. 30. T>> . . 
 
 (irtdi'ivai (§ 224. 2. e) avra, he said that he icished to inflict upon him 
 the punishment due. 31. rovs (pevyovras ■npokaBai. (% 54), to be- 
 tray [those fleeing] the exiles. 
 
 [k. Accent (continued). §§734-750. 
 
 I. Explain the accentuation of all words which occur (so far as determined 
 by general or special rules), until the subject becomes perfectly familiar.] 
 
 15. [P. 38.] L. 1. tiovvat, § 224. 2. e. "Qcrre . . Ttaibetav, 
 
 so that it is time for you also to exhibit your training. 2. KJ]pv£ 
 
 Uvai (§§ 208. 2, 746.' a), to go as herald. 3. dneKTovus, § 747. a. 
 
 Auros . . Uvea, but he said that he should not himself go, §§ 510. 
 
 1, 616. b. 
 
 16. L. 4. AteXeyoiro . . e(f> eavrols, they both talked to themselves, 
 
 and laughed at (or by) themselves. 5. ecpto-rdpevoi, ottov tv\ouv, 
 
 stopping wherever they happened to be. 6. uxpvro dnekavvov- 
 
 res, $ 637. 8. ava-ravres ddpooi ttov., collecting somewhere in a 
 
 body. 9. vvktos, § 741. dnodpas (^[ 57, § 285) a^ero, ran 
 
 off, § 637. 
 
 [m. Review. Syntax. §^329-344; 1HT 65, 66.] 
 
 17. L. 10. 'Epe\cT<ov . . paxpdv, they practised [to shoot] shoot- 
 ing, sending [up far] high into the air. 12. rd irXelo-rov (§ 374 /3) 
 
 d^ia tvdepevoi, putting on board [the things worth most] their most 
 
 valuable effects. 14. avrov, § 379. a. ■ ray . . divras, placing 
 
 their shields against their knees, ready for action. 
 
 [«. Review. Svntax (continued). — Syntax of the Genitive. §§ 345 
 -370.] 
 
 18. L. 22. rdtjecov, § 726. /3. Iovtos, §§ 208. 2, 749. e. 
 
 23. "Qi^to, §§ 25. 3, 26. 24. els rt)v emovo-av ea (§97. 3), upon 
 
 the following morning. 
 
 [o. Review. Syntax of the Genitive (continued). §§371-396. 
 
 p. Make a Table presenting a general view of the various uses of the 
 Genitive, according to their divisions and subdivisions. 
 
 Remark. The similar reduction of other great divisions of Syntax to a 
 tabular form will be found an exercise of great utility.] 
 
 19. L. 26. dv rts Ta%v dvLOTrj (§ 226. 1), if one rouses them sud- 
 denly. eon, § 732. c. 29. o tl dv dvvcopat (§ 728. 4), vpds 
 
 dyadov (§ 435) woie'iv, [whatever I may be able, to do you good] to do 
 you whatever good I may be able. "Enep-^e . . Kal KeXeuovo-t, § 544. 
 
64 NOTES ON 
 
 31. KfAfvoucri <fiv\dTTf<r8ai, they bid you be upon your guard. 
 
 32. rw Tr\T]o-toi>, the neighbouring, § 475. 
 
 [q. Review. Syntax of the Dative. §§397-421.] 
 
 20. [P. 30.] L. 2. pA (§602. 2) ovk c X «> ($601. a) . . ok So, 
 [lest] //i«^ I may not have [what I may give tu each] enough to bestow 
 upon each one of my friends, if [it should be well] I succeed, but [lest] 
 that I may not have friends enough [to whom 1 may give] upon whom 
 
 to bestow. 6. on (§ 673. ji) ncTrpdo-cTat. (§ 265), § 610. py) 
 
 «6W, § 598. 1. 
 
 [r. Review. Syntax of the Accusative and Vocative. §§ 422 - 443.] 
 
 21. L. 11. Tavr tyco (o-jrevhov, § 432. 3. 12. hvvalpriv 
 
 (Svva-l-p-qv), § 205. (pddaat. (§ 278) . . kf p/3oXijj/ , to [anticipate] 
 
 arrive before the pass should be occupied by the enemy, or to anticipate 
 the seizure of the pass. 15. 8ia/3alei/ (dta-fid-i-tv), §§ 205. 1, 213. 
 
 [s. Review. Syntax of the Adjective. §§444-466.] 
 
 22. L. 17. ff 07ra)? . . uKkots, in order that he might [put] pro 
 
 duce fear in others also. TeXoj, § 440. IS. Trpoo-'ioivro, 
 
 § 226. 3. 19. 'En-fbeiijev avrbv (§ 144) . .eira [= tivi, §§ 152, 
 
 732. ii.] o-rreio-aiTo, he [exhibited himself, § 425. 4] showed that he 
 [made it to himself, § 558] regarded it of the utmost consequence, if he 
 had made a treaty uith any one. How is the simple indefinite pronoun 
 distinguished from the interrogative, and from like forms of the ar- 
 ticle « 20. crvvOoiTo, § 226. 3. 21. vttoctxoito, § 292. 
 
 pi)biv yjfevdeaOai, [to falsify nothing] in nothing to prove false. 
 
 [t. Review. Syntax of the Article. $§467-493.] 
 
 241. L. 28. ei e'Si'Sou, «rt rovra tip cttiftov, if he gave, he would 
 give for this end. 
 
 XX. 
 
 [a. Revtew. Syntax of the Pronoun. §5 494-518. 
 b. Nude Forms of Second Perfect and Pluperfect. § 237.] 
 
 1. [P. 40.] L. 1. i(p(o-Tao-av(iin.-(-crTa-o-av, §213), 1" 48, §237. 
 
 3. KayaOdi, for ko\ dyadu), §§ 38. 1, 40. /3. TtOvarov, § 237. 
 
 4. dviXtaBai., §§ 301. 1, 746. b. 
 
 [c. Review. Syntax of the Pronoun (continued). §§519-542. 
 d. Decline 'urus, and explain its forms. IT 22 ; § § 132. /3, 179, 237.] 
 
 2. L. 9. 6Vt . . ttrj, that these ivcre public property. t(6ihu>- 
 
 ras, § 237. 
 
 [e. Review. Agreement of the Verb. §§543-552. — Use of the 
 Voices. §§ 165, 166, 553-564. 
 /. Repeat and explain the forms of »7S*. % 58 ; §§ 237, 301. 4. n.] 
 
 3. L. 13. t(TT(. indicative 11. Svpotda Ipaorq (§ 65S. n) 
 
 Trdvra (§ 437, or 432) tytvo-ptvos (§ 746. c) avrdv, [I know with mv- 
 self having deceived him as to all things] I am conscious to myself if 
 having deceived him in every thing. 
 
LESSONS XIX. -XXII. 65 
 
 [g. Review. Use of the Tenses. IT 26 ; §§ 167, 168, 565-585.] 
 
 4. L. 16. "la-di . ,&V t $ 633. ot<rt, § 210. b. 17. wepi- 
 
 yeve'crBai av, could prevail over, §§ 615. 2, 601. a. bwap-ecos , § 726. 
 
 j8. itrre, imperative. ami . . 7rai/r&)i/ (§ 741. a), instead of 
 
 all (kings which I have, ^ 525, 526. a. 
 
 [*. Review. Use of the Modes. IT 27 ; § § 169, 5S6 - 600.] 
 
 5. L. 23. 7" Set . . eyot, § 425. 4. 24. redimKOTa, § 633. 
 
 AeStcbs (Tf 58, §§ 237, 282) . . raura, fearing lest this should lake place. 
 
 [i. Review. Use of the Modes (continued). §§601-619.] 
 
 6. L. 26. Troirjaot, $ 587. 2. 28. i K a6j]VTo, "[f 59, §§ 192. 3, 
 
 275. f. 
 
 [_/'. Review. Use of the Modes (concluded). §§620-644.] 
 
 7. L. 31. ?k€ivto, 160, $ 232. [P. 41.] L. 1. S>o-nep i£6v 
 
 (§ 638), [as we might lie down, it being permitted] as if it were per- 
 mitted, § 640. TrapriyyeWev — viioptveiv, passed the word (along 
 
 the line of march) to halt- 
 
 XXI. 
 
 [a. Review. Syntax of the Particle. §§645-674. 
 b. Yerbal in -rUf. §§ 314. f, 407. x, 642 - 644.] 
 
 1» L. 3. <tk(ttt€ov . . eivai, § 642. 4. edonei . . elvai, §642. 
 
 6. 07771 hvvaivro raxiora, [in what way they could most rapidly] 
 
 as rapidly as possible, § 525. a. irp\v fj, §§ 657. x. 4, 629. 2. 
 
 [c Review. Conjugation. §§ 164-186.] 
 
 2» L. 8. 'H/xtf . . 7roi77rea [sc. etVat, § 547], § 407. k. or! tois 
 
 /3ap/3dpotr, [dependent upon] i/i the power of the barbarians. 
 
 10. 'Aa\' . . Tvavra (fy 643. a) iroinriov [sc. e'o-riV], § 601. j3. Cf. 
 navra iroinria above, and observe the freedom with which either the 
 
 personal or the impersonal form of construction was used. 11. Xe- 
 
 KTf'a, sc. (o-t\ ravra. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 [Review. Conjugation (continued). Vli 28 - 35 ; §§ 187 -215. 
 Remark. Lessons xxn. -xxrv. consist each of a single extract.] 
 
 L. 14. 'E7ret . . iyevovro, and when both the libations had been made, 
 at a feast given by the Greeks to the ambassadors cf Corylas, king of 
 Paphlagonia. These libations introduced the second part of the feast, 
 
 which was especially devoted to pleasure. 15. 7rp<k avkov, to the 
 
 music of a flute. 17. expuvro, [used] flourished. 18. Trenkn- 
 
 ytvai, to have wounded. 6 . . ttcos, and he fell [somehow] quite 
 
 artfully, so as to imitate the fall of a wounded man. 22. rjv be 
 
 ov&ev TreTrovOois, but he [was having suffered nothing] had received no 
 
 harm, § 637. 23. ttjv napiraiav KaXovpevrjv, the Carpeea so called, 
 
 or the dance called Carp&an (sc. op^no-iv). 28. iv . . avkov, [in 
 
 time to the flute] keeping time icith the music of the flute. 31. ru 
 
 X e7pe, $$ 133. S, 437. 
 
 6* 
 
66 NOTES ON LESSONS XXIII., XXIV. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 [Review. Conjugation (continued). IT IT 36 - 52 ; §§216-253.] 
 
 [P. 42.] L. 1. r6 Sdirvov, the supper given by Seuthes, a Thra- 
 
 cian prince, to the Greek generals and captains. 3. Kal . . no- 
 
 Xecos-, and [if any embassy was present from a city] whatever ambassa- 
 dors from any city were present, § 663. 6. 4. to . . kvk\<o, [the 
 
 supper was to them seated in a ring, § 408] they were seated in a ring 
 for the supper, while the Greeks at this period were accustomed to 
 
 recline at their meals. 5. flo-ijve^drjo-av (from (lo-^tpa) ttclq-iv, were 
 
 brought in for the supply of all. 7. koto, roi/s £tvovs, beside the 
 
 guests. 10. Kara piicpuv, [by little] into small pieces. 11. Scrov 
 
 . . Karaknrav, § 628. 12. /caret ravrd, [according to the same 
 
 things] in like manner. 13. (payt'iv 8eiv6s, § 620. 14. to piv 
 
 hiappLTTTflv (Xa (from caco) yai'peii/, [permitted] bade [the distributing 
 farewell] farewell to all distribution to others, i. e. entirely neglected it 
 
 15. 6aov rpixoiviicov tiprov, [a loaf containing as much as three 
 
 chosnices] a full three-quart loaf. 19. (qbn, §552. 22. fjni- 
 
 araro, § 192. 3. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 [Review. Conjugation (concluded). IT IT 53 - 61 ; §§ 254-301.] 
 
 L. 24. Tovrav — iraprjpe'KnKas, § 376. 8. 26. Toi> . . dnoSpalrj, 
 
 for I neither know [from what kind of speed] with what speed any one 
 [fleeing could escape] could escape by fight the [war] hostility of the 
 
 gods, nor into ichat darkness he could rim for concealment. 
 
 29. Travrcw, § 350. 30. lo-ov used adverbially. With these 
 
 noble words of Clearchus to Tissaphernes, we close our extracts. 
 
EXERCISES 
 
 TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK 
 
 I. 
 
 1. I am plotting. We plot. You plot\ You two are plot 
 ting b . They advise . We are throwing and striking. They 
 two advise. To plot. To strike and throw. Let him advise. 
 Let them advise d . Do you be plotting. Let them strike and 
 throw. Advise 6 . Do you two be throwing and striking. Let 
 us advise f . Let us strike. You two are plotting. Let us plot. 
 Let them two strike and throw. 
 
 2. He says. They wonder. Let him learn to rule. Do 
 not' delay. You do not delay. He does not advise. Let him 
 not advise. We do not wonder. Let us not wonder. They 
 are not willing to learn. Do not burn. Let them not rule. I 
 do not wish to speak. We are learning to teach. If indeed we 
 should advise. But h let him consider. If he should wish to 
 advise. Let them not arrest. 
 
 II. 
 
 1. Cyrus sends Lycius'. Chirisophus apprehends Phalinus. 
 Lycius and Phalinus plot against Callimachus. Let us bring 
 stones, and not delay. Thereupon [now] Cyrus wonders. 
 Let the Lacedaemonians rule. O Cyrus, they wonder. I do 
 not wonder, [O] Cyrus 1 . 
 
 (a) This may be either singular or plural. When the English admits more 
 than a single form in Greek, it will often be useful to write all the forms which 
 are admissible, (b) Dual, (c) Observe carefully in respect to the use of » 
 paragngic, § 66. (d) § 213. 3. (e) 2 Pers. Sing, or Plur. Imperat. 
 (f) Subj., §§ 597. fi, 598. 1. (g) Observe carefully the distinction between 
 ou and (6». (h) Use great care in respect to the position of particles, and of 
 other words in connection with them, (i) Arrange this in six different ways, 
 (j) The Greek sign of address a is less emphatic than the English O, and is 
 hence more frequently used. 
 
68 EXERCISES ON 
 
 2. Cyrus sends vessels. Thence Clearchus advances five 
 day's-marches. O Lacedaemonians, send vessels and money to 
 Cyrus". If indeed the sun should rise. They suddenly hear 
 a tumult. Cyrus has no vessels . Clearchus, carry back word 
 to Cyrus. Arireus has indeed no money, but he has five vessels. 
 We bring no money. Do not send vessels. They send no ves- 
 sels. Let them send no vessels. Thereupon Proxenus burns 
 five vessels. Let us go up, for the sun is rising. 
 
 in. 
 
 1. Let us take counsel. Let them learn both to rule and to 
 be ruled. Clearchus, if you wish 6 , speak. But, if they will, 
 let them remain. Let Proxenus march. Clearchus is not will- 
 ing to journey with Arioeus' 1 . Let us not march with Cyrus. 
 O Lacedaemonians, let us consult 6 together 132 . Let them 
 march f , if they will. 
 
 2. Thereupon Cyrus sends for Clearchus. Clearchus and 
 Proxenus are persuaded. We are not willing to obey, nor to 
 follow. But, if you desire, go up. Do not, by the gods, be 
 insane. Do not, then, depart. Suddenly the sun appears. 
 And may they arrive safely ! But now let us £o forth with 
 javelins. Lycius brings five leathern bags to Chirisophus ? . 
 They are not ashamed before either men or gods. May you 
 now depart safely ! Do not suppose, Lacedaemonians. We 
 are not mad. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1. Cyrus sends for Ctesias. Orontes is arrested. Cyrus 
 advances five parasangs. Agasias of Stymphalus, a captain, 
 comes up and arrests five robbers. Thereupon thirty robbers 
 approach with javelins and leathern bags. A robber wounds 
 Agasias. It is said. Do not wonder, Agasias. Orontes, are 
 you not h ashamed before either men or gods ? 
 
 2. Phrygia produces barley, wheat, sesame, millet, and pa- 
 nic'. Mithridates writes a letter, and sends it) to Cyrus. They 
 
 (a) Dat., §§ 398, 399. (b) C. has not vessels. For a negative odjei ti\e 
 before a substantive, the Greek often employs a negative adverb before a verb. 
 (c) 'E^iXai and /Wxo^a* are nearly synonymous, and in many cases cither may 
 be used. 'FJiXu, however, expresses the uish or u-i/l more as a feeling; and 
 pjovXouai, more as a rational fmrpott or preference, fd) l>at., §§ f>4S, 652. a. 
 (e) Middle Voice, (f) § 213. 3. (g) Dat., § 399. (10 The general diatino- 
 tion between cu and fin in interrogative sentences is the following : OJ e x pe ett 
 an affirmative answer ; pri, a negative. (i) Barh-ij and wheat ami sesame, gpft 
 In such cases the conjunction is usually repeated in Greek, fj) 'Hie Greek 
 
LESSONS II. - V. 69 
 
 bring' 3 - Vi five wagon-loads of large stones. Seuthes has no sol- 
 diers. Thence he advances through Phrygia five stations, 
 thirty parasangs. From sea to sea. Soldiers, do not approach. 
 Abrozelmes comes with thirty robbers. 
 
 V. 
 
 1. A narrow pass appears. A thousand wild asses approach. 
 "White clouds appear. They march through Phrygia, a friendly 
 country 11 . Two carriage roads', very steep and narrow. Cyrus 
 sends to Clearchus fourteen hundred 1 " heavy-armed men. We 
 have no strongholds. Agasias goes forth with hoplites and other 
 soldiers, twenty-four hundred in all". They carry goat-skins, 
 sacks , and other receptacles. 
 
 2. The robbers bring stones. The soldiers so judge. And 
 on the fourth day, Cyrus with two thousand heavy-armed troops 
 descends into the plain. On a sudden 13 ' 17 Lycius closes the 
 gates, and inserts a strong bar. But let us not leave the place 
 by flight. The soldiers are in great need of p a common de- 
 liverance. 
 
 3. But on the fourth day the trumpeters give a signal. There- 
 upon the heads of the robbers are cut off. If indeed 13 - 7 the 
 deity should so direct. Mithridates flies at full speed, and 
 throws himself into the sea. The truce remains. The soldiers 
 wonder at 13- 5 the truce. 
 
 4. Mithridates therefore comes again to Orontes. But Seu- 
 thes escapes into the stronghold. He descends into the vil- 
 lages' 1 upon the springs of the river Centrites. Proxenus there- 
 fore ascends into the citadel above the plain. He escapes into 
 the village over the plain which lies along the river Marsyas. 
 
 5. The master of each village. Let us strive for an honor- 
 able death'. The hoplites fly at full speed through the midst 
 of the plain. The soldiers of Cyrus come against my country. 
 The friends of our brother leave the citadel by flight. From 
 this dav let the truce remain. Let us cease from that design. 
 
 o 
 
 They flee out of that country. 
 
 6. From that day the Lacedaemonians rule upon the sea and 
 upon the land. Seuthes rules at the present time 5 . It is said 
 in the preceding narrative. The heavy-armed cross with diffi- 
 
 usually omits pronouns which will be readily understood, and which have 
 no emphasis, (k) § 331. (1) Dual, (m) § 140. 1. (n) to the number 
 of two thousand and four hundred men. (o) and sacks, (p) need strongly. 
 (q) In respect to the position of the article and a limiting word or phrase, and 
 the frequent repetition of the article, observe carefully § 472 and the usage of 
 Greek writers. The position of the genitive partitive (§ 358) conforms to 
 § 472. a. (r) about the dying honorably, (s) during the now time. 
 
70 EXERCISES ON 
 
 culty the river Centrites. Ctesias says that the Persians also 
 expose themselves in war with their heads unprotected. Clear- 
 chus sends two thousand heavy-armed troops, and ahout ten 
 thousand targeteers\ Cyrus is plotting against 13 " his 1 ' brother. 
 They traduce Seuthes to the friends of his brother. 
 
 7. Suddenly 1317 the rest of the enemy appear upon the plain 
 beside the sea 14 1S . The one traduces the other. The barbari- 
 ans slay both Clearchus and many of the others. The rest of 
 the soldiers give way and flee. 
 
 8. But on the next day Cyrus sends for the rest of the gen- 
 erals. The enemy quit the plain without resistance. Cyrus 
 sends back Proxenus and his men into Lydia. The men from 
 the villages upon the right descend 152 into the plain. On the 
 fourth day 1 ' 2 , Tissaphcrncs and Arioeus with their men'" leave 
 the hill. He sends for the Cilician queen. 
 
 9. Come into the centre of the plain. For they have our 
 property. On the next day Cyrus sends for the Arcadian 
 infantry. They wonder at the fate of Clearchus. One 
 teaches 13 - 7 one thing, and another another. The physician has 
 come opportunely. The soldiers take supplies. Do not wonder 
 at our affairs. They die 13 ' 16 in the midst of the way home- 
 ward. 
 
 10. And he" 1 is both persuaded, and sends away 16 l his broth- 
 er. He arrests Lycius the son of Phallnus a Syracusan. But 
 they have the fruits of my toils. 
 
 11. Cyrus sends back the two messengers, and Orontes with 
 them. Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against 
 his brother. Tissaphernes and those with him burn the very" 
 wood from the houses. They burn the wood from the same 
 houses. They burn the wood from the very houses. The sol- 
 diers themselves gather wood from the same place. The same 
 soldiers gather wood. Upon the same day they themselves 
 bring him to Chirisophus. They bring the man himself f to 
 Clearchus. You yourselves are burning the houses. And let 
 us take some of the colts ourselves. 
 
 (a) targeteers about the ten thousand, (b) When the possessives my, thy, his, 
 &c, are not emphatic, and the reference is obvious from the connection, they 
 are commonly expressed in Greek by the simple article (§§ 482, 503). When 
 tin- possessive is used in Greek, the article may be joined with it or omitted, 
 according as the reference is definite or indefinite ; as, l l/xos ilsXfl;, my brother 
 
 (definite) ; iph ah'.XQo;, a brother of mine (indefinite). (c) those al>out '/'. and 
 A. (d) Observe carefully in respect to the DM Of omission of the pronouns in 
 Greek, according to their prominence or want of it. And in reaped t.> the 
 third personal pronoun, observe the various ways in which it is Supplied, ac- 
 cording to the nature and degree of its prominence. See f :*>0 - J f. (e) The 
 position of avros in its different uses must be carefully observed (§§ 508. II., 
 509, 510. a), (f ) To show that avror is used as the emphatic, and not as 
 
LESSONS V. - VII. 71 
 
 VI. 
 
 1. The barbarians said to Clcarchus, that they had come' re- 
 specting a truce. The soldiers themselves said, that they were 
 deliberating in common about the rest of their journey. Tracks 
 of horses appear. Thereupon the targeteers themselves take 
 some of 16 *** the same horses. On the same day Seuthes was 
 hunting on horseback. And he cheerfully complied, for he 
 confided in the Lacedaemonians. 
 
 2. The barbarians wondered that Cyrus made war upon his 
 brother Artaxerxes. The soldiers wondered that the generals 
 nowhere appeared. The captains were angry with the soldiers. 
 But he himself, with the rest of the captains, remained at the 
 door. And again upon the fourth day they consulted the gods 
 Dy sacrifice 1 ' in respect to the way homeward 1611 . The barba-. 
 rians remained, for they trusted in their' strongholds. 
 
 3. Two young men 5 ran forward from the trees. Clearchus 
 sends for the rest of the heavy-armed, and with them ascends 
 upon the second hill. The unprincipled plot against the 
 good 16 12 . And others, when the day began to dawn, descend- 
 ed in silence into the plain, and made a secure attack* upon the 
 enemy 1523 . 
 
 4. The friends 10 1S of Cyrus were taking' Orontes by the gir- 
 dle. The soldiers were inflicting severe blows. But the bar- 
 barians turn in flight, one one way, and another another. They 
 were put to death" 1 by Cyrus. The generals took each his share 
 of the money. The enemy leave only thirty alive. The rest 
 are said to have met with their end. When the rout of the bar- 
 barians had taken place, the soldiers are said to have divided 
 among themselves the prizes. 
 
 VII. 
 
 1. The Chaldceans are in the midst of the park 1516 . The 
 other barbarians are said to be friendly 11 ' 21 . For the road was 
 
 the common personal pronoun, place it at the beginning of the sentence 
 (§ 510. a), (g) The oratio ob/iqua, or indirect quotation, freely employs in 
 Greek either the distinct modes with connectives or the incorporated modes 
 without (§■$> 607. H., 614, 619). When the distinct modes are used in con- 
 nection -with past time, the forms of expression in §^ 608 and 610 are both 
 common, (h) sacrifced. (i) the. Q) For the use of both the dual and the 
 plural, when two are spoken of. see § 237. When it is designed to give ex- 
 press information in respect to the number, as in the example above, it is usual 
 to employ the numeral, whether with the dual or the plural, (k) made an 
 attack securely. (1) Observe carefully the distinction between the aorist and 
 the definite tenses, (m) died. 
 
72 EXERCISES ON 
 
 said to be very steep 11 M . Be ready. If indeed 13 7 we are men. 
 The fountains beside tbe road were beautiful. And the gods 
 arc judges of the contest 1 . And the judges of the contest are 
 gods. Let the soldiers be brave. 
 
 2. The Chaldeans wish to be friends b and allies. Upon 
 this 13 ", the soldiers inquired about the Pisidians, whether they 
 were friends or enemies. And Seuthes told where the villi 
 were'". For thus the matter stands. The expedition is said to 
 be against the Lacedaemonians. And Orontes the Chaldn-an is 
 also present. 
 
 3. For there is a narrow pass between the trench and the 
 Euphrates. There are beautiful villages beside the Euphrates. 
 For I hear that there are suspicions. For it was now becom- 
 ing' 1 dark. For it was now dark. But when it was now even- 
 ing, he came 8 to Cyrus. It was necessary to fight, fur there 
 was no money 13 l0 . It is necessary to march 14 4 along side of 
 the river, for we have" 15 no vessels. Let us march, for it is 
 now daybreak. 
 
 4. Here Orontes had a palace, a park r , and beautiful villages. 
 The generals have a suspicion. Here again the soldiers \ 
 dejected'. The targeteers' 3 " begin to run of their own accord 
 upon the villages. Artaxcrxes made war upon the Mysians and 
 Chaldseans. 
 
 5. Let us give the signal' 3 6 , for it is now late. It is growing 
 late. And when it was now about sunset, suddenly the barbari- 
 ans appear upon the plain. The sun is setting. For it was 
 now towards day. 
 
 6. It was not possible to take the villages. It is permitted to 
 take some of 16 " 3 the horses 1627 . For we cannot have h money. 
 But we could not obtain supplies. 
 
 7. It is now time to depart 14 y . The soldiers have leisure to 
 hunt 16 * 7 in the park. For it is necessary now to consult to- 
 gether' 3 \ The circuit of the palace 13 1T was a parasang. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1. You' are generals, but we are soldiers. We advise you, 
 Clearchus, to follow and obey Cyrus. We flee 18 s , and you pur- 
 fa) Observe, that the Bubjeot of the sentence and an attribute are often dis- 
 tinguished by the article's being used with tbe fixst and not with tbe * 
 
 187. "•, ■'■ (b 6ori frimd*. Ti in GreeV implies lest emphasis than 
 both in English, and is therefore much more Frequent <• told nV i 
 where they vert, (d) Observe the distinction between i!mu and ^.~,tcfta.i. 
 e comes. The Greek makes great use <<r tin- Historic P r e s en t, and mutes 
 past and present teasel much more freely than the. English, (f i and <i juirk. 
 (g there wa$ dejeeticm te> the eoldiert. (h it t» net to km*. i You im the one 
 
LESSONS VII. - IX. 73 
 
 sue 17 2 . I, Seuthes, am neither so thoughtless nor so foolish. We 
 thought you an enemy 15 28 . Send me 1 away, and think me no 
 longer a friend. Send away both me, and the army with me. 
 
 2. We plot against them with good reason, for they have our 
 property" 5 8 . Do not wait for others to come to you. You and 
 I have the same enemies' 1 . We can 1 now take pledges from 
 them. 
 
 3. They ride back to their own village. What age do you 
 now wait for? Let them inflict severe 1423 blows upon each 
 other. It is time for us to be upon our guard against them, as 
 enemies. It is necessary 13 - 27 for you to deliberate for your own 
 interest™. For I am no longer general, but Clearchus. 
 
 IX. 
 
 1. It is safer for you to pursue 17-2 , than for them. It was 
 said, that Cyrus was both more kingly, and more worthy to rule, 
 than his brother". We suffer most unjust treatment in being 
 cast out among the barbarians. The soldiers were far more 
 zealous than their generals. Let us knock upon the door 17- 9 
 ourselves" 3 - 19 . 
 
 2. O Seuthes, most wonderful of men. O Tissaphernes, and 
 ye others, as many as are friends of Artaxerxes, have you no 
 respect for" the gods ? Thence Cyrus advances 13 - l0 through 
 Phrygia by the shortest and safest way. The Cilician queen 
 sends back the most of her friends into Cilicia. 
 
 3. The worst men are worthy to suffer the severest punish- 
 ment. For, first and greatest, your oaths by the gods forbid 
 you to depart 14 - 9 . The good counsel the best measures. Clear- 
 chus was nearer than Proxenus. 
 
 4. But Lycius made much the greatest haste p . The barbari- 
 ans escape 15 - 12 into the nearest villages. The enemy were now 
 coming q nearer. The targeteers 15 ffl ran much faster than the 
 heavy -armed troops 15 a . The soldiers ascend 13 - 1S into the high- 
 est village. They watched 19 " each other more negligently. 
 
 hand [13. 7]. See § 502. i. (j) In the oblique cases of lya, the emphatic 
 forms are i/noiJ, l/zoi, and \p.i ; while the unemphatic are fiov, fioi, and p.i, which 
 are enclitic, and do not begin a sentence (§§ 142. 1, 502, 732). After a 
 preposition, use the longer forms (\j 732. b. 4). In general, avoid placing an 
 unemphatic pronoun at the beginning of a sentence, (k) There are the same 
 enemies to you and to me. (1) It is permitted us to take, (m) in behalf of your- 
 selves, (n) Gen., § 351. (o) are you not ashamed before? (p) hastened much 
 the most, (q) becoming. 
 
 7 
 
74 EXERCISES ON 
 
 X. 
 
 1 . You honor me. You arc honored by me. They were 
 honored by us. The soldiers see two eagles. With the aid of 
 the gods, we conquered many times our own number. The 
 generals called aloud to the soldiers, both in Greek and in Per- 
 sian. Honor the good. Thence we attempt to enter into Cappa- 
 docia. Let us strive to conquer the enemy. Strive to become 
 good 16 12 . They said to the messenger 16, '", that they were now 
 conquering the enemy. Do not encamp in a bad place. He 
 cried out in Greek, that Seuthes was near with few attend- 
 ants 18 - 20 . 
 
 2. The rivers flow through the plain 16 ' 8 of Cilicia into the 
 sea" 18 . The river was called Moeander. The barbarians call 
 the river Marsyas. The soldiers ask Seuthes fur money 1315 . 
 Ask Cyrus for your pay. Ask Cyrus for our pay". They en- 
 deavoured to rob us of our pay. Soldiers, let us bring stones, 
 and erect b a mound. 
 
 3. The soldiers brought stones, and threw them into the sea. 
 You fear us, as you yourselves acknowledge. We are the very 
 persons whom they seek. To me, therefore, it seems to be no 
 time for us to call the Persians together. Let us not neglect 
 ourselves. It is time for Cyrus to apprehend Orontes. On the 
 same day, Lycius arrives with four hundred targeteers. Epyaxa, 
 the Cilician queen, summons to c her tent the seven best of her 
 attendants' 1 . 
 
 4. The soldiers encamp in the open air. Let Clearchus and 
 Chirisophus take the lead, since they are also Lacedaemonians. 
 With no good reason surely could you envy us. Let us no 
 longer 108 envy the wicked*" 18 . We labor cheerfully, and ac- 
 quire securely 1 ' 1 9 . First carry back word to the army' J \ that 
 there is need of silence 171 '". In the first place, Cyrus appears 
 to be more modest than the rest ; and in the second, to obey the 
 most implicitly his elders. Callimaehus was fonder of 1: 
 than Clearetus, and managed them' with more confid< 
 
 5. It is now time to feed the horses. The worst 19 '*' men are 
 thought worthy to rule. They claim to be honored by us. He 
 
 iges in earnest conversation, in order that he: may Bhow* 
 whom he honors. They engaged in earnest conversation, in 
 order that they might show whom they honored 1 '. lie learn- 
 ed 136 to obey, in order that he might be thought worthy to 
 ride. 
 
 (:\) Why i-; it oeoeftsaxy to express the possessive in this example, but not 
 in the preceding, or the following? (10 make, (c) cc&tt together into. (<11 of 
 thoet about her. fe) the hnr*e$. (f) § lGO. fg) <>§ 599, 601. Ii What 
 
LESSON X. 75 
 
 6. The soldiers were exceedingly angry with their generals. 
 I asked them how much gold they had. The two admirals were 
 sick. On the next day 162 , the messengers brought back word, 
 that both Darius and the rest of the Persians commended us. 
 He said that the robbers 14 - 15 had again assembled. He said that 
 the robbers were again assembling. They endeavoured' 20 - 16 to 
 pass by force. 
 
 7. They commended the captains. They asked 20-23 Cyrus 
 for money and vessels. They had come, but Clearchus was 
 still riding up. Here were found many vessels. They used 
 the cords' which they found in the villages of the barbarians for 
 their slings. The men whom Darius supposed to be faithful to 
 himself, [them] he soon found to be more friendly to us than 
 to him. We saw each other joyfully and embraced as friends. 
 They said, that the Taochians inhabited strongholds. The 
 others had not yet come. They used the lead in various 
 ways'. 
 
 8. Would that Glearchus were living 11 ! They had for arms 
 small spears 14 - 10 . Would that the Chaldaeans were free ! 
 Cyrus did not permit the generals to collect an assembly of 
 their own soldiers. Permit us to open the door 17 - 9 . They saw 
 the messengers at the door. One waited for 122 another. We 
 gladly opened the gates. The targeteers were drawing up the 
 hoplites. Would that you were ruling 13 " justly 21 - 4 ! 
 
 9. For this was a custom with the Chaldeans'. Let these 
 things be. He commanded these to remain, but the rest to pro- 
 ceed. This passage was narrow. These two passed through, 
 and came within the inclosure 18 - 29 . 
 
 10. We had such an opinion respecting you. The admi- 
 rals' 21 - 17 said the same things. For these same persons com- 
 mand us to remain. They said thus much. And there are so 
 many vessels. So great is the number of the enemy m . Such 
 were the wishes of the soldiers". 
 
 11. We say, when the north wind blows against us, that it 
 is bad 19 27 sailing. Tamos the admiral is well-disposed. He 
 commanded the well-disposed to follow. Would 2130 that the 
 gods were propitious ! He bids Tamos conduct these from 
 Ephesus. The dawn is beautiful. They fear 80 - 25 the north 
 wind. As soon as the day began to appear, they crossed the 
 river. They waited for 143 the morning. 
 
 two modes could be here employed? (i) Dat., § 419. 5. (j) some in one 
 way and others in another. (k) C. ought to be living, §§ 567. y, 599. N. 
 (1) to tlie C. (m) The enemy are so many, (n) Such things the soldiers wished. 
 
76 EXERCISES ON 
 
 XI. 
 
 1. When they have arrived there, they will deliberate in 
 view of this. Tamos the admiral excluded them from Ephesus. 
 I would most gladly close the gates. Hear that 15 18 tumult 1317 . 
 He called the Scythian archers. He called the generals into 11 
 his tent 18- 19 as advisers. We will hear you. 
 
 2. I will conduct you in ten days to a spot from which you 
 will see Byzantium. If b the gods are propitious 22 - u , and so di- 
 rect 15 8 , you will take Byzantium without a battle. If you are 
 well disposed 22 - ,l , you will follow me. They will tarry the 
 present day. Send me to Ariseus. We will send with you 
 bowmen, who will forthwith turn the enemy to flight. He sent 
 for Proxenus. 
 
 3. But they said to him, " Do not close the gates." And on 
 the other hand do you show us, from what source you hear about 
 us. And you yourself shall lead. We will follow them, and 
 endeavour to imitate them. We hear, that you say to Artaxerxes, 
 that Mithridates would never have attempted to burn the 
 houses 13 - 15 , if we had not commanded him. Do not hear these 
 men. But this robber 14 - 15 may the gods requite ! 
 
 4. They hunted in the park 15 - 16 , whenever they wished to 
 exercise themselves and their horses. We will comply with 
 this custom. 
 
 5. It will be difficult both to speak and to hear. At present 
 he is satrap of Lydia. 
 
 6. We will provide pay for the soldiers. The enemy will 
 not be able to march rapidly ; and perhaps also they will be in 
 want of provisions. They will not fight within thirty days. 
 They took leave of us, as now upon the point of setting sail. 
 But upon the fourth day, if 22 - u the north wind 22 10 blows, we 
 shall sail away. And it is now time for us to consider, how we 
 shall fight most successfully. When it is dark 18 - ", I shall put 
 them on board. 
 
 7. I gave him a thousand darics. If he speaks the truth, I 
 will give him a talent. The ten thousand darics we paid at that 
 time, since the thirty days had passed. 
 
 XII. 
 
 1. His wife will persuade him. He sent his wife. They 
 had golden flesh-combs. And the prizes were linen corselets. 
 
 (a) within, (b) In a conditional sentence great care must be taken to em- 
 ploy the appropriate mode and tense, and also the proper connecting particle. 
 See § 603 f. (c) During the now time. 
 
LESSONS XI. - XIII. 77 
 
 And, when they were sending the heralds to the Thracians, it 
 was already 18 H midnight. Do not make war against the Arca- 
 dians. When we have arrived there 22, l5 , we shall be at the door 
 of Greece. The Thracians send heralds by night d . 
 
 2. Darius wished Parysatis, and the two children Artaxerxes 
 and Cyrus, to be present. 
 
 3. They sailed five days and five nights with a contrary 22- 10 
 wind. The Cerasuntians were^iaking a din with their spears 
 against their shields. For he had nothing harsh in his disposi- 
 tion, but was always friendly 14 ' 21 and kind 2211 . We should like 
 extremely to hear e the affair. When the soldiers were out of 
 bread', they came to us. 
 
 4. W T hen I had gained this success, I sent for 14, 6 the Thra- 
 cians ; and they came without trouble. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 1. And they asked again, " Shall we report war or peace ? " 
 We shall remain here ten days. He will certainly reply to you 
 soon. Clearchus waited for the targeteers. 
 
 2. Each one of the soldiers receives a daric a month ; and 
 each one of the generals fourfold. He gave golden crowns to 
 the Greeks. We disembark at two fine 16 - u harbours, about the 
 middle of Cilicia. The young men 1714 answered, some with 
 laughter, and others without 24 - 15 . 
 
 3. They asked Cleanor for guides. Meno the Thessalian 
 took the lead of the left wing, and Clearchus, the Lacedaemoni- 
 an exile, of the right. On the next day he sent for two compa- 
 nies of Meno's army. Thereupon he commands his attend- 
 ants 20 - 29 to cut off the head and the right hand of Cyrus. I sent 
 this messenger to ? Babylon to Artaxerxes. 
 
 4. Do not call me mother. Darius the father favors Artax- 
 erxes. This h man [here 256 ] dwells a neighbour to us. Do 
 you, men of Greece, carry back this word to Cyrus. Apollo 
 flayed Marsyas. He promises, that he will give to each one of 
 the Greeks five minse, when he arrives at Babylon. O father, 
 answer 4 2l me. We will obey 14 - 7 our fathers. 
 
 5. Some said, that the two lines were five stadia apart 1 . Let 
 no one 5 fail of hitting a man. No one of us says this k . Some 
 of the soldiers pass the night without food or fire 1 . Let no one 
 
 (d) § 378. (e) most gladly hear. (f) bread had failed the soldiers. 
 (g) Observe carefully the distinction between us and a-joj with the accusative, 
 (h) § 473. /3. (i) were distant from, each other, (j) Observe the distinction 
 between avStif and (*r$tU- See Notes on Less. I. 2. (k) § 451. (1) and 
 without fire. 
 
 7 # 
 
78 EXERCISES ON 
 
 pass the night without food. No one of the Greeks perished 
 Let no one wrong us. We took some of the ostriches. Let 
 no one of the villages 15 13 be inhabited 21 - 20 . 
 
 6. Men of Greece 25 I0 , who of you is so mad, that he is not 
 willing to follow Cyrus ? Say, Clearchus, what" opinion you 
 have respecting the march, whether we shall follow Cyrus or 
 not. Hereupon 25, 4 Meno, befpre it is evident what reply the 
 other Greeks will make, assembles his own soldiers apart from 
 the rest. It is evident what he will do. 
 
 7. This woman asked him, who he was. This will bring us 
 honor in coming time. But what they would do, they did not 
 signify. Do you then, as friends, give us that advice which 
 seems to you to be most appropriate and useful. Tell us then, 
 Seuthes, what you have in mind. To whomsoever it seems 
 best to make the journey with us, let him hold up his right 16- 6 
 hand. 
 
 8. But if any one of you sees another course which is more 
 honorable 16- n , let him mention it. The two lines were not 
 more than four stadia apart 25, 1S . More than six hundred soldiers 
 arrive at the village. Cyrus is worse towards you, than you 
 are towards him. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 1. The rulers of these villages made b Xenophon a companion 
 at table, and bade him have no fear. The soldiers used the 
 thongs c for their slings 21 - 23 . 
 
 2. He made all the citizens his friends. All the Lacedaemo- 
 nians, both men and women, took part in the feast. They rule 
 the whole country. 
 
 3. Tissaphernes therefore goes up to Babylon, taking cer- 
 tain 25 " of the Greeks as friends. These men disgrace both their 
 native city and the whole of Greece, that being Greeks they are 
 so senseless 19 3 . Being such, he will disgrace all the citizens. 
 But the younger 24,5 of the children happened not to be present. 
 The brazen shields 24 u now and then shine through. For, when 
 it had become dark 18 ", they marched, having the Euphrates 
 upon their right, supposing that they should reach d the village 
 by sunrise. 
 
 4. The exiles, hearing this, laughed. The Thracian?, raising 
 an army, besieged Pcrinthus both by sea and by land. They 
 sailed forth to make war upon the Greeks. Their husbands 
 
 (a) In respect to tho different forms of complementary pronouns, see § 535. 
 (b) Why is the middle voice here used? (c) Dat, § 419. 5. (d) come to. 
 
LESSONS XIII. - XV. 79 
 
 had gone hare-hunting . And she f , going to Xenophon, en- 
 treated him, not to slay her husband. 
 
 5. And this country 26- u , beginning at' the mouth of the Eu- 
 phrates, extends as far as Babylon, upon the right as you sail 
 into the river 15 - 13 . During this night, then, they lodged there 
 upon the beach by the harbour of Calpe. This harbour is in 
 Asiatic Thrace h . 
 
 6. We happened to be victors 1 . He sent some one to put to 
 death the two young men. It is the part of the victor' to pur- 
 sue 17 ' 2 , but of the vanquished to flee 15 - 8 . And whoever desires 
 to conquer, let him be brave 17 - 29 . He happens to be at break- 
 fast 11 . They arrest Orontes in order to put him to death. 
 
 7. Parysatis loved Cyrus her 1 younger son more than Artax- 
 erxes the king™. But at the present time 15 - 21 the admirals 21- 1T 
 do every thing according to the major vote. 
 
 8. We will suffer with Cyrus whatever may be necessary. 
 He said, that he would suffer™ with us whatever might be 
 necessary. If it is necessary , we will make a treaty. They 
 gladly 21 - " made peace. 
 
 XV. 
 
 1. Here Belesys, the satrap of Syria, had 1817 a palace and 
 park. We arrived at Tarsus four days before Meno. There 
 are many 21-22 fishes and muscles in the river Selinus. There 
 was at Ephesus a most beautiful 16- u temple of Diana. 
 
 2. It was evident, that the horsemen were somewhere near. 
 These animals the king sometimes chased. There is immedi- 
 ate 1 " need of an interpreter. Epyaxa sends her own interpret- 
 er to Cyrus. They made us interpreters. The horsemen pro- 
 ceed to the king. They thought that the letters were ready for 
 them. He wrote a letter to Belesys, who had been ruler of q 
 Syria. 
 
 3. And when they had come back, they relate the affair 24- u 
 to Tissaphernes. When it was now about the time of full mar- 
 ket, there comes a herald from the Sinopians. We followed 
 Stratocles the Cretan as our guide, and exhorted each other by 
 name. The Sinopians entertain the generals of the Greeks. 
 
 (e) about to hunt hares, (f) Use both the form of expression in § 490. 1, 
 and also that in § 491. r. (g) having begun from, (h) the Thrace the in 
 Asia, (i) happened conquering, (j) Sing., the one conquering. (k) breakfast- 
 ing. (1) the. (m) the reigning A. (n) Fut. Opt., §§ 587. 2, 608. (o) Subj. 
 with iav. "When the conclusion is expressed by the future indicative, the con- 
 dition is commonly expressed by the subjunctive. See § 603. (p) the quick- 
 est way. (q) the one having ruled. 
 
80 EXERCISES ON 
 
 This wild beast Hercules pursued. In these places the target- 
 eers 15 • 28 were more useful than the heavy-armed. But one of 
 the heralds was a barbarian, Ariseus, who happened to be an 
 attendant of" Cyrus, and to be held in honor by him. 
 
 4. By this fountain Midas, the king of Phrygia, caught the 
 Satyr. He is said to have mixed the fountain with wine. This 
 brings honor 26 - l to the whole 26 - B city. 
 
 5. And these again were other pretexts to Orontes for writing 
 the letter 27 ' 28 to the king. Here Cyrus gave ten talents to S i 1 5l- 
 nus, the Ambraciot soothsayer. He sent to Artaxerxes the trib- 
 ute accruing from the city which this satrap happened to have. 
 
 6. And the depth of the fountain was two fathoms. He flees 
 to the mountain with his wife and children\ At last they de- 
 serted their houses. We have need of i3 - l brazen helmets, and 
 purple tunics, and greaves. 
 
 7. The width of the river Cydnus was two hundred feet. 
 Through the midst of the plain flows a river four hundred 
 feet in width. The Cretans, deserting the city, fled with all 
 speed to the mountains. And they were about fifty years old, 
 when they died d . 
 
 8. No one either sneers at you as a coward in war, or blames 
 you in respect to friendship. Agias and Socrates were both, 
 when they died, about thirty-five 6 years old 1 . 
 
 9. And in the sacred district they found 21 - 22 oxen, swine, 
 sheep, goats, fowls, and their young 1 . In the sacred groves 
 were many goats and swine. But there is in this country 10 1: ;i 
 mountain covered with 5 trees, capable of supporting 11 oxen and 
 horses 174 . The meadows were full of oxen, sheep, and goats. 
 
 10. The barbarians gazed upon the Argo in silence 17 - ,6 . 
 They sailed with a fair wind along the Jasonian shore, where 
 the Argo came to anchor. 
 
 11. And meanwhile a false report goes abroad, that Cyrus 
 will pursue them with a trireme. But these things indeed were 
 true. The Cretans ficd down the steep, and disappeared'. 
 They thought that the shortest way to the accomplishment of 
 their desires was through sincerity and truth 1 ; and falsehood 11 
 they considered to be the same with folly. All 71101 blam 
 perjury 1 and deceit. 
 
 12. They cross 15 24 a ravine very broad and deep. They re- 
 quest us to drink this wine to-day with our dearest friends™. 
 
 (a) to be with or near. (b) having also wife and children. (c) There .'■ 
 to us [dat.]. (d) Express these sentences variously, according to the models in 
 the Greek text, (c) § 140. (f) die young of these. (^ full of. (h) comj)e- 
 tcnt to nourish. (i) became [17. 23] invisible. (j) the sincere and the true. 
 (k) the false. (1) tlie to perjure one's silf. (m^ with those whom we love most. 
 
LESSONS XV., XVI. 81 
 
 They said, that for a long time certainly they had not met" with 
 a finer 16 - " harbour than this. They said, that above half of the 
 whole army were Arcadians. The mouth of the river is broad 
 and deep. He sent to his friends a jar of wine half full. 
 Falsehood is often more agreeable than truth p . 
 
 13. The amount of time occupied by the' 1 journey 17 - ' was 
 four months and ten days. The breadth 28 - 28 of the river was 
 three stadia. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 1. And thence they march 14 - 4 through 1416 a plain large and 
 beautiful, well watered, and full of trees of every kind. 
 
 2. In the river Chalus are large and tame fishes, which the 
 Syrians regard as deities. They permit neither 14 - 10 fishes nor 
 doves to be injured". 
 
 3. They rushed up to Xenophon, saying: "Now, Xenophon, 
 it is in your power to become great." He has so many cities 
 and men. Now, Thracians, if you were willing, both you 
 might benefit me, and I would make you free 17-29 . 
 
 4. And while the Greeks were encamped, much rain fell in 
 the night. The women wept for a long time upon the moun- 
 tains. 
 
 5. The Greeks regarded 30 - 9 Jupiter as king of all the gods. 
 They sacrificed to Hercules in respect to the journey 17, l . So 
 he arrived at his tent 19, 15 safe. The name of this city is Cor- 
 sote. The river Mascas flows around the city. He wore" 
 something black before his eyes, as he marched'. 
 
 6. He remained three days in Issus, the last inhabited city of 
 Cilicia upon the sea-shore u , a city large and prosperous. And 
 here Pythagoras, the Lacedaemonian admiral, came to the aid of T 
 Cyrus with w the ships from the Peloponnesus. With these tri- 
 remes 59, 13 , five-and-twenty in number, Tamos besieges Miletus, 
 and assists Cyrus in the war against Tissaphernes. Anaxibius 
 was admiral over these ships. He anchored 29 - " the vessel be- 
 side the camp 3020 . The vessel of Tamos lay at anchor in the 
 harbour 24,24 . The two generals arrived 30,20 in x the ship, having 
 been sent for by the king 27- 26 . 
 
 (n) not yet surely within much time had they met. (o) The false, (p) the true. 
 (q) of the. (r) They do not permit to injure neither the fishes nor the doves, 
 (a) had. (t) marching, (u) sea. (v) loas present to. (w) having, (x) upon. 
 
82 EXERCISES ON 
 
 XVII. 
 
 1. This river separates the country of the Thracians from* 
 that of the Mysians. In this way he marched three parasain- ; 
 and when he was marching the fourth, he saw an eagle'" 1J 
 upon the right 16 6 . No one of the Greeks was shot in this battle. 
 Three horsemen 27- ^ were shot upon the left wing. Nor did 
 any other one of the soldiers find 21 ^ any thing in this 
 march 17 - '. 
 
 2. The robbers 14 - 13 will all 26 u be apprehended. He was said 
 to have been sent down by the great king as satrap of Phrygia. 
 Very many were taken, and very few were left behind. 
 
 3. He asked 23 31 , what b would be done c . They were arranged 
 four deep, the troops of Clearchus upon 31lJ the left, those of 
 Meno' 1 upon the right, and the rest in the centre. Cyrus was 
 said to have been greatly disturbed. He said that this had been 
 done. He had e the worst 19- 27 assistants in every work. 
 
 4. Cyrus often sent wine to his friends, whenever he obtain- 
 ed any which was very pleasant 29 % bidding those who bore' it 
 also to say, " Cyrus was greatly pleased with this ; therefore he 
 wishes you also to taste of it." We shall be compelled to 
 flee 158 . Brazen helmets and purple tunics 23-26 will be provided 
 for the soldiers. 
 
 5. And the citizens 25 n hearing this were greatly disturb- 
 ed 31- 22 , fearing lest the whole city should be consumed. Cyrus 
 exhibited his whole army to the Cilician queen at her request'. 
 The generals took care, that all should be well' 1 . They with- 
 drew the left wing from the sea. We were afraid lest we 
 should be surrounded by the enemy on both sides. 
 
 6. Fearing lest we should be intercepted, we fled with all 
 speed. Then it was at once perceived, in what kind of circum- 
 stances we were. Then we suspected 21 13 , that the man had 
 been insidiously sent by Tissaphernes. For let him recollect, 
 in what circumstances he happened to be. 
 
 7. The generals feared lest they should be taken 1 and be- 
 headed. They were said to have been vexed, and to have been 
 afraid lest they should lose 1 the friendship of the king. They 
 will be carried up to the king and beheaded. 
 
 8. They feared lest they should be delivered up to the satrap. 
 He was carried up to Babylon, to be beheaded*. They set 
 forth from the camp 30 20 , to pursue the barbarians. They recol- 
 lected two eagles screaming upon their right. 
 
 (a) and. (b) § 535. (c) §§ 608, 610. (d) the of M. (e) There were to him. 
 (f) bearing. (g) having requested, (h) It wax a care to the generals, that it 
 should have itself well, (i) § 205. 1 . (j) shoidd be cast out of. (k) § 5S3. a. 
 
/tT -NT T V 1 
 
 LESSONS XVII., XVIII 
 
 tlB/i * 
 
 . THE \ 
 
 83 
 
 9. Show yourself the best of the soldiers. They feared lost 
 the enemy would appear upon the next day. On the third day, 
 we deliberated with the ambassadors 23 - I2 , whether we should 
 pursue the rest of our way by land or by sea. The next day, 
 the soldiers assembled and deliberated', how the dead might be 
 buried. 
 
 10. When the generals had been called into the tent 19 I5 of 
 Tissaphernes, they were seized by the barbarians. And not 
 long after they were delivered up to the king. At the same 
 signal, both those within the tent will be apprehended, and those 
 without at the door will be cut down. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 1. Such has been" 1 the conduct of the men, and such are 
 their words". You, Tissaphernes, have perjured yourself and 
 broken the truce. For good order has saved many armies 32 l , 
 and disorder has destroyed many. The generals whom we 
 have mentioned, set forth from Sardis with Cyrus. We have 
 now regained our courage, and, methinks, all the other soldiers 
 also. 
 
 2. At the present time 15 ' 21 , the Lacedaemonians preside over 
 the Grecian cities. Lead forward directly against the barbari- 
 ans, so that you may not be standing still, since you have seen 
 the enemy and been seen by them. Xenias has deserted his 
 friends. The Persians consider themselves victorious, since 
 they have slain Cyrus. There stand in the sacred grove 29 ' 7 two 
 pillars, bearing inscriptions. 
 
 3. Thereupon certain men of the army came to the generals, 
 saying that they understood the language of these barbarians. 
 We have been slaves at Athens. And before he had slain his 
 brother 13 22 , he thought that he was already victor. 
 
 4. It is probable that the city will be taken at daybreak. 
 Having heard this statement , the generals said, that they did 
 not commend the messengers, if they had pursued such a 
 course p . On the next day he sent messengers to say q , that Xe- 
 nias and Pasio had deserted the army 32- *. After this, Orontes 
 was never seen r by any one 5 either dead or alive. The city is 
 
 (1) having assembled deliberated, § 631. (m) In respect to the complete tenses, 
 observe carefully when the simple forms should be employed, and when the 
 forms compounded of the participle and the verb tlfti (§§ 213. 2, 234, 637) ; 
 and also when it is better to employ the more familiar forms of the aorist 
 (^ 580). (u) The men on the one hand have done such things, and on the 
 other sag such things. (o) these things. (p) done such things [22. 6]. 
 (q) § 583. a. (r) Aor. Pass. See § 301. 4. (s) no one. 
 
84 EXERCISES ON 
 
 taken", and all arc lost. They said, that the barbarians had left 
 the heights. 
 
 5. He wore a small tunic, not reaching below the knee. 
 They were standing beside the door. They said, that the rob- 
 bers 14- l5 had taken many sheep. On the same day messengers 
 came with the intelligence b , that many had climbed up, and 
 that the place had been taken. The enemy had regained their 
 courage 3 *' 29 . Who will take the place of Neon the Asinsean ? 
 Advise the citizens'"' 6 ' u to sacrifice to the gods as they have been 
 wont to do. 
 
 6. Fcllo\v-citizens c , your work is done" 1 . See, then, that you 
 be a man worthy of the honors 26 ' ' which you possess, and for 
 which I congratulate you. And whoever of us desires to be- 
 hold his native land' 26 ' 16 , let him be a brave man. Remember 
 to be bold 10 ' 23 men; for it is not possible to obtain freedom in 
 any other way. 
 
 7. We confess, then, that we have been unjust towards our 
 allies 18 ' 4 . So that we, from what we hear, judge no man to have 
 been more prosperous. No man has ever"' 16 been more 20 " 
 loved, either by Greeks or barbarians. He is not willing' 4 4 to re- 
 main, on account of the dispersion of his heavy-armed troops' 5 - 21 . 
 
 8. These villages, in which we are now encamping, are said 
 to have been given to Parysatis for her girdle. After this, Xen- 
 ophon, encamped near the city, waited for the heralds 23 28 more 
 than ten days. These happened to have been stationed upon 
 the right 31,23 near the cavalry; and, when they perceived that 
 the general was dead 33 ' 15 , they fled with all speed 32 s . And 
 when now it was e evening 18 ", the Greeks cross the bridge, 
 formed by the union of twenty-three boats. 
 
 9. And at the same time he showed them f Lydians with their 
 ears bored. We saw a man with both his legs crushed*. In 
 our march we found' 1 villages beside the river in possession of 
 the Thracians. They find many soldiers separated from the 
 rest of the army. They pointed out a man with both his' hands 
 cut off 25 ' 4 . 
 
 10. And, after the woman had been brought to the generals, 
 they ask her, if she has anywhere seen other companies 23 ' 
 composed of Greeks. The messengers said, that the hill above 
 the way had been seized by the barbarians. When he had 
 been brought to Tissaphernes, he related every thing thai had 
 taken place. The Pisidians are said to have all gathered in a 
 circle around the exiles'"' "'. 
 
 (a) has been taken, (b) came saying, (c) § 443. (d) all tilings have been 
 done by you. (e) had become, (f ) Dat., § 404. y. (g) crushed at to both the 
 legs, (h) Marching ice found. (i) having been seized by. ( j) Soe § 133. 3. 
 
LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 85 
 
 11. They said, that the houses had been palisaded around on 
 account of the oxen 29-5 . These satraps had been honored by 
 the king by reason of their fidelity. The soothsayer had ex- 
 pressed the opinion, that there would be a rout 1 ' 43 of the enemy. 
 The result of the battle will be favorable. Let the gates be 
 kept closed, and let arms appear now and then 26-19 upon the 
 wall. 
 
 12. At k Lampsacus, Euclides, the son of the Cleagoras who 
 painted the picture of the Dreams, congratulated him upon his 
 safe return 1 . 
 
 13. Upon your doing this" 1 , 1 shall immediately withdraw ; so 
 that you will have no guide 252 left". For, if you will do this, 
 consider that no friend will be left you. Upon the same day, 
 both I shall be immediately cut down, and you yourselves not 
 long after. Ariseus stood aloof . They had been cut clown by 
 the horsemen. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 1. We gladly 2126 saw the enemy no longer standing their 
 ground, but flying with all speed 32 5 . O most wonderful 33 - 32 man, 
 you surely do not even 34 - l understand this, that the south wind 
 carries us within the Pontus to Phasis. And they say that 
 they themselves healed the wounds of the king. At daybreak, 
 he sent certain persons' 25 - 17 to signify, what the soldiers must 
 do D . 
 
 2. Certain of the soldiers of Meno, as they see Clearchus 
 riding back 19 - 13 to his own tent, let fly with their axes. We tie 
 up a cross dog through the day, but let him loose at night 1 . 
 But if we are wise, we shall treat this man in a contrary man- 
 ner. 
 
 3. They give to him twenty horses. Having bound the 
 prisoners 17 - 26 he delivers them up to the king. 
 
 4. He puts to death both Clearchus himself, and the other 
 generals. You mingle with the citizens 23 - u . While they are 
 speaking, I sneeze. 
 
 5. If you are wise, you will depart hence out of the power 
 of this man. If you enter r , you will be apprehended by the 
 guards 23,2 . He will advance silently 1716 . 
 
 6. The Persians station themselves for the battle with their 
 heads unprotected 3 . He asked the heralds 23 - " s , if all this were 
 
 (k) In. (1) that tie had been saved, (m) At the same time you doing this. 
 (n) no guide will have been left to you. (o) Plup., § 233. (p> what it is neces- 
 sary that the soldiers should do (ace. with infin.). (q) through the night. 
 (r) shall enter, §§ 231. a, 587. 2. (3) having the heads bare. 
 8 
 
86 EXERCISES on 
 
 false; and they said 'yes.' He asked them if they were 
 targeteers 18 - B ; they said 'no.' They arc unable to march 
 rapidly. As the general himself said. He marches as rapidly 
 as possihle. 
 
 7. He threw off his purple cloak, where he happened to be 
 standing. He gave to the soldiers permission to take wba ■ 
 they pleased. As he was speaking, they both* 9,4 sneezed. 
 After this, permission to depart 14 - 9 is given to all who wish. I [e 
 feared lest he should be intercepted. They rose, arrayed as 
 handsomely as was in their power. He rushes forward, as one 
 would run for safety 104 . 
 
 8. He exhibited the head of the satrap both to the Thracians 
 and to his own soldiers. And upon these mountains 1017 they 
 found' 21,2 " much snow, and cold so intense that even the win 
 which they carried in goat-skins 1410 froze. They all deserted' 
 to Cyrus. No one of you came into this city. We departed 
 with jrood courage. 
 
 9. As soon as they had said this, they rose up. And the 
 enemy, as soon as they had heard this", departed. The barba- 
 rians, having erected a trophy as victors , ascended upon the 
 mountain. And when we had descended into the plain, we 
 sacrificed an ox'- 9 % and erected a trophy. We appointed three 
 surgeons only 17 " 1 , for the wounded were few 16-20 . 
 
 10. And leaping down from their horses, they put on linen 
 corselets. And, when the messengers had said this, he knew 
 that his fear was groundless, and that the army was safe. He 
 delivered 11 the skins of the oxen to the young men 17 14 . We at- 
 tacked the rear* of the barbarians, and slew many. And tri- 
 remes' 29 - 13 were taken to the number of twenty, and all the trans- 
 ports 28, w . 
 
 11. Pasio has deserted us; but let him know well, that he 
 has neither escaped by concealment nor by flight. For we 
 both know whither he has gone, and have a swift trireme, so 
 that we can takc f his transport vessel. Be well assured, that 
 we are friends. 
 
 12. But let him go, conscious 7 that he is vile and worthy 1 ' 
 of blows 17 - a . We deliver these things to you, Charmuius ; and 
 do you, having disposed of them, make distribution to the sol- 
 diers. For the present therefore, Xenophon, depart, leaving 
 these men; and when we bid, be present at the trial. 
 
 13. Set the sentinels for the. night, and give out the watch- 
 
 ( a) departed. (I'" "' the same time liarint) heard llicsc ihlnits. (c) as coni/uer- 
 
 /»;»/ [33. 5], (d) < Ibserve c irefully the use of the lei isd M aoriats of rihyu, 
 
 iHuftl, .111(1 "r,ui, § 801. N., INT 50, 51, .">-». (ti) last, (t) so as to takr. 
 
 knowing. 
 
LESSON XIX. 87 
 
 word. It is not possible for the soldiers to buy either 1 ' bread or 
 wine in the market-place. Fellow-soldiers, arise and cross the 
 river. 
 
 14. Stand to your arms around the tent. He bade the cap- 
 tains 1411 inflict punishment upon the fugitives 2421 . He com- 
 manded the Pisidians to give up the exiles; and they gave them 
 up. 
 
 15. The king gave to Orontes a large sum of money'. Ex- 
 hibit your training. But he said that he should not j himself be 
 present at the trial 37,19 . For who will be willing to go as 
 heralds, after having slain a herald ? 
 
 16. Having mounted his horse in the night, he rode off to his 
 own country 1421 . On the next day 162 they all ran oft'. He 
 stopped, wherever he might happen to be. The enemy col- 
 lected in a body. I am afraid, that they will run ofT k in the 
 night. 
 
 17. Place your shield against your knee. Read the letter, 
 Socrates, and then advise 132 me 1 respecting the expedition 186 . 
 Give and take the right hand m . Read these letters. Embark 
 in the vessel, and put on board your most valuable effects. He 
 practised shooting, sending high into the air. They had as 
 guides the women who had been taken prisoners". 
 
 18. The cold 3623 froze both my ears 3419 . They asked, who 
 was the satrap of the country. A noise ran through the ranks 
 of the army. He said, that upon the following morning the 
 Persians would come to give battle. Depart in the night. 
 
 19. Endeavour, so far as you may be able p , to do good to 
 others. Be upon your guard, lest the king attack you in the 
 night. There were many barbarians in the neighbouring vil- 
 lage 15 - 13 . They roused many partridges in the park. 
 
 20. He said that he would not remain 14 - 3 , unless they would 
 give him money. Therefore we do not fear this, that we may 
 not have enough to bestow upon our friends, but that we may 
 not have friends enough to receive' 1 . If you are taken within 
 the city, you will be sold. The king says, that, if we go to 
 him, he will treat us well. Let us not go against the Pisidians. 
 If you-go against the men, you will conquer 2014 . Deliver him 
 up to the citizens to judge, and then to do r with him whatever 
 they may please. 
 
 21. On this account we did not wait for you, that, if possible, 
 we might cross 5 , before the bridge 17 "' should be occupied by 
 
 (h) neither, § 664. j3. (i) much money, (j) Observe carefully the position 
 of the words, (k) lest they may run off. (1) having read the letter, advise me. 
 (m) right hands, (n) the having been taken women, (o) went, (p) whatever 
 you may he able. (q) to whom we may give. (r) having judged to do 
 (s) if in any way ice might be able to cross. 
 
88 EXERCISES ON 
 
 the enemy. He considered, how he might cross the river best, 
 and both conquer those before and suffer no evil from those be- 
 hind. 
 
 22. They showed 1 , that they regarded it of the utmost conse 
 quence, if they had made an engagement with any one, to ob- 
 serve it implicitly*. They inflicted punishment 3730 upon this 
 man, in order that it might produce fear in others also. May 
 the gods not allow the war! 
 
 23. They asked him, if he would give them money. The 
 Greeks gave a lance to the Macronians. 
 
 24. He said, that he would sooner die, than deliver up his 
 shield 81, ". We answered, that we would sooner die, than be- 
 tray the exiles 3731 . If they gave, they would give for this end, 
 that giving to us a smaller, they might not pay to you the larg- 
 er sum . He deliberated, whether' 1 he should send another, or 
 go himself to assist. 
 
 XX. 
 
 1. And another also stood 6 without the walls 331 . Let one 
 company stand among the trees. They said that two noble 
 and good men were dead. They were not able to burv the 
 dead"- 21 . 
 
 2. The women stood a long time and wept r . Those of the 
 soldiers who stood around drove him away, and said that the 
 sheep 3119 were public properly. They answered 21,21 , that they 
 thought they should find the robbers 14, 15 all dead. 
 
 3. Oleander, you know not, what you are doing. Wo are 
 conscious to ourselves of having deceived Cyrus in every thing. 
 The generals do not yet know the affair 4, ". 
 
 4. For know, Persians, that you arc senseless, if you suppose 
 that your gold 2114 could prevail over our valor. For be well 
 assured ? , O king, that we would choose freedom, in preference 
 to h all the wealth 80, 14 which you possess 34, 2 . 
 
 5. They wish to know, what would be done'. They were 
 observing carefully, what the enemy would do. We knew that 
 the Lacedrcmonians occupied 1 the centre of the Grecian 39 '* 5 
 army. I fear that k this may take place. We feared that this 
 might take place. 
 
 6. We were at a loss, what we should do; for we happened 
 
 (a) exhibited themselves. (b) to falsify nothing. (e) the more. (d^ if 
 (c) § 237. a. In verbs, in which some of the forms of the perfect and j >lu- 
 perfect active are nude, be carefo] in respect to the use of the dififeroni forms, 
 (f ) standing wept. (g) know well. (h) instead of. (i) §§ 60S, CIO. 
 (j) Itnew the L., that they occupied. (k) lest. 
 
LESSONS XIX. - XXIV. 89 
 
 to bo sitting, as honored guests, upon the seat nearest to the 
 king. He sat down in the tent, and said that he would not rise 
 up 3s - 8 . Do not sit down. 
 
 7. You are lying down, as if it were permitted to «leep"°- * 7 
 securely 149 . The barbarians fled, whenever we pressed upon 
 them vehemently. Let us lie down beside the river 13 ' H . 
 
 XXI. 
 
 1. It seems necessary to march 1 as rapidly as we can"'. It 
 seemed to us, that we ought to consider, how we could march 
 most securely. We must pursue forthwith 2 ' 2 ' 24 . 
 
 2. I must do every thing, that I may never be in the power 
 of the king". Virtue 40, 16 should be pursued by air. We ought 
 to say what we know. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 The Macronian leaps both high and nimbly, and flourishes 
 his sword. After this, the Thracians went out, singing the 
 Sitalcas. But they had received no harm. They bound the 
 robber ; and having fastened him beside the horses, drove him 
 on with both hands tied behind. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 They asked the messenger, what the king said. He is ac- 
 quainted with the Greek p . They bid farewell to tears' 1 . The 
 supper was served to r them reclining 40 ' 31 around 3113 the foun- 
 tain 28- lj . But Arystas, who was a terrible fellow to eat, said to 
 the cupbearer, "Give the cup [said he] to Xenophon ; for he 
 seems 21-5 to be already at leisure, while 8 I am not yet so." 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 I am conscious [to myself], that I have treated with neglect 
 both gods and men. For I neither know how the wicked' 2018 
 could escape by flight, nor into what darkness they could run 
 for concealment. Whosoever is an enemy to the good, him no 
 one' 3 ' 19 could ever 1 deem happy. 
 
 (1) that it is to be marched, (m) §§ 592, 60G. (n) Express these sentences 
 
 variously, according to the models in the text, (o) yoked, (p) understands 
 
 to speak Greek. (q) thei/ bid the weeping [40. 7] farewell. (r) was to. 
 (s) but. (t) never. 
 
 8* 
 
VOCABULARY, 
 
 [d-, an inseparable particle, com- 
 monly denoting privation or ne- 
 gation, and then called d- priva- 
 tive (akin to avev, without). See 
 § 325. a.] 
 
 'Afdpo^e'Kfj.Tjs, -ov, Abrozclmes, in- 
 terpreter to Seuthes. 
 
 dyaOos, -f], -ov, good; goodinivar, 
 brave. For its comparison, see 
 § 160. See koXos. 
 
 'Ayao-ias, -ov, Agasias, a Stympha- 
 lian, one of the bravest of the 
 Greek lochagi. 
 
 dyyelov, -ov, vessel (for containing), 
 receptacle. 
 
 [dyye'AXco, f. dyyeXco, pf. rjyyeXna 
 (Tf 41, § 277. a), to announce, 
 carry or bring tidings.] 
 
 dyyiKos, -ov, 6 (ayyeX\a>), messen- 
 ger. Der. ANGEL. 
 
 'Ayias, -ov, Agios, a Greek general 
 from Arcadia, slain through the 
 treachery of Tissaphernes. 
 
 dyopd, -as {ayelpa, to assemble), 
 place of assembly, market-place', 
 market. 
 
 aypios, -a, -ov (dypds, Lat. ager, 
 field), wild. 
 
 aya), f. o|co, pf. rjx a ( m com P os i _ 
 tion), 2 a. tjyayov (§ 194. 3. N.), 
 to lead, conduct, bring (by lead- 
 ing) ; direct ; ^a-v^lav ayciv, to 
 lead a life of quiet. 
 
 ayutv, -iovos, 6 («yco) , contest. Der. 
 
 AGONY. 
 
 dyuivi^op-ai (dycoz'), f. -lao/iai, pf. 
 }]ya)vio-fiai, to contend, struggle, 
 strive. Der. agonize. 
 
 dycovo6<=TT]s, -ov (dyu>v, ridrjfu), a 
 judge of a contest. 
 
 adenrvos, -ov (d-, delnvov), supper- 
 less. 
 
 dde\(f)6s, -ov, brother. 
 
 d8iKea(u.8iKos), f. -i']au>, pf. jj8tKTjKa, 
 to injure, wrong. 
 
 dhiKos, -ov (a-, 8lktj), unjust, un- 
 principled. 
 
 aS<u, f. aaofiat (§ 260), to sing. 
 
 del, always, ever. 
 
 derds, -ov, 6, eagle. 
 
 'Adnvaios, -ov, 6 ('Adrjvai, Athens, 
 chief city of Attica), an Atheni- 
 an. 
 
 y A6r]vno-i, at Athens, prop, old dat. 
 ' pi. of'AtfijwH (§ 320. 2). 
 
 ad\ov, -ov, prize of a contest. Der. 
 
 ATHLETE, ATHLETIC. 
 
 ddpo!£a> (dBpoos), f. -otcra>, to col- 
 lect, assemble, trans. 
 
 ddpoos, ^a, -ov, thick together, in a 
 body. 
 
 ddvp.ia, -as (adi'iJios), dejection, de- 
 spondency. 
 
 advu.os, -ov [a-, 6vp.6s, spirit, cour- 
 age), spiritless, disinclined. 
 
 alyia\6s, -ov, 6, beach. 
 
 AlyVTTTtOS, -OV, 6 (A'lyVTTTOS, JE- 
 
 gypt), an JEgyptian. 
 
 aldrjp-cov, -ov, g. -ovos (al8d>s, shame, 
 modesty), modest. 
 
 Alvidv, -dvos, 6, an JEnianian. 
 The iEnianians were a tribe in 
 southern Thessaly, occupying 
 the upper valley of the Sper- 
 chius. 
 
 a'l£, alyos, 6, f], goat. 
 
92 
 
 Ul.pt 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 avayiyvoianoi 
 
 aipeo), I. -i]<TO), pf. jjprjica, 2 a. 
 elXov ($ 301. 1), to take, cap- 
 ture; Mid., to take for one's 
 self, choose. See dXtovto/uu. 
 
 alcrddvopai, f. alo-drjo-opai, pf. jy- 
 <rdr]pai, 2 a. jjo-Ooprjv (§289), /o 
 //•''. Der. esthetic. 
 
 aicr^vi'co (aicr^oj, shame, disgrace), 
 f. -vi/S, /t< shame, disgrace; 
 Mid., /o ie ashamed; with ace, 
 /o ie ashamed before, to haec re- 
 spect fur. 
 
 aiTea), f. -jjo-a), pf. jjrrjKa, to ask for 
 a tiling, demand, 
 
 ut^/xdXcoroy, -01/ (ulxpi), point of a 
 spear, dXio-Kopai) , taken in war; 
 ot alxpdXu>roi, prisoners of war ; 
 tu ai^/ndXcoTH, tilings taken in 
 war, prizes of war, including 
 both prisoners and booty. 
 
 aKovco, f. aK.ovcrop.ai, pf. anfjicoa 
 (§ 269. 7), /o hear. Dcr. 
 
 ACOUSTICS. 
 
 uKpos, -a, -ov, at the end or top ; i) 
 aKpa, subst., citadel; to uKpov, 
 subst., height or summit; ra 
 (Ik pa, heights. 
 
 ukti'i, -i)s (liyvvpL, to break, from 
 the breaking of the waves), 
 strand, shore. 
 
 dXijdeia, -as {dXrjdi'js), truth. 
 
 dXrjdevco {dXrjOijs) , f. -eutrco, to 
 speak the truth. 
 
 d\7]d!]S, -es{d-, XavOdvo), to lie hid), 
 true. 
 
 uXio~Kopai, f. aXutropai, pf. (dXo)Ka 
 and {j\a>Ka, 2 a. etiXaiv and rjXcov 
 (^ 301. 1), to l^' captured or 
 taken; used as the passive of-. 
 a'ipeco. 
 
 tiXKipos, -op (uXki'i, valor) , warlike, 
 brave. 
 
 dXXd, but; originally the netit. pi. 
 of SXXos, and denoting that dif- 
 ferent things follow from those 
 which have preceded. It ex- 
 presses opposition more strongly 
 than 6V. 
 
 dXXi)Xu)v {iiXXos), of one another, 
 of inch oihi r. See § 1 r>, 
 1 23. C. 
 
 uXXopai, f. itXovpai (§ 277), /" /'"/». 
 
 aXXo?, -?y, -o (§ 97. 2), o//jer, 
 another, else; aXXj], dat. fin. 
 as adv., another icay, else- 
 where. 
 
 aXXore (uXXos), at another time, 
 
 aXXcoy (<(XXoy), in another way, 
 otherwise. 
 
 uXdyiaros, -ov (d-, \oyi£opai), in 
 ate, thoughtless. 
 
 uXo-os, -eos, to, sacred grove. 
 
 aua, at the same lime. 
 
 apjztja, -ns, carriage, wagon. 
 hence, wagon-load. 
 
 upagiTos, -6v[&p^a), for carriages; 
 686s upaijiTos, a carriage-road. 
 
 apaprdva, f. dpapTi)0-opai, pf. fj- 
 pdpTrjKa, 2 a. rjpapTOV (§ 289), to 
 err, ?niss. 
 
 dpaxei (d-, pdxr)) , without a battle. 
 
 dpa\TjTt (d-, pdxopai), icithoul 
 fighting or resistance. 
 
 'ApfipaKiaTTjS, -ov ('ApfipaKia, Am- 
 bracia,s. city in Epirus), Amhra- 
 ciot or Amliracian- 
 
 dpeXea (d-, peXa), f. -rycrw, pf yjpt- 
 XrjKa, to neglect, be careless of. 
 
 iipTTtXos, -ov, t), vine. 
 
 dpepi, about ; akin to upepco, and 
 signifying originally on both 
 sides. 
 
 dpepdrepos, -a, -ov (<"ip(j>u>), both ; 
 little used in the sing. 
 
 clpcpco, -olv ($ 137. y, If 21), both, 
 
 uv, — 1. at the beginning of a 
 clause, a shortened form of the 
 conj. idv, if; — 2. elsewhere, a 
 particle expressing contingency, 
 
 in connection with which a veil) 
 
 is usually translated into 
 
 by the potential mode. 
 
 §'§ 587, 588, 003 f, GOG, 615. 2, 
 
 GIG. /-. 
 dvd, prep., up; ova Kpdros, [up to 
 
 one's strength] with all s 
 
 at full sp 
 dva(3alva> {dvd, /3ai'i'u>, 1. jSqtropat, 
 
 pf. jSc'/SqKa, 2 a. i'Jijv). to i'c up. 
 
 asa ml. mount . climb up- 
 diuiJaiTis, -fws, i) [dvafiaivo] 
 
 out, expedition up from thi 
 
 coast into central Asia. 
 
 dvayiyvu>o~Ko) {dvd, yiyvotaica), f 
 
avaytyvaxTKCti 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 antpx°pai 
 
 93 
 
 yvaxrofxai, pf. eyvana, 2 a. e- 
 yvcov) , to n oil. 
 avayKa^u) {avaytcrf), f. -acrca, to 
 
 compel, force. 
 
 avdyKr], -r)s, necessity. 
 
 dvdya) (dud, ayco, f. a£a>, ]')f. >)x a > 
 2 a. Ijyayov), to lead, carry, or 
 bring vp; hence, to bring upon 
 the high sea; Mid., to put out to 
 sea, set sail. 
 
 dvadappea (dvd, dappiu>, f. -ijcrw, pf. 
 T(ddppr)Ka), to regain courage. 
 
 avaiptoi (dvd, alpeco, f. -i']cra>, pf. 
 rjprjKa, 2 a. etkov), to take up; 
 Mid., to take up what is connect- 
 ed with one's self, as the bodies 
 of friends for burial, food placed 
 before one, &c. 
 
 dvaKOLvoa) (dvd, Koivdco, f. -uxrat, to 
 make common, from koivos), to 
 communicate. 
 
 dvaKpd£a> (dvd, icpdfa and 2 pf. 
 KtKpdya, to cry, f. pf. nenpd^o- 
 /«((. 2 a. eKpayov, § 274. 8), to 
 raise a cry. 
 
 dvapevco (dvd, peva, f. pevco, pf. 
 pepevrjica), to wait for. 
 
 dvapipvrjarKa}, (dvd, pipvi]<rKa>, f. 
 pvrjo-co), to remind; Mid. and 
 Pass., to recollect, call to mind. 
 
 'Ava£ij3ios,-ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
 tan admiral. 
 
 dvanddat (dvd, nel6<i>, f. nelaai, pf. 
 ntneina), to persuade, induce. 
 
 dvareiva) (dvd, reiva, to stretch, f. 
 revS>, pf rerana, § 268), to stretch 
 up, hold up. 
 
 dvareWa) (dvd,TtWm, to raise, rise, 
 f. re\cb, a. erei\a),to rise, of the 
 sun. 
 
 uve\6p.evos, 2 aor. mid. part, of 
 avaipeco. 
 
 avepos, -ov, 6, ivind. 
 
 civev, loithout ; opposed to ow, 
 with. 
 
 dv7]p, g. dv&pds (§ 106. 1), 6, man, 
 in distinction t'romivoman; hus- 
 band. See avOpwnos. 
 
 av6pco7ros,-ov,6, Tj, man, in distinc- 
 tion from beast. 'Avfjp and aw 
 dpwros are distinguished from 
 each other as vir and homo in 
 
 Latin; the former signifying a 
 man, in a more special or em- 
 phatic sense; and the latter, 
 simply one of the human race. 
 Hence the former usually im- 
 plies honor, and the latter often 
 contempt . 
 
 dvi<JTTjpi. (dvd, MTTJ]pi, f. aTrjcru), pf. 
 (arrjKa), to raise up, rouse; in 
 the intrans. forms, to stand up, 
 rise. See "tarnpi. 
 
 dvio-x<0 (dvd, i'o-x<», prolonged form 
 of e^co), to rise, of the sun. 
 
 dvurjTos, -ov (d-, voea>, to think), 
 senseless. 
 
 dvoiyu) and dvoiyvvpi (avd, o'lyco, 
 poet.,io open), f. dvoi^w, pf. ave- 
 (pxa, impf. dvecpyop and later 
 ijvoiyov (§ 294), to open. 
 
 dvri, over against, instead of. 
 
 dvTLraTTU) (dvri, rdrTco, f. Ta£o>, pf. 
 reraxa), to arrange or draw up 
 against. 
 
 avco (dvd), adv., up, upwards. 
 Comp. dvoTepa>, sup. dva>TaTGd. 
 
 d£ivT], -t)s, axe. 
 
 cl^los, -a, -ov, worthy of, worth; 
 utjios elvai, with inf., to be wor- 
 thy, deserve. 
 
 d£-i6a> (a£ios), f. -a)0"co, pf. tj^icoko, 
 to think worthy, think fit, claim. 
 
 dnayyeXXw (and, ayyeAXco, t. -eXa>, 
 pf. IjyyeXKa), to carry or bring 
 back word or Jidings, report. 
 
 dnayopevoo (and, ayopevco, to speak 
 in public, f. -evo-co), to [speak off 
 from a thing] give up, become ex- 
 hausted. 
 
 dndyco (and, ayco, f. cl£a>, pf. rjX a i 
 2 a. ijyayov) , to lead away. 
 
 dnavrda (and, dvrdco, to come op- 
 posite to), f. -170-0), commonly 
 -i]o~opai, pf. airr]VTi]K.a, to meet. 
 
 anas, andcra, anav, g. anavros, 
 dnao-rjs (apa, nds) , all together, 
 the ivhole. 
 
 aneipi (dno, eipi) , to go away, de- 
 part. 
 
 dneXavva (and, e\avva>, f. eXaca>, 
 pf. i\r}\aK.a), to drive away, to 
 ride off or away. 
 
 dnepxopat (and, epxopai, f. i\ev- 
 
94 
 
 anepxopui 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 CipiCTTOS 
 
 cropai, pf. tXi]\v0a, 2 a. j'j'KOov), 
 to go away, depart. 
 
 &ir\6os, -6r),-6ov, contr. AirKovs , -fj, 
 •oiv (a pa, -nXdos, § lo8. 4), sim- 
 ple, sina re. 
 
 cirrd. Lat. ab, from. In compos., 
 off, away, had;. See «'£. 
 
 atrofiaivai [airo, [ia'ivai, f. j^rjaopai, 
 pf. JefirjKa, 2 a. eftnv),tO Step <;//', 
 
 disembark. 
 
 dlTodflKl'VfJU (and, SeLKVVpl, f. 8(ft- 
 
 £w, pf. dVoVix"), /<) show forth, 
 appoint, eapr ess; Mid., to express 
 one's opinion. 
 
 a7To8l8pd(TK(i) (aTTO, SlSpdtTKO), to 
 
 run, f. bpdcropai, pf. 8t8pa<a, 
 2 a. edpav, § 285), to rim away, 
 to escape by stealth. 
 unoSida>pL[dnd, 8i8u>pi,{. Saxrco, pf. 
 8(8<oKa, a. e'SwAca), to give back, 
 
 , pay ; 
 
 dnodvrprKti) («7ro, dvijaKCD, f. #a- 
 vovpai, pf. TtdvrfKa, 2 a. e&ii/ov), 
 to «e q/f, (to?, &e sto ox put to 
 death. 
 
 unoKciia> (otto, Kata>, f. Kautrw, pf. «ce- 
 kiivkii),/" bum off, wither, trans. 
 
 d7TOKXf('cO ((I7TO, k\(L(x>, f. -(TO)) , /O 
 
 exclude, intercept. 
 
 diTOKi'mTG) (llTTO, KuTTTG), f. KO\jf 0) , pf. 
 
 KCKoepa) , to cut or taff/ ojf. 
 (int)Kpiuopai (and, Kpivco), f. -Kpivov- 
 pai, pf. -KtKpi.p(H,to answer, rc- 
 
 unonrdvco and dnoKrivvvpi (a7rd, 
 
 KTeivta, to kill, f. Krevo), pf. e/cro- 
 
 j/a, § 295), to A/7/ <;//", /.•///, s/ay, 
 
 pu/ /<> death. 
 dnoXe'ma) («7rd, XftVco, f. -^w, pf. 
 
 XAowra, 2 a. e\t.nw), to //ace 
 
 behind, desert. 
 dndWvpi (and, dWvpi, to destroy, 
 
 f. (jXeVco, commonly <5X£, pf. 
 
 dXwXfKa, § 2 ( J5), /<> destroy; Mid. 
 
 (2 a. an-coXd^]/) . to perish : 2 pf. 
 
 oXwXa, intrans. as pres., to 
 
 tfone or /os/. 
 'An-oXXwi', -coi/os (§§ 105. II., 107. 
 
 n.), Apollo, one of ill*-- chief 
 divinities of the Greeks, regard- 
 ed as the patron of soothsa 
 music, poetry, archery, &c. 
 
 dnonepneo (a7rd, ntpneo, f. nep^co, 
 pf. ntnopepa) , to send away or 
 ', to send (what is due). 
 
 anon\i(o (and, n\t<o, f. 7rX(vcropa<. 
 or nXevaovpai, pf. TreVXeujca), to 
 
 sa/7 away. 
 dnopfa> (d-, 7rdpo?, passage, way), 
 
 1. -i)crco, and dnopeopai, 1. -rjao- 
 
 pai, to be at a loss, 
 dnocrnda (and, crndu>, to draw, i. 
 
 (TTrdo-o), pf. eanaKa, § 21'J), to 
 
 oVauj q/f, separate, withdraw, 
 
 trans. 
 d7roo-r<;'XXa> (and, fxreXXco, f. crreXco, 
 
 pf. eo-raX/ca), to senf/ fficay or 
 
 bad;. 
 dnoo-Tepea) [and, arrepea, to deprive, 
 
 f. o-repi;cra) , pf. io-TtpnKa) , to de- 
 prive, rob. 
 dnoripva (dnd-ripvu), f.rfpa, pf. 
 
 Ttrpnica, 2 a. i'repov and trapov), 
 
 to cut off, intercept. 
 dnoriva (and, rtVco, to pay, expiate, 
 
 1. Titrco, pf. rtViKa, ^ 278), to 
 
 p<7y tarcA,- Mid. dirorivopai, f. 
 
 -rlaropai, to take vengeance upon, 
 
 requite, punish. 
 
 dno(j)evya> (and, cpeiyco, 1. <f)evi-o- 
 
 pai, 2 pf 7re<pevya, 2 a. i'epvyov), 
 
 to flee from, flee beyond reach, 
 
 escape by flight. 
 lipa [dp-, to fit, § 285) , accon / 
 
 tlun, therefore. See ^ 073. a. 
 'Apyao?, -ov, 6 ("Apyos, -1 
 
 chief city of Argolis ), an _ i rgi vt . 
 dpyvpiov, -ov (dim. ot'iipyvpos, sil- 
 
 ver), silver-money, money. 
 'Apyo>, -dos, >). Argo, the ship in 
 
 which Jason saded to Colchis 
 
 in quest of the golden tV 
 dptTi), -f/r, virtue, valor. 
 dpr)yco, f. -£a>, to succour, assist. 
 'Apiaias, -ov, AtVKUS, conmiaiuli r 
 
 of the Asiatics in the anuv of 
 
 Cyrus. 
 aptdpSs, -ov, 6, number, amount. 
 
 I >er. ARTTHMETie. 
 
 dptcrrda) (ApioTov, breakfoi 
 -j}(tw, pf. npitrrnica, to breakfast. 
 
 upio-Tos, hi st, noblest, BUD. ol dya- 
 
 6ds; neut. pi. tpurra, as adv., 
 /;f.s7, sup. of (v or KaXcir. 
 
'ApKCldiKOS VOCABULARY. 
 
 HajBvXwv 
 
 95 
 
 ApxabtKus, -?'/, -ov ('ApKaSt'a, Ar- 
 cadia, central province of the 
 Peloponnesus), Arcadian. 
 
 'Ap/cdr, -ados, 6, an Arcadian. 
 
 appa, -aros, to, chariot. 
 
 'Apprjvt], -r]s, Harmene, a harbour 
 of Sinope. 
 
 dprrd^co, t. dprrdao), pf. rjpnaKa, to 
 snatch, snatch up. 
 
 Ap-do£os, -ov, Artaozus, a friend 
 of Cyras. 
 
 'Apra^ep^vs, -ov, Artaxerxcs, sur- 
 named Mncmon from his great 
 memory, eldest son of Darius 
 Nothus, and his successor upon 
 the throne of Persia. 
 
 "Aprepis, -180s, Diana, sister of 
 Apollo, goddess of the chase 
 and of virginity. 
 
 lioTos, -ov, 6, loaf of bread. 
 
 'Apvo-ras, -ov, Arystas, an Arcadi- 
 an, a great eater. 
 
 * Apxpyopas, -ov, Archagoras, an 
 exile from Argos, one of the 
 Greek lochagi. 
 
 dpxn, -r/s («px<>>), rule, govern- 
 ment; province; beginning. 
 
 tipX®, f- api<£> (§ 222. 1), to take 
 the lead, to rule, to command; 
 to begin (§ 350. r.) ; Mid., to be- 
 gin. In the sense to begin, the 
 active rather denotes to begin 
 for others to follow, and the 
 middle simply to begin for one's 
 self. Der. arch-. 
 
 apxcov, -ovros, 6 (prop. part, of ap- 
 X a )i commander, ruler. 
 
 do~Bevea> (do-devrjs, ivcak), f. -fjo~co, 
 to be weak, feeble, or sick. 
 
 'Atria, -as, Asia, the largest of the 
 three grand divisions of the old 
 world. 
 
 'Ao-iSarr;?, -ou, Asidales, a rich 
 Persian, taken and despoiled by 
 Xenophon. 
 
 'Ao-ivalos, -ov ^Acrivn, Asine, a 
 town of Laconia), an Asincean. 
 
 acriTos, -ov (a-, crtro?), without food. 
 
 do-Kos, -ov, 6, leathern bag, goal- 
 skin. 
 
 ao-pevos, -rj, -ov, glad, joyful. 
 
 darvd^opai, f. -daopai, to greet, em- 
 brace, take leave of. 
 
 dairis, -iSo?, ?;, shield, the large 
 round shield of the Greeks. 
 
 aenpaXiyr, -£S (a-, acpdWopai, to 
 stumble, fall, fail), safe, secure. 
 
 do-cpaXoys (do-(pa\rjs) , safely, se- 
 curity. 
 
 dra^ia, -as (a-, totto) , disorder, 
 want of discipline. 
 
 av, again, on the other hand. 
 
 av\i£opai (ai\{j, court-yard, lodg- 
 ing), f. -iaopcu, to lodge. 
 
 avkos, -ov, 6, flute, differing from 
 that common with us, in having 
 a mouth-piece, and a fuller tone. 
 
 airtKa {abros), forthwith. 
 
 avToparos , -n, -ov (avros, r. pa-, to 
 endeavour), self-moving; diro 
 rov avropdrov, of one's own mo- 
 tion or accord. Der. automa- 
 ton. 
 
 avros, -7], -6, very, same, self; 6 
 avros, the same ; in the oblique 
 cases not beginning a clause, as 
 the common pron. of the 3d 
 pers. him, her, it; gen. avrov 
 [sc. tottov or ^tapt'ou, fy 379], as 
 adv., there. See §§ 149, 503 f. 
 
 avrov, -rjs, contr. from eavrov, -rjsi 
 
 d(paip£(x> {diro, alpeco, f. -rjcrco, pt. 
 ]jpr]Ka, 2 a. eikov), and oftener 
 d(paipeopai, to take away, de- 
 prive, rob. 
 
 d<pavr]s, -es (d-, cpaivco), tinsecn, out 
 of sight, invisible. 
 
 dcpinpi (dno, tripi, f. rjo~co, pf. eina, 
 a. rjKa), to let loose. 
 
 d<piKveopai {diro, iKveopai, to come, 
 f. tf-opai, pf. lypai, 2 a. lnopiiv, 
 § 292), to arrive, come to. 
 
 d(finnr€va> (drro, InTrevco, to ride, I. 
 -evaa), to ride off or back. 
 
 d(pio-rrjpi (utto, larrjpi), f. diToo-rr)- 
 o~a>, pf. d(peo~TT]Ka, 1 a. dntcrri]- 
 o-a, 2 a. d7rio-TT]v, to withdraio 
 from, trans. ; in the intrans. 
 forms, to stand off' from or aloof, 
 withdraio, retire. 
 
 'Axai6s,-ov, an Achcean, an inhab 
 itant of Achaia, the northern 
 province of the Peloponnesus. 
 
 ax^opai, f. ax^eo-opai, a. i)xdeo-dr]v 
 ($ 222. a), to be vexed. 
 
 Baftv\<j>v,-a>vos, t), Babylon, a cele- 
 
96 
 
 BafSvXoiV 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 yvpvdfa 
 
 brated city upon the river Eu- 
 phrates. 
 
 BaftvXayvios , -a, -ov (Baf3v\a>v) , 
 y Ionian. 
 
 f3d6os, -(os, to (fiadvs), depth, 
 
 fiadvs, -eitt, -v, <: 
 
 [fiaivci, f. firjo-ofiai, pf. f3e{3r]Ka, 2a. 
 f'^T/i/ (§ 278), to step, go.] 
 
 /3dXXa>, f. /3aX«, pf. fiefiXrjKa, 2 a. 
 i'iaXov (§§ 223, 277. a), to 
 throw, cast. 
 
 ftapfiapiKos, -fj,-6v [fidpfiapos), bar- 
 barian. 
 
 fiapfSapaccos (fSapftapiicos) , in the 
 barbarian tongue, in Persian. 
 
 8dpf3apos, -ov, barbarian ; fSdpfia- 
 pos, suhet., a barbarian, a term 
 applied by the Greeks to those 
 of all nations except their own. 
 
 (iacr'ikeios, -ov (ftao-iXevs) , bt 
 mg to a king, royal ; to finoi- 
 Xeiov [sc. 8wpa], and oftener rn 
 fiaaiXeia, palace. 
 
 fiao-iXevs, -etas, king, esp. applied 
 by the Greeks, and often with- 
 out the art. (ft 485. a), to the 
 King of Persia. 
 
 fSaaiXevo) (fSaaiXevs), f. -evaco, to 
 reign. 
 
 [SaaiXiKos, -i], -ov (fiacriXevs), king- 
 ly, royal. 
 
 Be Xeo-vs, -vos, Belcsys, a satrap of 
 Syria. 
 
 fieXriw, better, and fieXrio-ros, 
 best, COmp. and sup. of dyados. 
 
 /3/tt, -as, force, violence. 
 
 (3'iicos, -ov, 6, jar. 
 
 ftios, -ov, 6, life, 
 
 (3odto, f. f3oi)o-op.ai, to cry out, call 
 aloud. 
 
 Botciriof,-ou, 6, a Boeotian, an in- 
 habitant of the Grecian province 
 northwest of Attica. 
 
 fjoptar, -ov, contr. f&oppas, -Si ($ 91), 
 borcas, thi north wind, 
 
 Qmikeva (ftovXi), plan, counsel, 
 from l3ov\op,ut) , 1. -dan), pf. 
 fieftovXevica, to 
 
 Mid., to take counsel, deliberate, 
 consider, purpose, resolve, 
 ofiai, i. .-*>/< \?'/fro/un, pf. (8e- 
 \npm (§ 222. B>, to . 
 i iliing, toish. Sec |i. 88. c. 
 
 jBovs, /3oo'y, 6, »'; (§ 112. •}), Lat. 
 bos, ox, coir. 
 
 (SpayCs, -fin. -v, short ; fipaxv, as 
 adv., a short distance. 
 
 TSv£dvTiov, -ov, Byzantium, a city 
 on the Thracian liosphorus, 
 DOW Constantinople. 
 
 yaXt/vrj, -rjs, a calm. 
 
 yap, conj., for; never the first 
 word in its clause ($ G73. a), but 
 usually the second. 
 
 ■ye, at hast, certainly, surely; a 
 particle, whose chief use is to 
 add emphasis or force to the 
 word preceding-. See § G73. n. 
 
 ytiTav, -ovos, 6, f], neighbour. 
 
 •yeX«a), f. -dcro/xai, a. tytXaaa 
 ($219. a), to laugh. 
 
 yfXcos,-a>Tos. 6 (yeXdw), laughter. 
 
 yepco, used only in pres. and unpf., 
 to be full of. 
 
 yeved, -as (yiyvopai) , birth. 
 
 ytppov, -ov, a wicker shield (of 
 osier, covered with ox-hide). 
 
 yevopai, f. yevcropai, pt. ytyevpai, 
 to taste. The act. yevu> is causa- 
 tive, to make to taste, give one a 
 taste of. 
 
 ytfpvpa, -as. hri' 
 
 yrj, yrjs (contr. from yda), earth, 
 land. 
 
 yiyvopat, t. yevi]0'opai,'pf. yeyevqpai 
 and ytyova, 2 a. eyevoprjv ( ■ 
 to come to be, become, be born, 
 take place, be, come. The gen- 
 eral distinction between dpi and 
 yiyvopLat. is the same as, in Eng., 
 hot ween be and become. 
 
 yiyi'd)0-Kco , i. yvaaopai, pf. eyvcoKci, 
 2 a. eyvav (§ 285), Lat. nosco, 
 to know, undi r stand, dt tt rmine, 
 judt 
 
 T\ois~, TXov (§ 196. 0). G 
 son of the ^Egyptian Tamos, 
 
 and a favorite offiosi of Cyrus. 
 yvwprj. -i]s, judgment, opinion. 
 ydw, ydvaros, to (§ 103. N.). knee, 
 ypaupa., -aros, to (y/)<i<po>), bttcr. 
 
 Der. r.iiAMMAii. 
 
 ypdcpa, f. -^o), pf. ytypaaba (^ 3G), 
 
 to write, 
 
 yvpvd(a) (yv/zi'ds, nolod, from the 
 Greek habit of engaging in ex- 
 
yvpvd£io 
 
 VOCABULARY. didSapfidva 
 
 97 
 
 ercise naked), f. -do-<o, to exer- 
 cise, train. Der. gymnastics. 
 yvvr], yvvaiKos (§ 101. y), woman, 
 
 wife. 
 
 baKpv(o (8dxpv, tear), f. -vcru), to 
 weep. 
 
 8apfiKos, -ov, 6 (Aapeloy), dark, 
 a Persian gold coin, = about 
 $ 4.00. 
 
 Aaptios, -ov, Darius, surnamed 
 Nothus, king of Persia, natural 
 son of Artaxerxes Longimanus, 
 and father of Artaxerxes Mne- 
 mon and Cyrus. 
 
 t)ao-pos, -ov, 6 (Baiopai, to divide), 
 tribute. 
 
 8t, but, and; on the other hand, 
 also (§ 657. y) ; the common 
 particle of contradistinction, in- 
 termediate in its force between 
 the copulative <ai, and, and the 
 adversative aXkd, but. Kai 
 unites without implying dis- 
 tinction ; while 8e implies some 
 distinction, and dXkd not only 
 distinction, but opposition. Ae, 
 like p.kv (which see), is usually 
 the second word in its clause, 
 never the first (§ 673. a). 
 
 Bk8oiK.a and 8e8ia, f. (epic) Beicropai, 
 a. e8f«ra (1 58, §§ 237, 282), to 
 be afraid, fear. 
 
 Sft, see 8ea>, to need. 
 
 oe'iKvvp.i and BeiKvvo), f. Belfjco, pf. 
 8kBei X a (If 52, § 294), to point 
 out, show. 
 
 8ti\n, -nii evening, afternoon. 
 
 8eiv6s, -t], -6v (8eos,fcar), terrible. 
 
 beiweet (8e~nrvov), f. Benrvrjaa), pf. 
 8e8eiTvur]Ka, to sup, take one's 
 supper. 
 
 8c~nrvov, -ov, supper. 
 
 Se'/ca, indecl., ten. 
 
 fieKcnrevre, indecl., fij 'teen. 
 
 8kv8pov, -ov (§ 124. /3), tree. 
 
 8e£i6s, -d, -ov, Lat. dexter, right 
 (as opposed to left), on the right ; 
 f] 8e£id [sc. x et 'p]> the right hand; 
 to 8e£i6v [sc. Kepas], the right 
 wing of an army. 
 
 Aet-nrrros, -ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
 an in the army of Cyrus, who 
 9 
 
 proved false to his fellow-sol- 
 diers. 
 
 8cppa, -aros, to (Bepoo, to fay), skin, 
 hide. 
 
 Becnrorns, -ov (^ 742), master. 
 Der. despot. 
 
 8evpo, hither. 
 
 8(vrepos, -a, -ov (8vo), second. 
 
 8exopai, f. 6V£o/iat, pf. 8k8eypai, to 
 receive, take. 
 
 8ea> and rarely 8i8npi, f. o^o-w, pf. 
 848tKa (§ § 219, 284), to hind, tie 
 up. 
 
 oVco, f. 8er](ra>, pf. 8e8er]Ka (§ 222. 3), 
 to need; commonly impers. in 
 the Act., Set, there is need, it is 
 necessary, f. Sei^o-et, &c. ; Mid. 
 Beopai, i. 8erj<jopai, pf. 8e8(npai, 
 a. i8ej]6nv, to need, want, desire, 
 beg, entreat, request. 
 
 8r) (a shorter and weaker form of 
 rj8rj, now, and used, like our 
 unemphatic now, without any 
 distinct reference to time), noic, 
 ilicn, so, indeed. See § 673. a. 
 
 8r)\os, -7], -ov, evident, manifest. 
 
 S^Aoco (8rj\os), f -wcrco, pf. 8e8rj\a>- 
 <a (T[ 47), to manifest, show. 
 
 Snpoaios, -a, -ov (8r/pos, people), be- 
 longing to the people, public. 
 
 Bid, through; w. gen., more liter- 
 ally, through place, time, &c. ; 
 w. ace, through means of, on 
 account of, by reason of. 
 
 8ia(3aivo) (did, (Saivco, f. ^rjo-opai, 
 pf. PefinKa, 2 a. eftnv), to go 
 through or across, to cross. 
 
 tiafidWa (8id, /3aXXio, f. j3a\u>, pf. 
 /3e/3A77Ka, 2 a. e(3d\ov), to tra- 
 duce, slander, accuse falsely. 
 
 8ia8i8a>p.i (Bid, 8i8cc>pi, f. 8a)aa>, pf. 
 BeScoKa, a. i'8<oKa), to distribute. 
 
 8ia£(vyvvpi (8id, £cvyvvp.i, f. £e v£a>), 
 to disjoin, part, separate. 
 
 8iciKiv8vveva> [Bid, Kiv8vveva>, to risk, 
 1. -evo-oc>), to risk throughout, ex- 
 pose one's self. 
 
 8iaKkda> (8id, K\dco,to break, f. kAci- 
 crco), to break in pieces, break up. 
 
 8ia<6aioi, -at, -a (67?, e/carov), two 
 hundred. 
 
 8ia\apl3dv(D (8id,~Kap(Bdvoi, f. \r)\j/o- 
 
98 
 
 diaXap-fidvco 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ma 
 
 pai, pf. ('iXn<pa, 2 a. eXafiov), to 
 
 take each his share of a thing, 
 
 divide (as a company among 
 
 themselves). 
 diaXf'yopai (did, Xe'yco), f. 8taXe£o- 
 
 /iai, pt*. dieiXeypai, a. ditXtx^v, 
 
 *o converse. Dei. dialogue. 
 o'tdeoia, -a? (Bid, voos), thought, 
 
 design. 
 dianXe'co (did, nXfco, f. TrXeitvopai, 
 
 pf. nenXevKa), to sail across. 
 CiiappnTTfci) (did, piTTTeco, f. pi\j/u>, 
 
 pf. ?ppiqja),to throw [through a 
 
 company] about, distribute by 
 
 throwing. 
 diao-qpaivu) (Sid, anpaivci), f. -acco), 
 
 to sig?iify, indicate, make known. 
 8ia<nrfipa> (did, a7T(ipu>, f. cnr(pa>), 
 
 to scatter abroad, disperse, 
 diardrru) (did, rdrrco, 1. rd£a>, pf. 
 
 reraxa), to arrange, draw up 
 
 in order of battle, set in order. 
 dtariOnpi (did, ridtjpi, f. 6i)(tg>, pf. 
 
 TiOfina, a. eQrjKa), to dispose; 
 
 Mid., £0 dispose of (fox one's self, 
 
 especially by sale)/ 
 diaTptfia) (did, rpt/3o>, /a rub, wear, 
 
 f. rpfyoo, pf. TtrpKpa), to [wear 
 
 through] spend time, rfe/o//, ter- 
 
 diacpaivot (did, (paivcn, f. (pavai, pf. 
 TTt<payica), to show through ; Mid., 
 to appear or sforce through. 
 
 diddtTKO), f. 8iSd£o>, pf. SeSt'Sa^a 
 (§ 285), to toacA. Dcr. didac- 
 tic. 
 
 didnp-i, sec deco, to bind. 
 
 dtdiopi, f. da)<TG>, pf. dt'davca, a. 
 cdcoica (T[ 51), to £7<r, pns'/it. 
 
 duXavvo) (did, tXavucn, f. eXdcrto, 
 pf. eXi)Xa.ica), to ride through. 
 
 diepxop.ni (did, f'pxopai, f. e'Xevao- 
 p.ai, pf. fXrjXvda, 2 a. ijX6ov), to 
 go through, pass over; go 
 abroad. 
 
 dii\u> (did, ex 03 ' ^- *£ a> an '^ < r X'/°" w ' 
 pf. eo-xnica, 2 a. ar^oi')' to [hold 
 apart] be distant. 
 
 diKaia>s (diKaios, just, from dUn), 
 justly, with good nason. 
 
 d'iKt], -7?, justice, punishnvnt . 
 
 dinXdos, -on, -6nv, contr. dnrXovs, 
 
 -rj, -ovv (dis, -irXoos, § 138. 4), 
 
 double. 
 \dis (dvo), twice.] 
 diaxiXtoi, -ai, -a (dis, ^t'Xioi), tivo 
 
 thousand, 
 difppos, -ov, 6 (dis, cpfpa), scat (prop. 
 
 for two). 
 dtmKTtot, -a, -ov (diu>Kco), to be pur 
 
 sued. 
 dia>Ka>, f. -£<m and -£opai, to pursue, 
 
 chase. 
 doKta, f. do£a (§ 288), to seem, 
 
 appear; think. Impers. doice'i, 
 
 it seems, appears, f. &$£«. 
 dopdriov, -ov (dim. of dopv), a small 
 
 spear, javelin, 
 dopv, doparos (§ 103. N.), spear. 
 dovXevio (dovXos, slave), f. -tvaa>, 
 
 pf. dedovXevica, to be a slave. 
 dovTvea) (dovnos, dm), f. -rjcra, to 
 
 make a din. 
 ApciKovrios, -ov, Dracontius, a 
 
 Spartan exile, chosen by the 
 
 Greeks to superintend the 
 
 games celebrated on account 
 
 of their safe return to the sea- 
 coast. 
 dpape'iv, 2 a. infill, of rp/^w. 
 dpdpos, -ov, 6 (rpexco), running, 
 
 race, 
 dvvapai, f. dvvrjaopai, pt. dfdvvrjpat, 
 
 a. idvvr)6rjv, rjdvvndrjv (fy 18U. 1), 
 
 and (dvvdcrOnv, to be able, can. 
 dvvapis, -fens, fj (dvvapai), power. 
 
 Der. DYNAMIC. 
 diva and dvopat, f. dvaopai, pf. 
 
 dtd€ Ka , 2 a. tdvv (§ 278), to 
 
 enter, put on one's self; of the 
 
 sun, to set. 
 dvo, dvo~iv(§ 137. y), Lat. duo, two. 
 dvapf], -fjs (dvvio), setting (of the 
 
 sun), scarce used except in the 
 
 plur. 
 idv (el, iiv), contr. t'jv and 3», if, 
 
 used \v. subj. ($ 603); t'av pt), 
 
 if not, unless, 
 iavrov, -ijs, contr. avrov, -§t (^[ 23. 
 
 B, § 111), of himself, herself, or 
 
 its* If. 
 iaea, f. -do-a>, pf. eu'iica, to permit ■, 
 
 46m x ai P tlv i to bid fan well to, 
 let alone. 
 
tyyvs 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 CKCpepa 
 
 99 
 
 eyyvs, near. For its comparison, 
 see § 163. /3. 
 
 eya>, efiou or pov (% 23), Lat. ego, 
 J. See p. 73. j. 
 
 eyeoye (eya, ye, §§ 328. b, 732. 
 (1. 8), I at least, I surely, 1 
 (more emphatic than eyo>). 
 
 e6e\a, f. -t)<to>, pf. ijdeXrjKa (§ 222. 
 2), to ivish, will, be willing. 
 See p. 68. c. 
 
 el, if, used w. ind. and opt. (§ 603) ; 
 el pi), if not, unless. 
 
 eldevat, eldas, inf. and part, of oida. 
 
 eidov, 2 a. of opdco. 
 
 et/cd^co (elicos), f.-atrto, impf. e'Ua^ov 
 and f]Ka£ov (§ 188. N.), fa ftAerc, 
 
 • conjecture. 
 
 elicos, -o'toj (neut. part, of the perf. 
 elica), likely, probable. 
 
 e'Uocn{v, § 66. a), indecl., twenty. 
 
 eXkov, 2 a. of alpea. 
 
 el/Mi, f. ecropai, impf. rjv (^[ 55, 
 $ 230), fa 6e. See yiyvopai. 
 
 etfti, impf. jjf«i> (Tf 56, ^ 231), to 
 go, come. See § 301. 3. 
 
 ei7roi>, sazW, 2 aor. , and e'lprjica, pf. 
 associated with 0^/it (H 53, 
 § 301. 7). 
 
 « is (ev, § 648. y), z'rcfa ; to ; agamst, 
 upon ; for, in respect to ; to the 
 number of. In expressing mo- 
 tion to, els is the common prep, 
 with names of places, and tvpos 
 or ivapd with names of persons 
 (irapd expressing more precisely 
 to the side or vicinity of, as to the 
 court of a monarch). 
 
 els, pla, ev, g. evos, pias (*|[ 21, 
 § 137. /3), one; used more 
 strictly as a numeral than one 
 in Eng. 
 
 elafidWa (els, /3dXXa), f. j3aXa>, pf. 
 j8e'/3X»;Ka, 2 a. e/3aXoi/), to throw 
 one's self into, enter into. 
 
 eiVj3oXJ7, -rjs (fiV/3(iXXa)), entrance. 
 
 eladvvco and eiV8uo/xai (a?, 6Wco 
 and dvopai, f. Svcro/xat, pt. oVSuko, 
 2 a. eSuv), fa enter into. 
 
 elaeipi (els, eipi), to go into or in, 
 enter. 
 
 elcrep^opai (els, ep)(opat, f. e'Xevcro- 
 pai, pf. eXrfKvda, 2 a. jjX&w), fa 
 come into or in, enter. 
 
 el(m\e(o (els, n\eo), f. 7r\evaopai, 
 
 pf. 7reVXeu/«x), fa 5flt7 mfa. 
 eiacbepa (els, (pepco, f. oicrco, pf. 
 
 evrjvo^a, 1 a. Ijveytca, 2 a. tjvey- 
 
 kov), to bring into or in. 
 euro) («ty), within. 
 elra(el rd, if those things are), <Aen, 
 
 in that case. 
 eire . . e'ire (el, re), ivhether . . or. 
 eiwda (§297), plup. elaOeiv, to be 
 
 accustomed or ivont. 
 Ik, see e'£. 
 
 eKao'Tos, -t), -ov, each. 
 eKarepcddev (eKarepos, each of two), 
 
 from each side, on both sides, 
 enarov, indecl., one hundred. 
 eK/3dXXco (f£, /3dXXco, f. /3aXa>, pf. 
 
 fiefiXrjKa, 2 a. efiakov), to cast 
 
 out. 
 exyovus, -ov (ex., yiyvopai), born 
 
 from ; ra eicyova, offspring, 
 
 young. 
 eK.be pa (e£, Be pa, to fay, f. b)epa>, 
 
 a. eSeipa, § 259. a), to fay. 
 e'/cSi'Scojut (e£, $i8a>pi, t. fioxrco, pf. 
 
 oYSwKct, a. e'Sco/ca), to give forth, 
 
 deliver up. 
 exel, there, 
 exelvos, -rj, -o (eKel), that, pi. those; 
 
 as pers. pron., he, she, it. See 
 
 §§ 97. 2, 502, 512 f. 
 eKelae (enel), thither. 
 eiacXijcria, -as (eKtcaXea, to call 
 
 forth), an assembly (prop, called 
 
 forth by a crier). 
 eKKkiveo(e^, kXivui, to bend, f. kXXvco), 
 
 to turn aside or away, give way. 
 eKkeara (e£, Xeiira, f. -■v/'co, pf. Xe- 
 
 Xonra, 2 a. eXinov), to forsake, 
 
 desert. Der. eclipse. 
 eKTiiva (e£,Trtva>, f. itlopai, pf. Tte- 
 
 iva>Ka, 2 a. eiriov), to drink off or 
 
 up. 
 €K7r\ea> (e£, nXeui, f. 7rXevo-opai, pt. 
 
 TreVXeuKa), fa sail forth. 
 eiaropifa (et;, 7ropi(w, to supply, f. 
 
 -icrco), to provide. 
 eKTpeTrco (e^,Tpena, f. -■v/'to, pf. re- 
 
 rpo<pa and rerpacpa), to turn out 
 
 of or asifife, trans. ; Mid. , to turn 
 
 aside, intrans. 
 eKCpepa (e£, cpepa, f. o'iaa, pf. evq- 
 
 vo\a, 1 a. rjvey<a, 2 a. jjWyKoi'), 
 
100 
 
 tK(f>tp(0 
 
 VOCABULARY. t£aKicrxiXtoi 
 
 to carry out (esp. a corpse for 
 burial). 
 
 iXavvo), f. eXdcrco, fXd>, pf. iXrjKaica 
 (§ 278), to drive, ride. 
 
 iXelv, 2 a. inf. of aipeco. 
 
 (Xfvdepla, -as (iXddfpos), freedom, 
 hb/rtij. 
 
 (X(v0(pos, -a, -ov,free. 
 
 i\8e'iv, 2 a. inf. of tpxopai. 
 
 IKkco, f. -£&), impf. (TKkov ($$ 189. 3, 
 2'J8), to draw, draw up. 
 
 'EAXdf, -dbos, fj ("EXX^), Greece. 
 EWrjv, -nvos, 6, a Greek. 
 
 (XXrjvl^co ("EXXrjv), f. -«ra>, /o 
 s^cgA: Greek. 
 
 'EWtjvikos, -tj, -ov ("EWrjv), Gre- 
 cian, Greek. 
 
 EXXtjvlkus ( EXXr/i/tKos), in Greek. 
 
 'EWrjvis, -t'Sor, fj ("EXXnv, § 134), 
 adj., Grecian. 
 
 ipavrov, -rjs (U 23. B, § 144), of 
 myself. ^ 
 
 ipfiaiva) (iv, /3cuVg>, f. firjaopai, pf. 
 fieftnica, 2 a. efinv), to go into or 
 on board, embark. 
 
 f/u/3dXXco (eV, /3dXXo>, f. /3aXd), pf. 
 j3(j3\r]Ka, 2 a. i'fiaXov), to throw 
 or pw£ i7i or upon, insert, inflict. 
 
 e/z/3t/3dfa) (eV, /3i/3d£&>, to cause /o 
 §•0, f. -do-tu), to pui on 6oard a 
 vessel, make one embark. 
 
 ipov, ipoi, ipi, oblique cases of 
 /•yd). 
 
 ipos, -17, -01/ (e'-yd), ipov), my, mine. 
 
 epncipos, -ov (iv, tveipa, trial), ex- 
 perienced in, acquainted tvith. 
 
 iprrinreo (iv, iriirro), f. Trecrovpat, 
 pf. TTiirraiKa, 2 a. enterov), to 
 fall into, rush or //iron; one's 
 self into. 
 
 'ipirkeas, -a>v (iv, nrXeW, § 135), 
 
 ipndpiov, -ov (epnopos, trader), em- 
 porium, mart. 
 
 tpirpoo-6(v (iv, Trp6o-6(v), in front, 
 before, previously. 
 
 iv, Lat. in, in; within, among; at ; 
 on, upon; in composition, often 
 into. 
 
 ivavrios, -a, -ov (iv, dvri), over 
 against, opposite, opposed to, 
 contrary ; ol ivavrioi, tlie enemy. 
 
 (vbov (iv), icithin. 
 
 ivSvva and ivbvopai (iv, bvva) ana 
 dvopai, f. dvaopai, pf. bibvica, 
 2 a. (8vv), to put on one's 
 
 v self. 
 
 eveipi (iv, dpi, f. taopai), to be in. 
 
 ivtKa, on account of, for the sake of. 
 
 tv6a (iv), there, Iiere ; where; there- 
 upon. 
 
 eve, see Notes on Less. XV. 9. 
 
 iviavros, -ov, 6, year. 
 
 iviore (evt, ore, § 523. a), some 
 times. 
 
 ivvoiai (iv, voeo>, to think, f. -770-0) 
 pf. vevurjKa, from voos), to con- 
 sider, reflect upon. 
 
 ivravOa (emphatic form of tv6a; 
 and more frequent in prose, 
 Tf 63), there, here ; thereupon, 
 hereupon, upon this. 
 
 ivreiva> (iv, reivu), to stretch, f. t(vu>, 
 pf. Teraica, § 268), to [stretch 
 out upon] inflict (blows). 
 
 ivrtvdev (emphatic form of evdtv, 
 thence, ^f 63), thence, hence ; 
 thenceforth ; h < n upon. 
 
 ivrldrjpt (iv, Tidrjpt, f. 6rjO-<i>, pi. 
 TtdfiKa, a. eOrjKa), to put into or 
 on board. 
 
 ivTipa>s ('ivrlpos, honored, from iv 
 and Tiprj), in lionor. 
 
 ivTvyxiivca (iv, Tvyxdva, f. rev£o- 
 pai, pf. TtTvxvKa, 2 a. tri>xov), 
 to happen upon, meet with, find. 
 
 ivvnviov, -ov (iv, vnvos, steep), 
 dream. 
 
 i£ (before a cons, ex, § 68. 1) out 
 of, from. 'Air6 expresses the 
 simple idea of 'from, ov from the 
 surface; while i£ denotes from 
 the interior, or from within ; and 
 napd,from the vicinity, or from 
 beside. In composition, <£ some- 
 times simply strengthens the 
 meaning, by expressing the 
 carrying out of the action. 
 
 e£, indecl., si > . 
 
 t'layytXXto (e£, dyye'XXo), i. dyyeXw, 
 pf. /;yy«X(ca), to bring out word. 
 
 i£ai<pvns, suddenly, on a suihhn. 
 
 f^aKiaxiXioi, -at, -a (i£aKis, Stx 
 times, xi'Xtot), sir thousand. 
 
t£aKO<TlOl 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 eiropai 
 
 101 
 
 e£aic6o-Loi, -cu, -a (e£, enarov), six 
 hundred. 
 
 e^airarda) (e£, diraTdco, to deceive, 
 f. -Tja-a), to deceive, cheat. 
 
 e^airivrjs, softer form for e^aicjyvqs- 
 
 e£eipi (e£, dpi), only used in the 
 impers. ei-eori, it is permitted, 
 possible, or in one's power, f. e'|e- 
 crrat, &C 
 
 e^eipi (e£, ft'pi), /o go out. 
 
 e^eXavva (e£, eXavvu), f. eXacrco, pf. 
 eXr)Xaica), to ride forth, march, 
 advance; used of the leader of 
 an expedition. 
 
 ef-epXPnai (e£, epxopai, f. iXevcro- 
 pai, pf. eXr)Xvda, 2 a. ijA^oi/), /o 
 come or °-o ow£ or forth. 
 
 e£o8os, -ou, 77 (e'£, 6Sds), going 
 forth, excursion. Der. Exodus. 
 
 e£<0 (e£), without (opposed to with- 
 in). 
 
 eoprr), -r)s, festival, feast. 
 
 eiraiveeo (eiri, alveco, to praise, f. 
 -eVto, pf. rjveica), to praise, com- 
 mend. 
 
 eirdv (eirei, civ), after that, vihen. 
 
 eirei (em), after that, when, since. 
 
 eireihav (eireidr), av), when now, 
 iv hen. 
 
 eireidt) (eirei, 817), since now, since. 
 
 eireifu (eiri, elpi), to come upon or 
 on, advance. 
 
 eiretra (eirei rd, since those things 
 are), thereupon, then, afler- 
 ivards, in the second place. 
 
 eirepwrda (em, epcordai, f. i pair-qua 
 and eprjo-opai, pf. r)p<orr]Ka, 2 a. 
 m. r)p6pnv), to ask or question 
 further. 
 
 em, upon : w. gen. upon (rest strict- 
 ly upon), on board of: w. dat., 
 upon (rest upon, but less strictly 
 than w. gen.) ; at, by ;for ; over; 
 dependent upon, in the power 
 of; in addition to: w. ace, up- 
 on (motion upon); against, to. 
 
 emftovXeva) { eiri, j3ov\eva> , f. -evo~oj , 
 pf. (3efiov\evKa) , to plan or plot 
 against, to plot. 
 
 eVi/3ovXj7, -rjs (eiri, fiovXt], plan, 
 counsel), plot. 
 
 emheiKvvpi (eiri, BeiKinJpi, f. 8ei'£ct>, 
 
 9* 
 
 pf. 8e8eixa), to exhibit; Mid., to 
 
 exhibit one's self, or what be- 
 longs to one's self. 
 emdvpeo) (eiri, dvpos, spirit), f. 
 
 -770-0), to [set one's heart upon a 
 
 thing] desire, 
 eiriiceipai (eiri, Kelpai, f. iceio~opai), 
 
 to press upon, as an enemy. 
 emKovprjpa, -aros, to (e'mKovpeco, 
 
 to aid, protect), protection. 
 emKpdreia,-as (eiri, Kpareco), power 
 
 over, dominion. 
 emXeydi (em, Xe'yco, f. Xe|co), to say 
 
 in addition or also. 
 emXeiira> (em, Xeiirco, f. -t/'w, pf. 
 
 XeXonra, 2 a. eXiirov), to fail, be 
 
 wanting to. 
 empeXeopai (eiri, peXai), f. -rjcropai, 
 
 pf. empepeXnpai, to take care of, 
 
 observe carefully. 
 emopicea> (eiri, SpKOs), f. -r/cro), to 
 
 swear falsely, perjure one's self, 
 eirippvros, -ov (eiri, pea), well-wa- 
 tered, 
 eirio-rapac, f. eiriarrjo-opai, impf. 
 
 rjmo-Tapnv, to understand, know, 
 
 be assured. 
 em<TToXr], -rjs (e'mo-reXXa>, to send 
 
 to), epistle, letter. 
 emTT]8eios, -a, -ov (emrrjoes, on pur- 
 pose), suitable, serviceable; rot 
 
 emrrjo'eia, the necessaries of life, 
 
 provisions, supplies, 
 emridrjpi (eiri, ridrjpi, f. 6i]€ra>, pf. 
 
 redeiica, a. edrjKa), to put upon, 
 
 inflict; Mid., to throio one's self 
 
 upon, fall upon, attack, 
 emrvyxdva) (eiri, rvy^dvu), f. rev 
 
 £opai, pf. Terv)(rjKa, 2 a. erv^ov), 
 
 to happen upon, meet with, find. 
 em(paiva> (eiri, (paivco, f. cpava), pf. 
 
 Tre<payK.a),to show upon or forth ; 
 
 Mid., to show one's self or appear, 
 
 especially for an attack upon 
 
 another. 
 eirixapis, -1, g. -ltos (eiri, X^P ls i 
 
 grace) , pleasing, agreeable, 
 emxeipea, f. -Tjcrco (eiri, X e 'P)' i0 
 
 [put one's hand to a thing] 
 
 undertake, attempt, 
 eiropai, f. e-^ropai, impf. e'nropnv, 
 
 2 a. icrirdpnv (§ 300), to follow. 
 
102 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 rjyeofiai 
 
 eirrd, indecl., seven. 
 
 (TrraKOcrioi, -at, -a («rTa, (kotov) , 
 seven hundred. 
 
 'Etrvat-a, -ns, Epyaxa, wife of 
 Syennesis, king of Cilicia. 
 
 (pyd^ofxai (ifpyov), f. -daopai, pf. 
 etpyacruat, to^work. 
 
 epyov, -ov, work. 
 
 fprjpia, -as (eprjpos), solitude, lone- 
 liness. 
 
 apropos, -ov, deserted, desert, unin- 
 habited. 
 
 (pprjufCs, -/cor, 6 ('EppTJSi Mercury, 
 the god of speech, and messen- 
 ger of the gods), interpreter. 
 
 (pp<i>p.tva>s{eppa>pei>os, strong, reso- 
 lute), strongly, resolutely. 
 
 tpXopai, f. eXevaopai, pf. i\i)\vda, 
 2 a. rfkdov, to come, go. See 
 § 301. 3. 
 
 tpw, see <f>t)pi. 
 
 € pcoraco, f. epcoT^crco and tpfjaopLai, pf. 
 fjp6>rr]Ka, 2 a. m. fjpoprjv (§ 298), 
 to ask for information, question. 
 
 (0~6ico, f. tbopai, pf. edr/Bona, 2 a. 
 Zepayov (§ 298), to eat. 
 
 taxaros, -r\, -ov (e'£, § 161. 2), 
 uttermost, extreme, last. 
 
 'EtcovTkos, -ov, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
 tan officer at Byzantium. 
 
 trepos, -a, -ov (§ 316. 2), other of 
 two ; one of two, § 542. y. 
 
 en, still, yet, more, longer. 
 
 troipos, -rj, -ov, ready. 
 
 tros, -tog, to, year. 
 
 ev, well. 
 
 (v8atpovi£a> (fvdaip.a>v), f. -t'crco, to 
 think or deem happy, congratu- 
 late. 
 
 tvbaipav, -ov, g. -ovos (tv, Salpcov, 
 fortune), happy, prosperous. 
 
 (v6is, straightway, immediately. 
 
 EiKcXet'Srjy, -ov, Euclvdes, a sooth- 
 sayer from Phlius, and a friend 
 of Xenophon. 
 
 tvvoia, -as (tvvoos), good-will, af- 
 fection. 
 
 tvvoos, -oov, contr. tvvovs, -ovv (tv, 
 voos), rvell-disposcd, kind. 
 
 dp'ia-KU), f. (vprjo-a), pf. tvpnua, 2 a. 
 tlpov or nvpov ($ 296), to find. 
 
 tvpos, -tos, to {(ipvs), width, 
 breadth. 
 
 tvpvs, -t'la, -v, wide, broad. 
 
 evra£ia, -as (tv, tottco), good or 
 der or discipline. 
 
 tvTv\€a> (evrv^Tjr, fortunate), i 
 -tjctco, pf. tvTvx^Ka (§ 193. in.) 
 to succeed, be successful. 
 
 tlrvx/jpa, -aros, to (evTv^fO)), suc- 
 cess. 
 
 EixppaTvs, -ov, the Euphrates, a 
 celebrated river of western Asia. 
 
 evoowp-os, -ov (ev, ovopa), left (op- 
 posed to right) ; to ev6)wpov [sc. 
 Kcpas], the left wing of an army. 
 
 'Eepeaos, -ov, fj, Ephesus, an Ionian 
 city upon the western coast of 
 Asia Minor, having a celebrated 
 temple of Diana. 
 
 i(pioTTIpi ((TTl, 1oTT]pi, f. CTTTJCrCO, 
 
 pf. eorvKa), to stop, trans. ; in 
 
 the intrans. forms, to stand by, 
 
 to stop, intrans. 
 e\Spos, -a, -ov, hostile, inimical; 6 
 
 ix^pos, foe. 
 exvpos, -a, -6v (ex<a), strong (easily 
 
 held or defended), secure. 
 e^co and tcr^co, f. e£co and c^crco, 
 
 pf. eo-xyxa, 2 a. eaxov, to have 
 
 hold, occupy. See § 300. 
 (o>s, tco, fj (§§ 97. 3, 98), dawn, 
 
 ?7iorning. 
 ecos, while, ivhilst ; until. 
 (do},f.(T]o-(o,to live. See §§33. a, 
 
 280. y. 
 feuyjjXareco ({evyrjXdTvs) , f. -rjo~(i), 
 
 to drive a team. 
 £tvyi]\dTvs, -ov (£eiiyos, eXavvco), 
 
 teamster, 
 frvyvvpi, f. fev£co (§ 294), to yoke, 
 
 join, connect. 
 fevyoy, -tor, to ((evyvvpt), a yoke 
 
 of oxen or other animals. 
 Zeis, Aids (TI 16), Jupiter, king 
 
 of the gods. 
 ^rjTtio, f. -fjo-a>, to seek. 
 £vp,tTvs, -ov, 6 ((vurj, leaven), adj. 
 
 leavened. 
 Ciovn, -ns ((uvvvpi, to gird), girdle, 
 
 ZONE. 
 
 n , or ; than ; *; 
 
 rj (dat. fern. 
 
 ijyepuv, -ovos, 6 (rjyiopai), guide, 
 
 leader, 
 ijytopai ((Tyco), t. -i)o-opai, pf. ijyn- 
 
 ; j] . . 4% either . . or. 
 of os, §421.0), where. 
 
fjyeofiai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Bpacrvs 
 
 103 
 
 p.ai, to lead, lake the lead, lead 
 the way; to guide, conduct; to 
 think. 
 
 fjdeiv, see ol8a. 
 
 ■n§e<os (tjBvs), with pleasure, cheer- 
 fully, gladly. 
 
 f)8T], already, now. 
 
 ijBopai, f. fjo-Bijaropai, a. fjadrjv, to 
 be pleased. 
 
 rjSCs, -tla, -v (rj8op.ai), sweet, pleas- 
 ant, agreeable. Comp. tj8lcov, 
 
 SUp. jjdlCTTOS. 
 
 tJk-o, f. tj^co, to come, have come. 
 See § 579. f. 
 
 rjXidios, -a, -ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
 less. 
 
 rjXiKia, -as {t/XIkos, how old), time 
 of life, age. 
 
 fj\iKia>rT]s, -ov (f]\iKia), a?i equal in 
 age. 
 
 rjXws, -ov, 6, the sun. 
 
 fjpeis, ice, plur. of eya>. 
 
 tipeXvptvcos (npeXnpevos, pf. part, 
 of dpeXeco), carelessly, negli- 
 gently. 
 
 f] fie pa, -as, day. 
 
 rjperepos, -a, -ov (fjp-is), our. 
 
 f]p.lftpa>TOS, -OV {rjp.LO-VSi /3t/3pO)CTKW, 
 
 to eat), half-eaten. 
 
 rjjiideTjs, -es {rjpicrvs, Se'co), wanting 
 half, half full. 
 
 rjp.io~vs, -eia, -v, Lat. semis, half. 
 
 fjv, contr. from idv, if. 
 
 TjvUa (If 63), when; more specific 
 than ore. 
 
 'HpaKkerjs, -eeos, COntr. 'HpaKXrJr, 
 -eovs (§ 115. /3), Hercules, son 
 of Jupiter and Alcmene, the 
 most famous of the Greek he- 
 roes. 
 
 'HpaKkeia, -as ('Hpa(cX^?), Hera- 
 clea, a city of Bithynia on the 
 Pontus Euxinus. 
 
 'UpaicXeibrfs, -ov, Heraclldes, a 
 Greek from Maronea in Thrace, 
 an unprincipled agent of Seu- 
 thes. 
 
 rjavxia, -as (rjavxps, still, quiet), 
 stillness, quiet. 
 
 r]TTaop.ai (fj-rrcov, inferior), f. -t-Qtj- 
 crop.ai and -r/aopai, pf. rjrTqpai, 
 to be inferior, to be vanquished. 
 
 Qakarra, -rjs, the sea. 
 
 dapivd (neut. pi. of dapuvos, fre- 
 quent), frequently . 
 
 6dvaros,ov, 6{dvfjo-K(i), f. Oavovpai) 
 death. 
 
 Garret, f. ddyjsco (§ 272), to bury. 
 
 dappdXfois (dappaXfos, confident, 
 from ddppos), confidently, with 
 confidence, icith good courage. 
 
 6dppea> (ddppos, courage), f. -tjo-co, 
 pf. TeBdpprjKa, to be of good 
 courage, have no fear. 
 
 Qdrrcov, comp. of rayys. 
 
 6avp.d£co (6avp.a, ivonder), f. -dcrco, 
 oftener -dcropai, pf. redavpaica, 
 to wonder, ivonder at, admire. 
 
 6avp.do~i.os, -a, -ov(davpa), wonder- 
 ful. 
 
 6e\io (a shorter form for the more 
 common edeXco), f. -r)aco, to ivish, 
 icill, be ivilling. 
 
 deos, -ov, 6, f), Lat. deus, god, 
 deity. 
 
 Q'TTaXos, -ov, a Thessalian, an in- 
 habitant of the fertile but rude 
 province in the northeast of 
 Greece. 
 
 6£io, f. 6-vcropai (§ 220), to run. 
 
 decopeco, f. -t)<t-o (decopos, spectator), 
 to behold, view, gaze upon. 
 
 Qr](3dios, -ov, 6 (Qrjfiai, Thebes, 
 chief city of Bceotia) , a Theban. 
 
 [drjp, -pos, 6, wild beast.] 
 
 6rjpdco [Br/p], f. -dcra> and -aaropai, 
 pf. Tedr]paKa,to hunt wild beasts. 
 
 drjp'vco (8r)p), f. -evo-eo, to hunt, 
 catch. 
 
 Br-plov, -ov (6i']p, § 312. n.), wild 
 beast or animal. 
 
 BvrjaKco, f. davovpai, pf. TtdvwKa, 
 2 a. Wavov (§§ 281, 237), to 
 die ; pf. , to be dead. 
 
 Bopvfios, -ov, 6, tumult, 7ioise. 
 
 QpaKT),-iis{Qpqg), Thrace, a coun- 
 try in Europe, lying north and 
 northeast of the iEgean. The 
 name was also given to a coun- 
 try upon the northwestern coast 
 of Asia Minor colonized by Thra- 
 cians. 
 
 Qpa£, -cikos, 6, a Thracian. 
 
 Bpacrvs, -fla, -v, bold, courageous. 
 
104 
 
 SvXaKos 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Kapdoi^os 
 
 dvXaKos, -ov, 6, sack. 
 
 Qvpftptov, -ov, Thymbrium, a city 
 of Phrygia. 
 
 Bvpa, -as, door; often in the plur., 
 even when a single entrance is 
 spoken of. 
 
 6vo-'ia, -as {6\>a>), sacrifice. 
 
 6vu, f. 6'vo-a), pf. Ttdvua ($ 219), 
 to sacrifice; Mid., to sacrifice for 
 purposes of divination, to con- 
 sult the gods bij sacrifice. 
 
 daypat, -ukos, 6, breastplate, corse- 
 let, coat of mud. 
 
 Idopai, f. liuroftat, to heal, cure, 
 laa-ovios, -a, -ov ('latrcov, Jason, 
 the famous leader of the Argo- 
 nauts), Jasonian. 
 
 larpos, -ov, 6 (Idopai), physician, 
 surgeon. 
 
 ISelv, 2 a. inf. of opdeo. 
 
 lepos, -a, -6v, sacred. 
 
 "inpi, f. tJo-co, pf. elica, a. rjKa (% 54, 
 § 229), to send, let go or fly ; 
 Mid., to [send one's self] rush. 
 
 Ikovos, -rj, -ov, sufficient, enough, 
 competent, suitable. 
 
 "iXeois, -u>v (contr. from IXaos, -ov, 
 §§ 98. ft 726, /3), propitious. 
 
 ipds, -dvros, 6, thong. 
 
 iva, in order that. 
 
 iTTTrevs, -ewj, 6 (ittttos), horseman, 
 knight. 
 
 'nnriKus,-r], -ov (iTnros), relating to 
 a horse; to Ittttikov [sc. ttXtjOos 
 or o-Tpdrtvpa], the cavalry. 
 
 "nnros, -ov, 6, fj, horse, mare. 
 
 Xo-di, imp. of dpi and of otSa. 
 
 io-os, -n, -ov, equal; iaov, as adv., 
 equally, alike. 
 
 'icraroi, -a>v, ol, also Io~o~o?, -oO, n, 
 Issus, the most eastern city 
 upon the coast of Cilicia. 
 
 to~Tnpi, f. ernjerco, 1 a. i'o~rno~a, to 
 place, station; 1 a. m. to-rtjo-d- 
 pnv, to have set up or erected for 
 one's self: intrans. forms, pf. 
 (a-rnKa as pres., 2 a. eo-rrjv, and 
 Mid. except 1 a^-, to stand, stand 
 one's ground. See ^f 48, 
 §§ 233, 237, 257. /3. 
 
 Icr)(vp6s, -a, -ov (io~)(vs, strength), 
 strong, severe. 
 
 lo-xvpC)s (Icrxvpos), strongly, exceed- 
 ingly, very,veliemently, severely 
 
 io-^o), see e^o>. 
 
 'iarcos (io-os), equally, probably, per- 
 haps. 
 
 l\BCs, -vos, 6, fish. 
 
 "iX.viov, -ov (i)(vos, track, § 312. N.) f 
 track, footstep. 
 
 Kadd {kotu a), accordizig as. 
 
 Kadfvdoi (nard, evbu>, to sleep, f. 
 tvdi]o-(o, § 222. 3), to sleep. 
 For augment, see § 192. 3. 
 
 Kadr/pai (Kara, ijpai, to sit, ^f 59, 
 $ 275. £), to sit down. 
 
 KaQio-rrjpi ((card, lo-rqpi, f. arijaio, 
 pf. eoTTjica), to station, appoint; 
 in the intrans. forms, to station 
 one's self, settle down. 
 
 Kai, and; also, even (§ 657. y); 
 Kal . . Kai, both . . and. See 6V. 
 
 Kd'iKos, -ov, 6, Calcus, a river of 
 Mysia. 
 
 Kaito, f. Kavo~u>, pf. KtKavKa(§ 267. 
 3), to burn, kindle, set on fire 
 
 KaKos, -i], -ov, bad, evil, vile; bad 
 in ivar, cowardly; to kukov, 
 subst., evil, harm. For com- 
 parison, see § 160. 
 
 KaXeai, f. KnXoro), pf. KfKXrjKa 
 ($ 261), to CALL. 
 
 KaXXipa^os, -ov, Callimachus, a 
 lochagus from Parrhasia in Ar- 
 cadia, distinguished for bravery. 
 
 KaXos, -rj, -6v, beautiful, fine, fair , 
 favorable, honorable, ?wble, good. 
 Comp. KaXXiav, sup. KaXXiaros- 
 'Aya66s refers more to the essen- 
 tial quality of an object, and 
 KaXos more to the impression 
 which it produces upon the eye 
 or mind. 
 
 RdXirr], -t)s, Calpe, a harbour upon 
 the coast of Bithynia. 
 
 KaXas (koXos), beautifully, honor- 
 ably, well. 
 
 Kdvo~vs,-vos, 6, a robe with sleeves, 
 worn by Persians of rank. 
 
 KairiraSoKia, -as, Cappadocia, a 
 large province in the eastern 
 part of Asia Minor. 
 
 Kapdovxos, -ov, 6, a Carduchian, 
 or one of the Cardiichi, a race 
 
KapSoC^oy 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 KXeaprroy 
 
 105 
 
 of fierce and independent moun- 
 taineers upon the east of the 
 Tigris, from whom the modern 
 Kurds have derived their lineage 
 and name. 
 
 xapnala, -as, carpcea, a kind of 
 dance. 
 
 Kara, prep., down: wi gen., down 
 f rom, down: w. ace, down 
 along or down to; beside, by, 
 at, over against; according to. 
 In composition, it usually signi- 
 fies down or against, or implies 
 completion. 
 
 Kara^alvco [KaTa,f3alva>, f.firjcropai, 
 pf. jSe'^xa, 2 a. efinv), to go 
 down, descend. 
 
 Kardf3ao-is, -ea>s, fj (Karafiaiva)), de- 
 scent, return from Central Asia 
 to the sea-coast. 
 
 xardyeios, -ov (Kara, yrj) , under- 
 ground, subterranean. 
 
 KarayeXdo) (Kara, yeXdco, f. -acro- 
 bat), to laugh at, deride, sneer 
 at. 
 
 KaTaia-)(yva> [Kara, atcr^L^w, f. -vva>), 
 to disgrace. 
 
 KciTaKa[vo> (Kara, Kaiva>, to kill, f. 
 Kava, 2 a. enavov, § 2G7), to kill. 
 
 KaTaKaio) (Kara, Kaia>, f. Kavcra, pf. 
 KeKavKa), to burn down, con- 
 sume. 
 
 Kardiceipai (Kara, Kelpai, f. Kei'cro- 
 pai) , to lie down, recline. 
 
 KaraKOTTTO) (Kara, kotttco, f. ko^co, 
 pf. Kc<o(pa), to cut down, cut in 
 pieces. 
 
 KaraXap^dvco (koto, \ap(3dvco, f. 
 Xrjyp-opai, pf. eWrjcpa, 2 a. e'Xa- 
 fiov), to seize, take possession of. 
 
 KaTaKfiTTU) [koto, XeiVa), f. -^co, pt. 
 \e\oi7ra, 2 a. eknrov), to leave 
 behind or alive. 
 
 xa-ape'vea (Kara, pevco, f. pevco, pf. 
 pepevvica), to stay behind, con- 
 tinue. 
 
 KaraTTepTra) (nard, neprrco, f. -tyco, 
 pf. neiroprpa) , to send down, as 
 from Central Asia to the sea- 
 coast. 
 
 KaTawTjbdco (xard, irrjhdco, f. -no~co, 
 to leap), to leap down. 
 
 Kazan pdrrco (Kara, Trpdrrco, f. -£a> 
 pf. Trenpdxa) , to accomplish ; 
 Mid., to accomplish for one's 
 self, obtain. 
 
 KaracrTpeCpco (Kara, errpeepco, to 
 twist, turn, f. -\^«, § 259. a), 
 to overturn; Mid., to subject to 
 one's self, subdue, conquer. 
 
 Karepyd£opai (Kara, e'pyd£opai, f. 
 -dcropai, pf. eipyacrpai), to ac- 
 complish. 
 
 Kara [Kara), adv., down. 
 
 KtyXpos, -ov, 6, f], millet, a small 
 grain. 
 
 ne'ipai, f. Keicropai (% 60, § 232), 
 to lie ; lie dead. 
 
 KeXevco, f. -evcrco, pf. KeneXevKa, to 
 command, bid. 
 
 kcvos, -x], -ov, empty, vain, ground- 
 less. 
 
 Kevrp^rns, -ov, Centrites, a river 
 flowing between Armenia and 
 the land of the Carduchi. 
 
 KtpaVVVpl, f. K€pd<T(0 ($ 293), to 
 
 mingle, mix. 
 Kepas, Kepdros, contr. Kepcos (§ 10-4), 
 
 to, horn, wing of an army. 
 KepacjovvTios, -ov, 6 (Kepaaovs, 
 
 Cerasus, a Sinopian colony in 
 
 Pontus), a Cerasuntian. 
 KtcpaXrj, -rjs, head. 
 Kypv£, -vkos, 6 {ktjpvtto)), herald. 
 
 KTlpVTTCO, f. -v|tt), pf. KfKTjpVXa, tO 
 
 proclaim. 
 
 KiXiKia, -as (Ki'Xi£), Cilicia, the 
 southeastern province of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 Ki'Xi^, -ikos, 6, a Cilician. 
 
 Ki'Xtcro-a, -rjs (KiX»|, §§ 311. d, 
 313. r.), a Cilician woman 
 (used in speaking of the queen 
 of Cilicia). 
 
 K\eayopas,-ov, Cleagoras, a paint- 
 er of Phlius. 
 
 KXeavdpos, -ov, Oleander, Lace- 
 daemonian prefect of Byzantium. 
 
 KXedvcop, -opos, Clednor, an Ar- 
 cadian, chosen general in the 
 place of Agias. 
 
 KXedperos, -ov, Clearetus, one of 
 the lochagi, who lost his life in 
 a wicked enterprise. 
 
106 
 
 KXtapxos VOCABULARY. 
 
 \lfiTjV 
 
 KXeapxos, -ov, Clearchus, a Lace- 
 daemonian exile, a lover of war 
 for its own sake, and the gener- 
 al most honored and trusted by 
 Cyrus. 
 
 AcXf/co, f. -cro> (§ 270. 10), to shut, 
 close. 
 
 Kvrjfiii, -ISoy, f) (Kvr)pr], the leg from 
 the knee to the ancle), greave, 
 a piece of armour for the leg. 
 
 Koyx>], -vs, Lat. concha, cockle or 
 muscle, a kind of shell-fish. 
 Der. conch. 
 
 koivus, -tj, -ov, common, joint; 
 Koivfi [sc. 68a, § 320. 2. b], in 
 common, jointly, together. 
 
 Ko\a>v6s, -oil, 6, hill, mound. 
 
 KOTTTdt, 1. KO\|/CO, pf. KfKO(pa (§ 272. 
 
 a), to cut ; to strike or beat upon, 
 
 knock at a door or gate. 
 KopcrcoTT], -ijs, Corsote, a large but 
 
 desert city of Mesopotamia. 
 Kovcpas (Kovcpos, light), lightly, 
 
 nimbly. 
 Kpavos, -(os, to, helmet. 
 Kpareo (Kpdros), f. -i)aa>, pf. Keicpd- 
 
 rnna, to control, govern, con- 
 quer. 
 KpdncTTos, best, noblest, sup. of 
 
 dyados. 
 Kpdros, -eos, to, strength, might. 
 Kpavyf], -tjs (/cpd£a), to cry out), 
 
 outcry, clamor. 
 Kptas, g. Kpiaos, contr. Kpias, pi. 
 
 Kpeaa, contr. Kpea, flesh, meat; 
 
 chiefly used in the plur. 
 KpeiTTeov, belter, superior, comp. of 
 
 dyaOos. 
 Kprjvt], -rjs, fountain. 
 Kpr)s, -t]t6s, 6, a Cretan, an in- 
 habitant of the large island 
 
 south of the iEgean, now Can- 
 
 dia. 
 Kpidrj, -rjs, barley; usually in the 
 
 plur. 
 Kpiva), f. KpXvto, pf. KticpXna (§ 217. 
 
 a), to judge. 
 Kplo-cs, -tots, tj ((cptVco), trial by a 
 
 judge. 
 lerdouai, f. KTrjaopat, to acquire; 
 
 pf. K€KTvuai, 3 f. K£KTi']0-opai, to 
 
 possess (v,§233, 234). 
 
 K.Tt]o-[as, -ov, Ctesias, a physician 
 from Cnidus, who was in the 
 service of Art axerxes, and wrote 
 a history of Persia. 
 
 Kvdvos, -ov, 6, Cydnus, a river of 
 Cilicia, flowing through the city 
 of Tarsus. 
 
 kvkKos, -ov, 6, Lat. circulus, circle, 
 ring, inclosure. 
 
 kvk\6q> (kvkKos), f. -u)crw, to encir- 
 cle, surround. 
 
 Kvpos, -ov, Cyrus (surnamed the 
 Younger in distinction from 
 Cyrus the Great, the founder 
 of the Persian monarchy), 
 younger brother of Artaxerxes 
 Mnemon, against whom he 
 made a disastrous expedition, 
 B. C. 401. 
 
 kvcov, kvvos, 6, 7] (§ 106), dog. 
 
 KuiXvu), f. -vera, pi. KeKcoXvKa, to 
 hinder, forbid, prevent. 
 
 Kapdpxns, -ov (Ku>pt], tlpxco), the 
 head man of a village. 
 
 Ka>pri, -rjs, village. 
 
 ~\aya>s,-u>, 6 (§§ 08, 123. y), hare. 
 
 AaKedaipuvtos, -ov, 6 (AaKeSalpow, 
 Lacedamon, also called Sparta, 
 chief city of Laconia), a Lace- 
 daemonian. 
 
 Aukcov, -otvos, 6, a Laconian. 
 
 \ap/3dvco, f. Arjxp'OjUcu, pf. fiXj;dJa, 
 2 a. eXa/3oj/ ($ 290), to take, re- 
 ceive, obtain. 
 
 Adpyj/aKos, -ov, i), Lampsacus, a 
 city of Mysia on the Hellespont. 
 
 Xe'ya), f. \e£a>, [pf. p. XeXey^iot,] to 
 say, speak, mention, relate, pro- 
 pose. 
 
 \(ipa>v, -wvos, 6, meadow. 
 
 \(iira>, f. -\//-a>, pi. \i\onra, 2 u. 
 i'Xnrov (% 37) . to have, quit ; 
 pf. p. \(\appai, to have been 
 left, to remain. 
 
 XfKTtos, -a, -ov (Xeyco), to be said. 
 
 \evKos, -r), -6v, white. 
 
 \r)i£opai, f. -iaopai (Xfi'a, booty), 
 to plunder, ravage, rob. 
 
 Xflarrjr, -ov (krii^opai) , plunderer, 
 robin r. 
 
 \idos, -ov, 6, a stone. 
 
 Xi/irji>, -tvos, 6, harbour, haven. 
 
Xiveos 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 peXc 
 
 107 
 
 XiWo?, -a, -ov, contr. Xivovs, -rj, 
 -ovv (Xlvov , flax) , flaxen, linen. 
 
 Xoyi(opai (Xciyor), f. -lo-opai, to 
 reckon, calculate, suppose. 
 
 Xoyos, -ov, 6 (Xeyco), word, dis- 
 course, narrative, report. 
 
 ^yX7< " r ? 9 ' spear-head, lance. 
 
 Xolttos, -i), -6v (XetVo)), remaining, 
 rest. 
 
 \6(f)os, -ov, 6, ridge, hill. 
 
 Ao^dyoy, -ov, 6 (Xoxos, ayco), the 
 commander of a Xoxos , captain, 
 centurion. 
 
 Xoxos, -ov, 6, a company o$ soldiers, 
 usually containing about 100 
 men. 
 
 AvSi'a, -as (AvSos), Lydia, a rich 
 province in the western part of 
 Asia Minor, once a powerful 
 kingdom. 
 
 AvSios, -a, -ov (AuSo?), Lydian. 
 
 Av86s, -ov, 6, a Lydian. 
 
 AvKsiov, -ov, the Lyceum, a public 
 gymnasium with covered walks, 
 in the eastern suburb of Athens. 
 
 Aiikios, -ov, Lyr.ius, — 1. son of 
 Polystratus, an Athenian, ap- 
 pointed commander of horse 
 among the Greeks ; — 2. a 
 Syracusan, under the command 
 of Clearchus. 
 
 Xvw, f. Xutrw, pf. Xe'Xv/ca (§ 219), 
 to loose, undo, break or violate a 
 treaty or oath. 
 
 fid, adv. of swearing, by. See 
 \ 42G. 6\ 
 
 Mdyvrjs, -nros, 6, a Magnesian, an 
 inhabitant of Magnesia, a part 
 of Thessaly upon the eastern 
 coast. 
 
 MalavSpos, -ov, 6, the Maander, a 
 river separating Lydia from 
 Caria and from a part of Phry- 
 gia, so remarkable for its wind- 
 ing course through its rich al- 
 luvial plain, that it has given a 
 name to the winding of rivers. 
 
 fj.aivop.ai, f. p.avovpat, pf. peprjva, 
 to be mad, frenzied, or insane. 
 
 paxpos, -a, -ov, long; paxpdv [sc. 
 686v, § 439. /3], as adv., a long 
 ivay, far. 
 
 Mdxpcov, -avos, 6, a Macronian, or 
 one of the Macrones, a tribe 
 living near Trebizond. 
 
 pdXa, adv., very, very much ; com p. 
 paXXov, more, rather ; sup. pd- 
 Xio-ra, most, especially. 
 
 pavBdvoi, f. pa6i]o-opai, pf. pep,d- 
 dr)Ka, 2 a. i'padov (§ 290), to 
 learn. 
 
 pavreia, -as (pdvris), divination, 
 oracle. 
 
 pdvrts, -eccs, 6, T] (paivopai, to be 
 frenzied), diviner, soothsayer, 
 prophet. 
 
 Mapo-vas, -ov, Marsyas, a Phry- 
 gian, the reputed inventor of 
 the flute. From the tears shed 
 by the shepherds and rural di- 
 vinities of Phrygia for his cruel 
 fate, is fabled to have arisen the 
 river bearing the same name. 
 
 Mdo-Kas, -a, or Mao~K<is, -a (§ 126. 
 2), the Mascas, a river of Meso- 
 potamia. 
 
 pao-ros, -ov, 6, breast (one of the 
 breasts), pap. 
 
 pdxaipa, -as, sword. 
 
 pd^rj, -Tjs (pdxopai), battle. 
 
 pdxop-ai, f. paxtaopai, in Attic 
 always paxovpai, pf. pepdxrjpai. 
 (§ 222. a), to fight. 
 
 Meyapevs, -ices, 6 (Meyapa, Mega- 
 ra, chief city of Megaris), a 
 Megarian. 
 
 piyas, peydXrj, peya (§ 135), 
 great, large. Comp. p,ei£a>v, 
 sup. ptyio~ros. 
 
 pelav, less, comp. of pixpos. 
 
 ptXas, peXaiva, peXav (^f 19), 
 black. 
 
 peXerdco (psXco), f. -rjo-co, to prac- 
 tise. 
 
 piklvrj, -77?, panic, a grain resem- 
 bling millet. 
 
 peXXw, f. peXXi]0~a>, a. ep.eXXr]cra 
 and ^piXXnaa (§§ 189. 1, 222. 
 1), to be about to; to delay. 
 
 peXco, f. pfXrjo-co, pf. pepeXr/xa 
 (§ 222. 2), to concern, be a care 
 to; commonly impers., peXei, it 
 concerns or is a care to, f. p.eXi]- 
 cret, &C. 
 
108 
 
 ptpvrjpai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ptpvnpai, see pipvi)0-KU>. 
 
 pepcjtopai, f. -y^opai, to blaim . 
 
 piv, a prospective particle, mark- 
 ing the words with which it is 
 connected as distinguished from 
 others which follow and with 
 winch the retrospective particle 
 8e is commonly joined. McV . . 
 de may be translated on the one 
 hand . . on the other hand, or 
 indeed . . but. Often, however, 
 p.iv is better omitted in transla- 
 tion. It is usually the second 
 word in its clause, never the 
 first (§ 673. a). 
 
 ptvroi (ptv, Toi), however, yet, 
 certainly. 
 
 fitva>, f. pev£>, pf. ptpivnKa (§ 222. 
 2), Lat. maneo, to remain, wait, 
 trait for. 
 
 Tslivav, -cow?, Meno, from Pharsa- 
 lus in Thessaly, a general of 
 the Greeks, whose character is 
 drawn by Xenophon in dark 
 colors. 
 
 fit'aos, -t), -ov, Lat. medius, mid- 
 dle; to peo-ov, the middle or 
 centre. 
 
 ptaTos, -/;, -6v,full. 
 
 ptrd, among: vv. gen., among 
 (//ring among), with: w. ace, 
 among (going among), after. 
 
 fxeratjv {perd), between. 
 
 ptTuirfpTTTos,-ov (peTantpTra)), sent 
 
 perairepTvai (perd, T7(pna>, f- -tya, 
 pf. irt-nopcpa), to send one after 
 another; Mid., to send for to 
 come to one's self, to sum/mm. 
 
 p(TacrTped)(>i {.yard, (TTptfpco, to 
 twist, turn, f. o-Tpfya, $ 259. 
 a), to turn about, trans.; Mid., 
 to turn one's self about, turn 
 about, intrans. 
 
 piTt^o* (pern, e^ai, f. e£o), pf. 
 
 (<TxiKa, 2 a. eo-^oj/), to partake 
 oj, take part in. 
 
 ptXPt{s, 67. 2), as far an, until. 
 
 pi], adv., not; conj., lest ($001). 
 Poi the distinction between pi] 
 and or. ;is negative advei I 
 ^ 017. 2, Notes on Less. I. 2, 
 
 and page 68. h. In a condition- 
 al sentence, pi] is commonly 
 used in the condition, and ov in 
 the conclusion. 
 
 pj]8(ts, pt]8epia, p-qhtv (prjBe, 7l0t 
 (run, fis), no one, no. 
 
 MqSoadSijs, -ov, Medosadcs, am- 
 bassador of Seuthcs. 
 
 prjKfTi [/xt], en, § 68. a), no longei . 
 
 pi]v, fitjvos, 6, Lat. mensis, month 
 
 pr/v, indeed, surely, certainly. 
 
 prjirore (pi], TTort), never. 
 
 p.T)TT)p,fiT)Tp6s (§ 100. 2), Lat. ma- 
 ter, MOTHER. 
 
 pla, fern, of efy, one. 
 
 Midas, -ov, Midas, king of Phry- 
 gia, famed for his power of 
 changing all he touched to gold, 
 and for having the ears of an 
 ass. 
 
 MidpiSdri]?, -ov, Mithridatcs, sa- 
 trap of Lycaonia and Cappado- 
 cia, and friend of Cyrus. 
 
 piKpos, -d, -6u, small, little. For 
 comparison, see § 100. 
 
 Mt'Xrjroy, -ov, f], Miletus, an Ionian 
 city upon the coast of Caria, 
 famed for its early commerce, 
 arts, wealth, and refinement. 
 
 pip.topai, f. -rjo-opai, pf. ptpiprjpai, 
 Lat. imitor, to imitate. 
 
 pipvj]o-Kco, f. p.vl]0-<x> ($ 285), to re- 
 mind ; pf. p. ptpvnpai as pres. 
 (^ 233, 234. /3), 3 f. p ( pvi](ro- 
 pat, 1 f. pvrjo-Bi'jcropai, a. tpi)- 
 o-Qnv, Lat. memini, to remem- 
 ber, make mention of 
 
 piadds, -ov, 6, hire, pay, icages. 
 
 pvda,-das, contr. pvii, -us, a mina, 
 = about S 17.00. 
 
 pu\is, with difficulty, hardly, 
 scared;/. 
 
 p6\vfit)os, -ov, 6, bad. 
 
 puvos, -rj, -ov, alone, only. 
 
 pov, pot, pe, oblique cases of eyu. 
 
 pn^Xos, -ov, 6, bar. 
 
 pvpioi, -at, -a, ten thousand. Der. 
 m via AD. 
 
 Muo-or, -ov, Mysut, a Mvsian in 
 the army of the Greeks. 
 
 vudg, -ov, CQntr. Vfo'n-, -co ($ OS. #), 
 ( '). t' iii/i/r. 
 
vavap\os 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 07777 
 
 109 
 
 vavapxos, -ov, 6 (vavs, ap^co), ad- 
 miral. 
 
 vats, veu>s, 17 (§ 121. 6), Lat. na- 
 vis, ship. NaO? was commonly 
 applied to ships of war, and 
 77X0101/ to other vessels. 
 
 vtaviaKos, -ov, 6 (vtos), young man. 
 
 veKpos, -ov, 6, dead body, corpse. 
 
 vepco, f. vepco, pf. veveprjKa (§ 222. 
 2), to distribute, portion out. 
 
 veos, -a, -ov, new, young. 
 
 vevpov, -ov, cord. Der. nerve. 
 
 ve<pe\r], -77? (ve(pos, cloud), cloud. 
 
 NeW, -ccvos, Neon, an Asina?an, 
 lieutenant and successor to 
 Chirisophus. 
 
 vecos, -co, see vaos. 
 
 ytlxavSpos, -ov, Nicander, a Lace- 
 demonian who slew Dexippus 
 in Thrace. 
 
 VlKaCO (VIKT]) , f. -TJO-(0, pf. VeVlKTJKa, 
 
 to conquer, win. 
 
 vIktj, -ns, victory. 
 
 vopt£co (vopos), f. -10-a, pf. vevopiKa, 
 to think, consider, regard. 
 
 vopos, -ov, 6 (vepco), law, custom; 
 tune. 
 
 voos,voov, contr. vovs, vov, 6, mind, 
 intellect. 
 
 votos, -ov, 6, south ivind. 
 
 WKTepeva) (vv£), f- -evo~ca, to pass 
 the night. 
 
 WKTO(pv\a^, -alios, 6 (vv£, (fiv\a£, 
 guard) , a night-sentinel. 
 
 vvv, Lat. nunc, now, at the present 
 time. 
 
 vvt-, vvktos, 17, Lat. nox, night. 
 
 Sevlas, -ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
 in Arcadia, a general in the ser- 
 vice of Cyrus, who took offence 
 and deserted. 
 
 £evi£a> (£evos), f. -icrco, to entertain 
 as a guest. 
 
 £evos, -ov, 6, stranger, guest, host. 
 
 £evo<fia>v, -cqvtos, Xenophon, an 
 Athenian, distinguished as a 
 general, historian, and philoso- 
 pher, the principal leader of the 
 Greeks in their retreat, and the 
 author of the Anabasis. 
 
 £v\i£opai (|vXoi/), f. -Icropai, to 
 gather wood. 
 
 10 
 
 £v\ov, -ov, stick of wood, beam ; 
 
 pi. wood, timber. 
 £ui>. For £vv and its compounds, 
 
 see o-iv, &c. 
 6, 17, to', the. See ty 147 f, 
 
 „ 467 f - 
 
 oySoo?, -77, -ov (6ktu>) , eighth. 
 
 66V, ,76V, T06V (6, -6c, § 150), this, 
 
 the following. See § 512 f. 
 686s, -ov, fj, ivay, road. 
 66iv (5s), whence, from what source, 
 
 from whom or which, 
 oida, f. e'10-op.ai, plup. rjSeiv (^f 58, 
 
 §§237,^301.4), to know. 
 o'lieaBe (oikos, -8e, to, § § 124. /3. 
 
 n., 322), homeward, home. 
 olKelos, -a, -ov (oTkos), bclongijig to 
 
 a house or family; ot olneioi, 
 
 relatives, friends. 
 oiKeco (oikos), f- -770-0), pf. coktjku, to 
 
 inhabit, dwell, 
 olicia, -as (olkos), house. 
 [oikos, -ov, 6, house.] 
 olvos, -ov, 6, Lat. vinum, wine. 
 oivoxpos, -ov, 6 (olvos, X" ' *° 
 
 pour), cupbearer, 
 oiopat, f. ol-fjcropai, a. wr)8nv, to 
 
 think, suppose. For the nude 
 
 _ forms olpai, cSprjv, see § 222. 3. 
 
 otor, -a, -ov, of what nature, what 
 
 kind of. 
 ois, olos, 6, 17 (^[ 14), sheep. 
 olo-co, lut. o{(p€poo. 
 olxopuii, f. oly>f}o~opai, pf. co^Tj/iai 
 
 (§ 222. 3), to depart, be gone. 
 
 See § 579. f. 
 oktco, indecl., eight. 
 oXiyos, -rj, -ov, little; "pi. few. For 
 
 comparison, see § 160. 
 oKos, -T), -ov, WHOLE. 
 opoXoyeco (opos, same, \6yos), f. 
 
 -rjo-co, to agree, confess, acknowl- 
 edge, 
 opus (6p6s), [just the same] never- 
 theless, notwithstanding. 
 6vivr]pc, f. ovrjo-co (§ 284), to bene- 
 ^ ft, profit, 
 ovopa, -aros, to, Lat. nomen, 
 
 name. 
 ovopacrTL (ovopa), by name, 
 ovos, -ov, 6, rj, ass. 
 07777 or orrjj (1 63, § 25. /3), 
 
110 
 
 6wt) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 which way; where, whither ; in 
 
 what way. 
 oTria-6(u,from behind, behind, 
 uiricra), behind. 
 on-Xireua) (67tXi'tt?j), f. -fvaa), to 
 
 serve ax a lu.avy-armcd soldier. 
 on-Xirrjj, -ov (oVXoj/), a heavy- 
 armed foot-soldier, heai-y-armed 
 
 man, hoplite. 
 07t\itik6s, -r), -ov (ottXittjs), relating 
 
 to a hoplite; to StAitikov [sc. 
 
 TrXijdos or orpdrevpa], the in- 
 fantry. 
 ottXov, -ov, tool, implement; pi. 
 
 ottXo, implements of ivar, arms, 
 oirorav (Snore, av) , whenever. 
 Snore (Tf 63), whenever. 
 ottov (^f 63), ivhercver, where, 
 owoos (^f 63), how; in order that, 
 
 that, 
 opaoo, f. o\j/opai, pf. £a>paKa, 2 a. 
 
 elSov (§ 301. 4), to see. 
 opyi<|co (opyij, anger), f. -law, to 
 
 make angry; Mid., to be angry, 
 opyvid, -as, fathom, 
 opdios, -a, -ov (opdos, straight), 
 
 [straight up] steep, 
 opdpos, -ov, 6, early dawn, day- 
 break. 
 6pdu>s (6p66s, straight, right), 
 
 rightly. 
 6pi£co (opos, boundary), f. -/crco, to 
 
 bound, separate as a boundary. 
 opKos, -ov, 6, oath, 
 oppdeo (opprj), f. -rjeco, pf. wppr/Ka, 
 
 to put in motion, urge on ; Mid., 
 
 to set forth. 
 6ppeu> (oppos, anchorage) , f. -?;o\«>, 
 
 to lie at anchor, 
 opprj, -rjs, impulse- 
 6ppl£oo (oppos, anchorage), f. -tVa>, 
 
 to bring to anchor, anchor, 
 
 trans. ; Mid., to come to anchor, 
 
 anchor, intrans. 
 opvis, -Idos, 6, fj (fy 123. y), bird, 
 
 fowl, esp. cock or hen. 
 'Op6iTT]s, -ov, Orontes, a Persian 
 
 nobleman, put to death by Cyrus 
 
 for treason. 
 opos, -tor, to, mountain. 
 upXtopai, f. -ijO-op.ai, a. atpxijadprjv , 
 
 to dance. 
 
 opXlo~is, -fco?, 17 (op\eopat), danc 
 ing, dance. . 
 
 of, 7/, o, who, which, what, that; 
 Ka\ os, and he (§ 491. k). See 
 
 ^ §§ 117 f, 51* f. 
 
 ocros, -t), -ov, as much; pi. as 
 many ; too-ovtoi octoi, as many 
 as. 
 
 oo-Tis, TjTis, 6 tl (os, tis), tchocver, 
 whosoever, ivho, whatever, what. 
 See §§ 153, 519 f, 535 f. 
 
 orav (ore, av), ivhenever. 
 
 ore (Tf 63), wlien. 
 
 on (originally neut. ofoo-rtr ; com- 
 pare Lat. quod and our that), 
 that, because. 
 
 ov (before a vowel ov< or oi>x, 
 § 68. 2), not. See pr}. 
 
 o5 (T[ 23, §$ 112. 2, 507. 6), his, 
 her. 
 
 ovdaur/ (oidapos, no one), in no 
 wise, by no means. 
 
 ovSapov (ovSapos), nowhere. 
 
 ovhe (ov, 8e), nor, not even. 
 
 ovdeis (ovt)e, (Is), ovb)euia, ovb)ev 
 (T 21), 710 one, no; ovSev, 
 subst., nothing. 
 
 ovbeTTco (ovde, 7rd>), not yet. 
 
 ovk, not ; see ov. 
 
 ovKiri (ovk, en), no longer. 
 
 ovv (contr. from the impers. part 
 eov, it being so, from tlpi) 
 shows that the sentence which 
 it introduces follows from, or is 
 connected with, something pre- 
 ceding, either expressed or un- 
 derstood. It is commonly trans- 
 lated therefore or then, some- 
 times yet. After the first place 
 (\} 673. a), it comes as early in 
 the sentence as other words will 
 allow. 
 
 ovnore (ov, TroTt), never . 
 
 oijTra (ov, 7r&>), not yet; by no 
 means. 
 
 ovpavos, -ov, 6, heaven, the heav- 
 ens, shy. 
 
 our, utos, to (§ 104. N.), ear. 
 
 ovre (ov, re), and not; ovrt . . 
 ovre, neither . . Jior. 
 
 ovros, avn), tovto (6, avros), this, 
 pi. these; as pers. pron.. hs, she, 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 war pis 
 
 IK 
 
 it. See 1 24, §§ 150, 502, 
 512 f. 
 
 ovToat, strengthened form of ovros, 
 § 150. y. 
 
 ourco? (outos-), commonly ourto be- 
 fore a cons. (^ 67. 2), thus, so. 
 
 oi>x, not ; see ov. 
 
 6(peiXu>, f. -r']<TG), pf. ucpeiXrjKa, to 
 owe, ought. The 2 a. w<peXov 
 is used to express wish (§§ 590. 
 n., 567. y). 
 
 ocpBaXpos, -ov, 6 (o7r-, § 301. 4), 
 
 o^vpi'is, -d, -6v (i\<o), strong (easily 
 held or defended). 
 
 6^e, adv., late. 
 
 oyjfopat, fut. of 6pda>. 
 
 naideia, -as (irai8evoi) , education, 
 discipline, training. 
 
 [iraidevco (irals), f. -evaco, to edu- 
 cate.] 
 
 nais, iraidos, 6, t/, child; boy, girl; 
 son, daughter. 
 
 naiu), f. iraiaa>, pf. TTtiraiKa, to 
 strike. 
 
 iraioovifa (iraiav, paian), f. -lo~a>, to 
 sing the pecan. 
 
 rrdXiv, again, back. 
 
 iravrdirdai(v, ^ 66 ; Trdvra sratri, 
 from iras), all in all, altogether, 
 entirely. 
 
 navraxr] (jras), everywhere, every 
 ivay. 
 
 iravrn (iras), throughout, every- 
 where. 
 
 iravToSairos, -rj, -ov (iras), oj every 
 kind, various. 
 
 irdw (irds), altogether, at all; very. 
 
 irapd, beside: w. gen., from beside, 
 from: w. dat., at tlie side of, be- 
 side, near, icith: w. ace, to the 
 side of, to ; along side of, along, 
 beside. See els, e£, irpos, and 
 § 651. y. 
 
 irapayyiXXa) (irapd, dyyeXXco, f. 
 -iXas, pf. ijyyekKa), to pass the 
 ivord. 
 
 irapddeio-os, -ov, 6, park. Der. 
 
 PARADISE. 
 
 irapa$i8a>pt. [irapa, hlha>p.i, f. SaxrtB, 
 pf. 8e8(ona, a, e'Soxca), to give 
 over, deliver up, give out. 
 
 napaKaXidi (irapd, KaXeco, f- -ecro), 
 pf. KtK\t]Ka),to call to one's self, 
 call in, summon; to call to, ex- 
 hort, encourage. 
 
 TvapuK€ipat (Trapd, Keipai, f. KfiVo- 
 pai), to lie beside or before. 
 
 irapaXapftdva (irapd, Xapfidvai, i. 
 Xr']\^opat, pf. e'iXrjcpa, 2 a. e'Xa- 
 /3oi/), to take or receive from 
 another, succeed to. 
 
 irapapeXeco (irapd, dpfXea, f. -ijaco), 
 to disregard, treat icith neglect. 
 
 irapaTrXeco (irapd, irXeco, f. irXevao- 
 pai, pf. TrerrXevKa), to sail by or 
 along side of. 
 
 Tvapappiui (irapd, pea, f. pvrjaopai, 
 pf. eppvnua), to flow by ov beside. 
 
 Trapao-dyyrjs, -ov, parasang, a Per- 
 sian measure of distance, equal 
 to about 3£ miles. 
 
 irapaTidrjpt, (Trapd, rldrjpt, f. drjarco, 
 pf. redeiKa, a. edrjKa), to place 
 beside; Mid., to place by one's 
 own side. 
 
 Trdpeipi, (Trapd, elpi, f. ecro/xat), to 
 be by or present ; hence to come to 
 the aid of. 
 
 Trapipxpp-ai (irapa, epxopat, f. 
 eXevo-opai, pf. eXnXvda, 2 a. 
 rjXdov), to go by, pass by or 
 through, pass. 
 
 7rapex<x> (irapd, e^co, f. e£co and 
 cr^cro), pf. e<T^7j/ca, 2 a. ecr^of), 
 to offer to, put in the hands of. 
 
 irdpohos, -ov, fj (irapd, 6Sor), a way 
 by, passage, pass. 
 
 Hapvo-aTis, -ihos, Parysatis, half- 
 sister and wife of Darius No- 
 thus, and mother of Artaxerxes 
 Mnemon and Cyrus. 
 
 irds, irdaa, irav (T[ 19), all, the 
 whole, every. 
 
 Hao-icov, -avos, Pasion, a Mesrari- 
 an general in the service of Cy- 
 rus, who took offence and de- 
 serted. 
 
 Tvaax^, f- ireio-opai, pf. ireirovda, 
 2 a. enadov (§ 281. e),to suffer. 
 
 iran'ip, narpos (§ 106. 2), Lat. pa- 
 ter, FATHER. 
 
 irarpls, -i8os, rj (Trarfjp), father-land, 
 native land or city, one's country. 
 
112 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nXevpd 
 
 irava), f. iravcru), pf. Treiravica, to 
 make to cease, stop, trans. ; Mid. , 
 to cease, rest from, slop, in- 
 trans. 
 
 UacpXayaiv, -ovos, 6, a Paphlago- 
 ntan, one of a tribe dwelling 
 upon the northern coast of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 irtbiov, -ov (iribovi ground), plain. 
 
 TTt'idco, f. Treio-ay, pf. TreTrtiKa, a. 
 «7re«ra, to persuade; 2 pf. irt- 
 iroi9a,to trust; Pass, and Mid., 
 to be persuaded, believe, listen to, 
 obey, comply. See % 39. 
 
 weipdu>, f. -acrco, oftener ireipdopai, 
 f. -acropai, to try, attempt, en- 
 deavour, strive. 
 
 Heiaidrjs, -ov, or UiaiSrjs, -ov, a 
 Pisidian. The Pisidians were 
 a race of wild, tameless robbers, 
 dwelling upon Mount Taurus. 
 
 DLeXoTTovvrjo-os , -ov, i) [TliXorvos vrj- 
 cros, the island of Pelops), the 
 peninsula forming the southern 
 part of Greece, now the Morea. 
 
 ireXrao-Trjs, -ov (neXTn), targeteer. 
 
 jt«'Xt>7, -ns, target. 
 
 irepirros, -t), -op (mire) , fifth. 
 
 Trtpna>, f. -\^o), pt. jrenopcpa (§ 236. 
 a), to send. 
 
 niure, indecl., five. 
 
 7rfz/re»caiSeKa (TreWe Ka\ diKa), fif- 
 teen. 
 
 7TfvrrjKovra [irevrt), indecl., fifty. 
 
 7rep8i£, -lkos, 6, rj, partridge. 
 
 ire pi, around, about: w. gen., about, 
 concerning, in respect to, for: 
 w. ace, around, about, towards. 
 
 ntpiyiyvopai (trtpi, ylyvopai, f. 
 yevrjaopai, pf. yeytvrjpai and yi- 
 youa, 2 a. £yev6pr)v), to be su- 
 ji/rior, prevail over. 
 
 Trtpuxo> {ire pi, e'x<w, f. e£ca and 
 (r^^crci), pf. <=o~xnKa, 2 a. 'da^ov), 
 to ( ncompass, protect. 
 
 TTepucrTripi (irtpi, 'Harnpi, f. aTt'jaco, 
 pf. to-TTjKa), to station around; 
 in the intrans. forms, to stand 
 around or about. 
 
 TrtpiKVKXdu) (irepi, kv kXuoi, f. -u>au>), 
 to make a circle around; Mid., 
 to gather in a circle around. 
 
 nepipeva) {irepi, pti>u>, f. ptvu>, pf. 
 
 ptptvrjKu), to slay about, stay, 
 
 trait for. 
 HepivBos, -ov, fj, a city of Thrace 
 
 upon the Propontis. 
 irepiohos, -ov, f] (nepi, 686s), way 
 
 round, circuit. I)er. period. 
 •nepippiu) (nepi, peco, f. pvrjoropai, 
 
 pf. tppvrjKa), to fiow around, to 
 
 surround (of a stream). 
 7repio-Tavp6a> (rrtpi, cravpoco, to 
 
 palisade, f. -dxrw), to palisade 
 
 around, 
 ■n-fpio-repa, -as, dove, pigeon. 
 7repi<pfpa> (nepi, cptpco, f. otcro), pf 
 
 fvrjvo^a, 1 a. rjveyna, 2 a. r'jvty- 
 
 nov), to carry round. Der. 
 
 PERIPHERY. 
 
 Uipar)?, -ov, a Persian. 
 
 IlfpcrtKoy, -j], -6v (Ilfpo-Tjs), Per- 
 sian. 
 
 neropai, f. Trerrjaopai, commonly 
 TTTijaopiai, pf. TTtnorripai (fy 287), 
 to fly, as a bird. 
 
 irtrpa, -as, rock, mass of rock, large 
 stone. 
 
 irnyf], -rjs, a spring. 
 
 ■KTjyvvui, f. 7rj)l;a> (§ 294), to make 
 fast or solid, stiffen, freeze, 
 trans. ; 2 pf. TrtTrnya, as intrans. 
 pres. , to be stiff ox frozen ; Mid., 
 to become solid, freeze, intrans. 
 
 ttivco, f. iriopai, pf. Trin<>)Ka, 2 a. 
 e7noi/ (§ 278), to drink. 
 
 ■jTiTrpdo-Koi, pf. TTiirpaKa (§ 285), to 
 sell. 
 
 ir'nTTO), f. Treaovpai, pf. jreVrcoKa, 
 2 a. eireo-ou (§ 286), to fall. 
 
 iricrrevcQ (irlans, faith, from ird- 
 6a>), f. -evo*co, to put faith in, 
 confide in, trust. 
 
 tticttos, -r), -ov {7rtida>), faithful ; rd 
 iriard, pledges. 
 
 mo-Torns, -tjtos, 17 (itio-tos), faith- 
 fulness, fidelity. 
 
 nXtOpov, ov, a hundred /<</, a 
 measure of length. 
 
 ifXtioDv or irXtiov, more, and 7rXeI- 
 otos, most, comp. and sup. of 
 ttoXvs- 
 
 irXtvpd, -as, rib, side. Der. pleu- 
 risy. 
 
TrXea 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 TrpaTTco 
 
 113 
 
 nXeco, f. irXeviro), commonly TrXeu- 
 cropat. or rrXevorovpai, pf. ne- 
 nXevna ($ 220), to sail. 
 
 [■rrXeas, Ion. nXios (§ 135), /u/Z.] 
 
 77X7777, -rjs (ttXtjttco) , a i/oif. 
 
 rrXr/dos, -eos, to (7rXij#a>), fulness, 
 multitude; amount or length of 
 time. 
 
 TrXrjSiO, pf. poet. TTtTrXrjda (7rXea>j), 
 to be full. 
 
 ttXtjv, except, but. 
 
 TrXtjprjs, -es (rrXeas) , full . 
 
 ttXtjo-iov (rreXas, near), adv., near; 
 comp. (§ 161. 2) TrXrjcnciiTepos, 
 nearer, sup. TTXrjo-iairaros, near- 
 ls± next. 
 
 TrXrjTTco, f. 7rXr]£a>, 2 pf. TTiTrXrjya 
 (§ 274), to strike, ivound. 
 
 ttXoIov, -ov (nXeoi), vessel (for sail- 
 ing), transport-vessel, ship, boat. 
 See i>aus. 
 
 7i"Xdoj, -oou, contr. ttXovs, -ov, 6 
 (wXea), sailing, voyage. 
 
 Trvevpa, -aros, to {rrvea), breeze, 
 wind. Der. pneumatics. 
 
 TTve.cn, f. Trvevo~c0, commonly Trvevcro- 
 juat or rrvevcrovfiai, pf. TrerrvevKa 
 (§ 220), to breathe, blow. 
 
 7roua>, f. -r;crw, pf -reno ir]Ka, to make, 
 do ; ev TToielv, to do good to, treat 
 well; Mid., to ma&e to one's self, 
 esteem, regard. See TTparra. 
 
 TTOirjTeos, -a, -ov (ttouo>), to be done. 
 
 ttoIos, -a, -ov (% 63), of ichat na- 
 ture? of what kind? 
 
 TroXepeoi (rroXepos), f. -T)0~a>, to 
 make war. 
 
 rroXepios, -a, -ov [iroXepos], hostile, 
 of the enemy ; noXepios, subst., 
 enemy ; 01 TroXeptoi, the enemy. 
 
 woXepos, -ov, 6, war. 
 
 TToXiopKeco (ttoXis, epnos, inctosure), 
 f. -Tjo-co, to besiege. 
 
 ttoXls, -eu>s, 77, city. 
 
 TroXtri;?, -ov [ttoXis), citizen. Der. 
 
 POLITICS. 
 
 ■jtoXXcikis (ttoXvs), many times, of- 
 ten. 
 
 TroXXanXdo~ios , -a, -ov (ttoXvs, -rrXd- 
 crior, § 138. 5), many times as 
 much or many. 
 
 TIoXvvTkos, -ov, Polynicus, a Lace- 
 10* 
 
 daemonian envoy, sent to the 
 army by Thibron. 
 
 ttoXvs, TroXXr], ttoXv (§ 135), much , 
 pi. many; of time, long; ttoXv, 
 as adv., much, very. 
 
 HoXvo-Tparos, -ov, Polystralus, fa- 
 ther of Lycius the Athenian. 
 
 Troveco (ttovos), f. -rjo~a>, pf. rreTTO- 
 vi]Ka, to toil, labor. 
 
 Trovrjpos, -a, -ov (ttovos), pcrniciou. 
 mischievous, wicked, bad. 
 
 ttovos, -ov, 6 (rrevopai, to work Jor 
 a living, be poor), toil, labor. 
 
 Hovtos, -ov, 6, a name given both 
 to the Euxine or Black Sea 
 (ttovtos ev^eivos, hospitable sea), 
 and also to its southern coast 
 (afterwards specially applied to 
 the eastern part ot this coast) 
 
 nopela, -as (rropev(o) , journey, 
 march. 
 
 Tropevreos, -a, -ov (iropeva>), to be 
 travelled. 
 
 TTopevat (rropos, passage, way), f. 
 -evo~a>, to transport; Mid. ,iropev- 
 opai, f. -evaopai, pf. Tvenupev- 
 pai, a. eiropevdrjv, to travel, jour- 
 ney, march, proceed upon a marcli 
 ot journey. 
 
 TTOpi^CO, f. -ICTO), pf. TTlTTOplKa, to 
 
 furnish. 
 
 Tropcpvpeos, -ea, -eov, contr. nopepv- 
 povs, -a, -ovv (rropcpvpa, the pur- 
 ple fish), purple. 
 
 ttocjos, -j], -ov (^f 63), how much? 
 pi. how many? 
 
 Trorapos, -ov, 6, river. 
 
 [rroTe (^[ 63), at some or any time, 
 once, ever.] 
 
 rrorepos, -a, -ov (1 63, § 316. 2), 
 which or whether of the two? 
 TTorepov or rrorepa, as adv., 
 whether. 
 
 ttov ("[[ 63, § 732), somewhere. 
 
 TTovs, nobos, 6, Lat. pes, foot. 
 
 TTpaypa, -aros, to (TrpaTTco), thing 
 done, affair, circumstance ; rrpdy- 
 para, business, trouble. 
 
 Trpavi'js, -es, steep. 
 
 TTpaos,TTpaei~a,TTpuov (§ 135), gen- 
 tle, tame. 
 
 TrpaTTco, f. -£<b, pf- TTeTrpaxa (% 38y 
 
114 
 
 irpaTTa) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nv\n 
 
 to manage, act, do. ITparrw ex- 
 presses rather the management 
 of business or performance of an 
 action; and iroua>, the production 
 of an effect. 
 
 TTpeo-ftfia, -ay (7rpeo-/3eva), to go as 
 an ambassador) , embassy. 
 
 7rp(o-j3vs, -ecoy, 6, old; subst., 
 an elder, an ambassador (the 
 plur. only, in the sense of am- 
 bassadors, was in common use, 
 § 136. a) . Comp. Trpto-fivTfpos, 
 older, elder, sup. irpeo-fivraTos, 
 oldest, eldest. Der. presbyter. 
 
 irplacrOai, 2 a. inf. of uiviopai, to 
 buy. 
 
 TTplv, adv., before, before that. See 
 657. N. 
 
 TTpo, prep., before, in front of. 
 
 npofiaTa, -a>v, -oiy, rd (Trpofialvco, to 
 go forth), animals that go forth 
 to pasture, chiefly used of small 
 cattle, esp. sheep. 
 
 nporjyeopat (rrpo, rjyeopai , f. -T)0~o- 
 pai, pf. ijynpai), to lead forward. 
 
 rrpodvpos, -ov (npo, 6vp6s, spirit), 
 eager, zealous. 
 
 npo'idtaGai, 2 a. m. inf. of irpo- 
 opaa. 
 
 Trpotrjpi (npd, "inpi, f. rjcrco, pf. etxa, 
 a. i]Ka), to send forth; Mid., to 
 send from one's self, give up, 
 betray. 
 
 npoicrrnpi [TTpo, tarn pi, f. arijaco, 
 pf. eo-TT)Ka), to place before; in 
 the intrans. forms, to stand at 
 the head of, preside or rule over. 
 
 llpugevos, -ov, Pro.rrnus, a Boeo- 
 tian, a friend of Xenophon, and 
 one of the Greek generals slain 
 through the treachery of Tissa- 
 phernes. 
 
 TTpoopdoi {7rp6, opdta, f. u\j/opai, pf. 
 tcJipaKa, 2 a. tidov), to sec before- 
 hand, to see one while yet ap- 
 proaching. 
 
 7rpoy (7rp<C§ 648, y ; relating to 
 front, as 7rapd to side, and i§, 
 eV, and ds to interior), \v. gen., 
 [from the front of, from before] 
 from, before; by : w. dat., [at the 
 front of] before, near, upon : in 
 
 addition to: w. ace, [to the 
 front of] to, towards; against, 
 upon ; at ; with reference to, in 
 view of. See ds and fy 651. y 
 
 TrpocrfidWco (irpos, jidXXco, f. fta\a), 
 pf. ftefiXnKa, 2 a. tfiohov), to 
 throw against, make an attack 
 upon. 
 
 irpocreXavvco (7rpdy, iXavva, f. t\d- 
 vu>, pf. c'X^Xa/ca) , to ride to, ride 
 up. 
 
 irpoaep^opai (irpos, ep^opat, f. 
 eXevaopcu, pf. (XrjXvda, 2 a. 77X- 
 6ov), to come or go to, approach, 
 come up. 
 
 ■npdaQev (7rpor), before, previously ; 
 irpoadev tJ, sooner than. 
 
 irpoainpi (wpdy, trjpi, f. fjcru), pf. 
 (Ikci, a. rjKa), to send to; Mid., 
 to [admit to one's presence] ap- 
 prove, allow. 
 
 ivpoaKWiU) (7rpoy, Kvvta), to kiss), 
 f. -rjo-co, to kiss the hand to, do 
 homage to, worship. 
 
 irpoaTrepovdco (wpdy, rrepovdeo, to 
 pin, f. -T)o-a>), to pin or skewer 
 to or upon. 
 
 TTpOCTTTlTTTU) (npuS, TTITTTU), f. 7rfCroC- 
 
 pai, pf. TTfiTTuiKa, 2 a. firta-ov), 
 
 to rush to. 
 7rpoaTp(X<>> {^pds,Tpi\<o, f. Bpapov- 
 
 pai, pf. Be&pdprjKa, 2 a. (dpapov), 
 
 to run to, run up- 
 Tvp6a\<x>pos, -ov (irpds, \oipa), 
 
 if ighbouring. 
 Trportpos, -a, -ov (ftpd, $ 161. 2), 
 
 former, sooner. 
 7rporp/^a> (jrpo, rpe^w, f. bpapoi- 
 
 pai, pf. be^pdpnKa, 2 a. tdpapov) , 
 
 to run forward or forth. 
 TTp6cpaoris,-ea>s, i) (np6,cpr}pi), pre- 
 text. 
 7rpa>Tor, -77, -ov (npo, § 161. 2), 
 
 first; TTpcorov, as adv.. in the 
 
 first place, first, 
 nrdpvvpat, 2 a. tirrapov (§ 295), 
 
 to si. 
 Uvdayopas, -ov, Pythagoras, a 
 
 Lacedaemonian admiral. 
 itvkvSs, -i], -or, close, thick ; irvuvA, 
 
 as adv., often. 
 TrvXrj, -ns, gate; usually in the 
 
7TvX?7 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 (TTa.6fj.6s 
 
 115 
 
 plur., even when a single en- 
 trance is spoken of. 
 
 irvvBdvopai, f. Trevcrofiai, pf. tt£- 
 irvo~p.ai, 2 a. iirv86pr)v (§ 290), 
 to inquire, learn by ingtiiry. 
 
 7Tvp,irvp6s,T6, fire; pi. (Dec. II., 
 § 124. /3) irvpa, watch-fires. 
 
 irvp(TTO) (m'peTos, fever, from irvp), 
 f. -e£co, to be in a fever. 
 
 ■jrvpos, -ov, 6, wheat; usually in the 
 plur. 
 
 nu> (*TJ 63, § 732), in any way, 
 yet; ov . . ira, not yet. 
 
 7T&>A0J, -OV, 6, 7], COlt. 
 
 Trunrore (nu, 7rore), at any time, 
 ever ; stronger than nore. 
 
 ircos (% 63), hoiv ? 
 
 ttcos (TI 63, § 732). in any way, 
 somehow; perchance. 
 
 otccr, f. pvrjaopat, pf. tppvrjKa (§ 264), 
 to flow, run, of a stream. 
 
 pnrTeo) and pinra), f. piS^co, pf. 
 eppt(pa (§ 288), to throw, hurl, 
 throw off. 
 
 ovdpns, -ov, 6, regular movement 
 or lime, rhythm. 
 
 o-a\T7tyKTT]s, -ov (o-aXmy^), trum- 
 peter. 
 
 o-a\iriy£;, -lyyos, fj, trumpet. 
 
 'Zapdeis, -fcoi/, al, Sardis, capital 
 of Lydia, and chief city of the 
 dominions of Cyrus. 
 
 craTpdirr]s, -ov, satrap, a Persian 
 viceroy or governor of a prov- 
 ince. 
 
 luTvpos, -ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous 
 hein?, half man and half goat. 
 
 'S.eXivovs, -ovvtos, 6, Selinus, the 
 name of a river flowing by 
 Ephesus, and of another flowing 
 through the grounds of Xeno- 
 phon at Scillus. 
 
 2evdr]s, -ov, Seuthcs, a Thracian 
 prince, assisted by the Greek 
 army to recover his hereditary 
 dominions. 
 
 crnpaiva, f. -ava> (or/pa, Sign), to 
 give a sign or signal, signify. 
 
 anpelou, -ov (arjpa), signal, mark. 
 
 o-Tjcrapov, -ov, sesame, a seed used 
 in the East for food. 
 
 criyr), -r)s, silence. 
 
 2iXdv6s, -ov, Sildnus, an Ambra- 
 cian soothsayer who deserted 
 the army. 
 
 2iv<ott(vs, -e'eo?, 6 {2iva-nn, Sinope 
 an important city upon the coast 
 of Paphlagonia, founded by a 
 colony from Miletus) , a Sinopi 
 an. 
 
 StraAfcay, -ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
 tial song named from a king of 
 Thrace. 
 
 (rli-or, -ov, 6, pi. t<x crlra (§ 125. a), 
 com, grain, bread. 
 
 o~Kt\os, -eos, to, leg. 
 
 o-KtTTTtos, -a, -op (crKenTopai, to 
 consider) , to be considered. 
 
 o-KTjvda) and cKrjvtco, f. -rjo-co (<tkt]- 
 pi)), to encamp, be encamped. 
 
 0-ktjvi], -rjs, lent. Der. scene. 
 
 ckotos, -ov, 6, and o~k6tos, -eos, to 
 (§ 125. y), darkness. 
 
 "2kv6t]s, -ov, a Scythian ; 2kv6ol to- 
 £o'tch, Scythian archers, so call- 
 ed from their being armed in 
 Scythian fashion. 
 
 2kv61v6s, -ov, 6, a Scythinian, or 
 one of the Scyl/uni, a tribe in 
 Armenia. 
 
 o-Kv\eva> (aKiiXa, spoils), f. -evcro), 
 to strip off the arms of a slain 
 enemy. 
 
 2piKpns, -rjTos, Smicres, an Area 
 dian commander, slain near 
 Calpe by the Thracians. 
 
 o~navi£a (o-ndvis, lack), f. -law, to 
 lack, want, be in want of. 
 
 o-7Tfipa>, f. enrepa) (§ 268), to soiv, 
 scatter. 
 
 anevBco, f. aireio-ix) (§ 222) , to make 
 a libation ; Mid., to make a trea- 
 ty, peace, or truce. See o-novbrj. 
 
 anevdeo, f. o~Trevo~a>, to hasten. 
 
 enrovhrj, -i]s (cmevSco), libation; pi- 
 o-TTovdal, truce, treaty, peace, be- 
 cause made with libations. 
 
 o~Trov8aio\oyeopai (o~7rovdaios, ear- 
 nest, Xoyoy), f. -T]o~opai, to en- 
 gage in earnest conversation, 
 converse seriously. 
 
 CTahiov, -ov, pi. Ta o~Ta8ia and oi 
 crraStot, Lat. stadium, furlong. 
 
 o-Tadpos, -ov, 6 (IcrTnpi), station; 
 
116 
 
 aradpAs 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 avvfpxoptu 
 
 day's march or journey, as the 
 distance travelled from station 
 to station. 
 
 aravpos, -ov, 6, slake, pale. 
 
 crreXXco, f. crreXco, pf. earaXKa 
 (§ 277. a), to equip, array, send. 
 
 arevos, -r), -6i/, narrow. 
 
 are<pavos, -ov, 6 (err/epco, to encir- 
 cle, crown), a crown. 
 
 <tt7]\t), -tjs, pillar. 
 
 tn-Xeyyi'y, -ibos, rj, flesh-comb, scrap- 
 er. 
 
 aroXos, -ov, 6 (areXXco), a setting 
 forth upon a journey or march, 
 expedition, journey. 
 
 ardpa, -aros, to, mouth. 
 
 arpdrevpa, -otos, to {aTpareva)) , 
 armed force, division of an ar- 
 my, army. 
 
 CTTpaTevco (crrparoy), f. -evaa and 
 arpaTevopai, f. -evaopai, to make 
 an expedition, make tear, march, 
 serve in arms. 
 
 aTpaTqyea {aTpcvrqyds), f. -jjctco, 
 to command as general. 
 
 arparqyds, -ov, 6 {arpaTos, «y&>), 
 leader of an army, general. 
 
 arparid, -us {arpards), army. 
 
 &TpaTLioTr)s,-ov {arpaTid), soldier. 
 
 ST-paro/cXi/?, -tovs (contr. from 
 2TpaT0K\er)s, -eeos, § 115. fi) , 
 Stratocles, a commander of 
 light-armed Cretans. 
 
 CTTpaT07Te8fV(i> {aTpardtrebov) , f. 
 -evaoo, and oftener o-rpaTOTrt- 
 Sevopai, f. -evaopai, to encamp, 
 be encamped. 
 
 a-TpaToufhov, -ov {aTpards, Treoov, 
 ground), camp. 
 
 [crTparos, -ov, 6, host, army.] 
 
 arpovdds, -ov, 6, rj, ostrich (fully 
 6 peyas arpovSds, the great slru- 
 thus, in distinction from smaller 
 birds, esp. the sparrow, called 
 by the same name). 
 
 '2rvp(paXios,-ov{'2Tvp(}>a\os, Stym- 
 plidlus, a town in the north- 
 eastern part of Arcadia), a Stym- 
 phalian. 
 
 av, aov (Tf 23) , Lat. tu, thou, you. 
 
 avyyiyvopai {aw, yiyvopai, I. ye- 
 vrjaopat, pf. yeyeiTjpxii and yc- 
 
 yova, 2 a. e'yevdpTjv) , to have an 
 interview with, hold intercourse 
 with. 
 
 avyKakea {aw, KaXt'co, f. -eVu>, pf. 
 K(K\r]Ka), to call togelfier. 
 
 ovy/cketa {aw, kXcico, f. -am), to 
 shut together, close. 
 
 2veweais, -tor, Syeniiesis, king of 
 Cilicia. 
 
 avWapftdvco {aw, \apfidv<x>, I. 
 \rj\f/opai, pf. eiX^cpa, 2 a. eXa- 
 fiov), to seize, apprehend, arrest. 
 
 av\\ey<o (aw, Xeya>, to gather), f. 
 avXXe£a), pf. aweiXoxa, to col- 
 led, trans. ; Mid. (2 a. p. aweXe- 
 yrjv), to collect, assemble, in- 
 trans. 
 
 avplSodoi (aw, /Sodco, f. ftorjaopai), 
 to cry out together; avp,3odv 
 dXXijXovj, to shout to each other. 
 
 avpftovXevot [crvv, 3ovXeva>, f. -ev- 
 aa>, pf. BeBovXevico.), to advise, 
 counsel; Mid., to consult to- 
 gether. 
 
 aipBovXos, -ov, 6 (aw, BovXi)), ad- 
 viser, counsellor. 
 
 avppax'ia,-as ( (T ^M/ xa X 0? )» a Hi anc £- 
 
 avppa%os, -ov, 6, tj (aw, pa^opai), 
 
 ally. 
 
 avpplyuvpi (aw. piyvvpi, to min- 
 gle, f. ni£a>), to mingle with. 
 avp-rms, -rrdaa, -rrav, g. iravros, 
 
 irdans [aw, nds ), all together, 
 
 the whole. 
 avp.Trep.Trco {aw, 7reu.n0>, f. -^'co, pt. 
 
 Trenop<pa), to send with. 
 avpTroXepeui {aw, iroXepeo), f. 
 
 -ijao)), to make war together 
 
 with, assist in war. 
 avpnopevopai {aw, iropevopai, f. 
 
 -evaopai), to journey or march 
 
 with or in company, 
 aw, old form l-w ($ 70. v.), Lat. 
 
 cum, ivith, together with. 
 awdya) (aw, (Tyco, f. u£co, pf. rp^a, 
 
 2 a. rjyayov), to bring together, 
 
 collect. 
 avi'dTTTU) {aw, ottto), to fasten to, 
 
 f. d\b-a>), to join, 
 awftenrvos, -ov, 6 {aw, Se'iTrvov), a 
 'companion at table. 
 awep\opai {aw, ep\opau t. iXe 1 - 
 
avvepxopai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 TtXevTT] 
 
 117 
 
 aopai, pf. e~kifkvda, 2 a. rjXdov), 
 to come together, assemble. 
 
 o~vvr)8opai (avv, rjdopai, f. fjaOrjcro- 
 fiat), to rejoice with, congratu- 
 late. 
 
 awdrjpa, -aros, to {o-vvriQrjpi) , 
 ivatch-word, pass-word. 
 
 avvio-TTjfit (o-vu, lurrjfxi, f. otjjctw, 
 pf. eo-TrjKa), to [bring together 
 as friends] present or introduce 
 to; in the intrans. forms, to 
 stand together, collect. 
 
 avvaiha (crvv, olda, f. eicopai), to 
 [know with] be conscious. 
 
 avvrldrjpi (o~vv, Tidrjpi, f. 6rjaa>, pf. 
 TtBeiKa, a. i'OrjKa), to put to- 
 gether; Mid., to make an agree- 
 ment with. 
 
 o~vvropos,-ov {o~uv, Tepvco), concise, 
 short. 
 
 o-WTplj3a> (crvv, rpi/3co, to rub, 
 bruise, f. rptya, pf. rerpicpa), 
 to crush. 
 
 SvpaKocrioy, -ov, 6 ("EvpaKoo-ai or 
 "2vpaKovo~ai, Syracuse, a cele- 
 brated city upon the eastern 
 coast of Sicily), a Syracusan. 
 
 2vpla, -as (2vpos), Syria, a country 
 of western Asia, north of Arabia. 
 
 Svpos, -ov, 6, a Syrian. 
 
 o~vs, o~vos, 6, r), Lat. sus, hog, 
 swine. 
 
 o~vxy6$, -r], -ov, thick, many. 
 
 o-fparroi, f. o-cpdi-co (§ 274. 8), to 
 slay, slaughter. 
 
 acpevbovrj , rjs, sling. 
 
 o~(pei/8ovi]TT]s, -ov (o~<pevb6vr)), sting- 
 er, 
 
 o~(plm, dat. pi. of ov. 
 
 o-cpodpa (o-<po8p6s, vehement), ex- 
 ceedingly, greatly. 
 
 cr^eSof, nearly, almost. 
 
 o-^i^o), f. cr^t'crco, to split. 
 
 cr^oXafa) (cr^oXij), f. -d<ra>, to be at 
 leisure. 
 
 cr^oX^, -rjs, leisure. 
 
 o~d>£io, f. o~o>a(o, pf. cretrcoKa, to 
 save, preserve, bring safe; Pass, 
 and Mid. , to be saved, arrive safe. 
 
 "2(x>Kpa.T7]s, -eos (If 14), Socra- 
 tes, — 1. an Athenian philoso- 
 pher, eminent for wisdom and 
 
 virtue, teacher of Xenophon 
 Plato, &c. ; — 2. an Achaean, 
 one of the Greek generals slain 
 through the treachery of Tissa- 
 phernes. 
 
 crcoos (§ 135), safe. 
 
 o-coTrjpla, -as (crco^co), safety, pres- 
 ervation, deliverance. 
 
 o~co<ppoi>ta> (o~6xppa>v, of sound 
 mind), f. -rjo-co, to be of sound 
 mind, to be ivise. 
 
 raXavTOV, -ov, talent ; as a weight, 
 = almost 57 lb. ; as a sum of sil- 
 ver money, = about $ 1056.60. 
 
 Tapu>s, -a>, Tamos, an Egyptian, 
 commander of the fleet of 
 Cyrus. 
 
 Ta£iap%os, -ov, 6 (rd^is, ap^m), the 
 commander of a rat-ts, a taxi- 
 arch. 
 
 rd£is, -eats, r) (rarrco), order, bat- 
 tle-array; division of an army, 
 cohort. 
 
 Tdoxos, -ov, 6, a Taochian, or one 
 of the Taochi, an independent 
 tribe upon the frontiers of Ar- 
 menia. 
 
 Tapdrrco, f. -d£a, to disturb. 
 
 Tapcroi, a>v, oi, or TapoSs, -ov, rj, 
 Tarsus, chief city of Cilicia. 
 
 Tarrco, f. rdtjco, pf. rera^a (§ 274) 
 to arrange, station in order. 
 
 ravrd, for to. alrd (§ 39) ; ravra, 
 neut. pi. of ovros. 
 
 radios, -ov, 6 (ddnrco), grave, tomb. 
 
 rdeppos, -ov, r), trench, ditch. 
 
 rdxeoos {ra^Cs), siviftly, rapidly. 
 
 rd)(os, -(os, to {raxys), swiftness, 
 speed. 
 
 Taxis, -eta, -v, swift, quick; Taxv, 
 as adv., quickly, suddenly, soon. 
 
 re, both, and. It is commonly 
 placed immediately after the 
 word which it should precede 
 in translation. See §§ 673. a, 
 732. 
 
 Tei^oy, -eos, to, wall. 
 
 TeXevralos, -a, -ov (reXevrrj), last. 
 
 TeXevrdai (rekevrrj), -tjctco, to com- 
 plete, finish ; to die. 
 
 Tekevrrj, -rjs (re'Xor), completion, 
 end, esp. of life. 
 
118 
 
 rtXoy 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 vrrayui 
 
 rtKos, -eos, to, end, result; ace. as 
 adv. (§ 440), at last, finally. 
 
 Ttpvo), 1. re pa), pf. t« 17x77 *a, 2 a. 
 tTtfxov and erapov (§ 277. /3), *o 
 cut. 
 
 TfTapros, -n,-ov (rtrrapes) , fourth. 
 
 TtTpaKio~xi\ioi, ~ai, -a (rerpd/ar, 
 four times, x/Xioi), four thou- 
 sand. 
 
 TfrpaKuo-ioi, -at, -a (re-Trapes, ena- 
 tov), four hundred. 
 
 TerpanXoos, -or), -6ov, contr. rerpa- 
 7rAo0y,-J/, -ovv (re-Trapes, -7r\oos, 
 § 138. 4), fourfold, quadruple. 
 
 Ttrrcipes, -pa (^f 21), four. 
 
 rexviKws (rexvn, art), artfully. 
 
 rrjpepov (rjpepa), adv., to-day. 
 
 ridrjpi, f. 6rjo-(o, pf. redeiKa, a. c- 
 $77*0 (T[ 50), to put, set, place; 
 TiQtaQai. to. oVrXa, to stand i?i 
 arms, stand to one's arms. 
 
 Tipda) (ripij), f. -t]o~o), pf. T€TipT]K.a 
 (^f 45), to honor. 
 
 Tipr], -fjs (rico, to pay honor), 
 honor. 
 
 Tipij3a£os, -ov, Tiribazus, satrap 
 of Armenia. 
 
 t\s, t\, g. tivos, some, some one, 
 any one, any, a, a certain. See 
 1 24, §§ 152, 517 f, 732. 
 
 Tit, ti, g. tivos, who J which? 
 what ? See 1 24, §§ 152, 535 f, 
 729. Exc. 
 
 Tio-cracpepvns, -eos (see Notes on 
 Less. XV. 3), Tissaphernes, 
 satrap of Caria, noted for his 
 wilj, intriguing, and treacher- 
 ous character. 
 
 riTpioo-Kia, f. rpcoo-o) (§ 285), to 
 wound. 
 
 toI (§ 732), surely, certainly. 
 
 Toiyapovv [rot, yap, ovv), therefore, 
 accordingly. 
 
 Toivvv (rot, vvv), therefore. 
 
 TOIOVTOS, TOiaVTTj, TOlOVTO 01 -OP 
 
 (^ 97. N., 150), such. 
 
 To£(VU> (tO^OV, bow), f. -(VO~03, to 
 
 shoot with a boiv. 
 
 to£6tt]s, -ov (to£ov), bowman, ar- 
 cher. 
 
 rdrros, -ov, 6, a spot, place. 
 
 roaoiiTos, roaavrn, too~ovto or -ov 
 
 (§§ 97. n., 150), so much, pi. so 
 many. 
 
 tots ("ff G3), at that time, then. 
 
 Tpdn(£a, -ns, table. 
 
 rpavpa, -aros, to, wound. 
 
 Tptis,Tpia (Tf 21), Lat.tres, thkee 
 
 TpfTro), f. Tpe\bu), pf. Ttrpoepa and 
 Ttrpacpa (^> 259. a), to turn, 
 trans. ; Mid. (2 a. erpanopnv), 
 to lur)i one's self, turn, intrans. 
 
 Tpt(pu, f. Optya, pf. T(Tpo<pa 
 (§ 263. 5), to nourish, support. 
 
 r/)«x&>, f. 6pe^opai, commonly dpa- 
 povpai, pf. BeSpdprjKa, 2 a. edpa- 
 pov (§ 301. 5), to run. 
 
 TpiaKovra (rpe'ts), indecl., thirty 
 
 Tpirjptjs, -es (rpis, dp-, to Jit, 
 § 285), triply-furnished ; fj rpt- 
 rjprjs [sc. vavs], trireme, a war- 
 galley with three banks of 
 oars. 
 
 TpiTTOVS, 1TOVV, g. -TToSoS (rp'lS, 
 
 irovs), three-footed ; 6 rpinovs, 
 tripod, a three-footed table or 
 vase. 
 
 [rpls (rpels), thrice]. 
 
 rpicrpvpioi, -at, -a (rpls, pvpioi), 
 thirty thousand. 
 
 Tpta^iXtot, -ai, -a (rpis, ^iXioi), 
 three thousand. 
 
 rp'iTos, -T), -ov (rpe'is), third. 
 
 rpixolviKos, -ov {rpis, x°~ lvl £' a 
 measure holding about a quart), 
 containing three chceniccs, three- 
 quart. 
 
 rponatov, -ov (rporrrj), TROPHV. 
 
 rpoiTJ], -r)s (rpeVci)), rout or defeat 
 of an army. 
 
 rp&rros, -ov, 6 (rpeVo)), turn, man- 
 ner. Der. tropic. 
 
 Tpvnda), f. -170-0) (rpvTra, hole), to 
 bore. 
 
 Tvyxdvco, f. T(v£opai, pf. rervx^xa, 
 2 a. f-rvxov (§ 290), to happen; 
 happen upon, jnect with; obtain, 
 attain. 
 
 vdcop, vdaros, to ($ 103. N.), icatcr. 
 
 l)er. HYDRANT. 
 
 vlos, -ov (Tl 16), son. 
 vpt'is, you, pi. of av. 
 vptrepos, -a, -ov ({rpe'is). youi '. 
 VTrayo) (vno, uya>, f. n£a>, pf. i;^a, 
 
vrraya 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 QXidcrios 
 
 119 
 
 2 a. rjyayov), and vnayofiai, to 
 lead on insidiously. 
 
 vxaidptos, -ov (vtto, aldpla, open 
 air), under or in the open air. 
 
 VTrdpx<6 (vtto, cipx^f ^ ~£ a )i t° 
 begin ; be ; [lead on under anoth- 
 er] second, favor. 
 
 viTtp, Lat. super, over: w. gen., 
 over in place, above, beyond; 
 over to protect, in behalf of, fur 
 the sake of, on account of: w. 
 ace, over (going over or be- 
 yond), above in quantity. 
 
 imep(3o\t], -rjs[vTrep, /3aXXco), moun- 
 tain-pass. 
 
 vTrvptTrj?, -ov (vtto, eperrjs, rower), 
 servant, assistant. 
 
 v-icrxveofiai (vtto, e'x<») » f- vttoct^t;- 
 aofiai, pf. vTTeo-xjjuat (§ 292), 
 to promise. 
 
 vtto, Lat. sub, under: w. gen., 
 /rom under or beneath; [from 
 beneath the agency of] ty : w. 
 dat., «n</er (being under) : w. 
 ace, under (going under). 
 
 vTToderjf, -eg (vtto, Seco), deficient ; 
 comp. vTToSeearrepos, inferior. 
 
 vTTo\ap.{3dva> (vTr6,Xap.^dvco, f. X77- 
 \jsop.ai, pf. e'i\r](pa, 2 a. eXafiov), 
 to receive or icAe wwefer one's 
 protection. 
 
 v~opev(o (vtto, /zeVco, f. p.evco, pf. 
 IxefjLevrjKa) , to wait for, hall. 
 
 VTTOTT€p.TT(0 (vTTO, 7Tep.TTO), f. "'v/'W, pf- 
 
 TreTTop.(pa), to send insidiously. 
 
 viroTTTevat (vtto, ott-, to look, §301. 
 4), f. -evo-co, to suspect, appre- 
 hend. 
 
 vTToqbaivco (vtto, (paivay, f. (pava>, pf. 
 TTecpayKa), to show a little, begin 
 to appear, dawn. 
 
 vttoxos, -ov (vtto, e'x<»), held under, 
 subject. 
 
 vTTo-<p-ia, -a? (vtto, ott-, to look, 
 § 301. 4), suspicion. 
 
 varepaios, -a, -ov (vorepos), follow- 
 ing or next in time. 
 
 v&repos, -a, -ov (vtto, § 161. 2), 
 later; varepov, as adv., later, 
 after. 
 
 vtyrihos, -1), -6v (tyos, height), 
 high. 
 
 (paytlv, 2 a. inf. of eo-QLa>, to eat. 
 
 cpalvco, f. <pavu>, pf. TTecpayKa (^f 42, 
 § 267. 2), to show; 2 pf. irt(pr)va 
 and Mid. (with 2 a. p. eqbdvrjv), 
 to appear, show one's self 
 
 (pdXayg, -ayyos, 17, line of battle, 
 phalanx. 
 
 •baXlvos, -ov, Phallnus, a Greek 
 from Zacynthus, in the service 
 of Tissaphernes. 
 
 <pavepos,-d, -ov [(palva)), apparent, 
 evident, manifest, open. 
 
 <pdpp.aK.ov, -ov, drug, medicine. 
 Der. PHARMACY. 
 
 <$apvd!3a£os, -ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
 trap of Lesser Phrygia. 
 
 <$ao-Ls, -10s, 6, the Phasis, a river 
 of Colchis. 
 
 (pdo-Kco (strengthened form ofcpTjpi 
 § 301. 7), f. <pr]cra>, to affirm, as- 
 sert, say. 
 
 cpepco, f. ottro), pf. ivrjvoxa, 1 a. 
 ijveyKa, 2 a. fjveyicov (fy 301. 6), 
 Lat. fero, to bear, bring, carry; 
 bring forth, produce ; [carry off] 
 receive. 
 
 <pevy(D,f.<pev£op.ai, 2 pf. iricpevya, 
 2 a. eepvyov (§ 270. 9), to flee, 
 fly from an enemy. 
 
 (pnp-i, f. (pW * and epa>, pf. elprjua, 
 2 a. emov (§ 301. 7), to say, 
 say yes; ov (pwp-i, to say no. 
 
 (pddva, f. <p6do~a>, commonly <p6r]- 
 cropai, pf. ecpdana, to antici- 
 pate. 
 
 (p6eyyop.ai, f. <p6ey£op.ai, pf. eepdey- 
 p.ai, to utter a sound; of an 
 eagle, to scream. 
 
 cpdovea (cpdovos, envy), f. -rjo-ca, to 
 envy. 
 
 (piXea (cpiXos), f. -770-0), pf. necpt- 
 Xrjica, to love. 
 
 (piXla, -as (cpLXos) , friendship. 
 
 cplXios, -a, -ov (qbiXos), friendly. 
 
 (piXiTTTTOS, -ov (cpiXea, Ittttos) , fond 
 of horses. 
 
 (plXos, -v, -ov, dear, friendly; 6 
 (piXos, subst. , friend. For com- 
 parison, see § 156. y. 
 
 $Xidcrios, -ov, 6 ($XtoO?, Phlius, a 
 city of the Peloponnesus, north- 
 west of Argos) , a Phliasian . 
 
120 
 
 cpXvapLa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 yfsikus 
 
 (pXvapia, -as (qj\vdpos, prating), 
 idle talk, nonsense. 
 
 (pofitpus, -a, -6v ((pofios) , fright- 
 ful, fearful, terrible. 
 
 (pofito) (cpofins), f. -j)<7&>, to make 
 to fear, frighten, terrify; P:iss. 
 and Wid.,cpoj3(opcu, f. -rj6t')o-o- 
 pai and -ijaopai, pf. 77eep6j3npai, 
 a. iipofiljOriv, to be frightened, 
 fear, be afraid. 
 
 (p6j3os, -ov, 6, fear, fright. 
 
 <Poivik(os, -ea, -eov, contr. cpoivl- 
 kovs, -r), -ovv ((poivitj, purple), 
 purple. 
 
 (ppd£<o, f. (ppdo-a>, pf. n€(ppaKa 
 (y 275), to tell. 
 
 (ppeap, (ppearos, to (y 104. N.), 
 a well. 
 
 (ppovpos, -ov, 6, guard. 
 
 &pvyia, -as (<&pv£), Phrygia, the 
 large central province of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 $pvi-, -vyos, 6, a Phrygian. 
 
 (pvyds, -d8os, 6 ((pevyco), an ex- 
 ile, fugitive. 
 
 <pvyr), -r)s ((pevyoi), flight. 
 
 (pvXdrra), f. -a£a>, pf. TT«pvkaxa, 
 to guard, watch; Mid., to watch 
 for one's own security, to be on 
 one's guard against. 
 
 (p6)vn, -tjs, voice, speech, sound. 
 
 (pu>S, (p(i)TOS, to, light. 
 
 Xaipa, f. x al PV <Te °i P^ Ke^ap^Ka 
 (y 267. 2), to rejoice; farewell. 
 
 XaXSator, -ov, 6, a Chaldean, or 
 one of the Chaldai, a warlike 
 people on the borders of Ar- 
 menia. 
 
 Xa\(nalva> (xaXends), f. -av£>, to 
 be or become angry. 
 
 XaXeiros, -r), -ov, hard, difficult, 
 harsh, cross , ferocious . 
 
 xdXiceos, -ea, -toy, contr. ^aX/covr, 
 -r), -ovv (xoXkos, copper, brass), 
 brazen, of brass. 
 
 \d\Krj^div, -6vos, f], Chalcedon, a 
 city of Bithynia, at the mouth 
 of the Thracian Bosphorus. 
 
 XdAos, -ov, 6, the CJialus, a river 
 of Syria. 
 
 Xapdbpa,-as (xapuTTa>, to furrow), 
 ravine. 
 
 Xapplvos,-ov, Charmlnus, a Lac* 
 daemonian envoy, sent to the 
 army by Thibron. 
 
 Xei'p, ^ftpoy, tj (y 123. y), hand. 
 
 Xeipiaotpos, -ov, Chirisuphus, a 
 Lacedaemonian, chosen com- 
 mander-in-chief of the Greek- 
 army. 
 
 Xtppovrjaos, -ov, t) (x^PP 0S vr]cros, 
 shore-island), the Cherronese or 
 Chersonese, a long peninsula 
 upon the Tbracian side of the 
 Hellespont. 
 
 XJv, xivos, 6, r), goose. 
 
 Xt'Xioi, -at, -a, a thousand. 
 
 XiAoco (^lAoy, fodder), f. -6>cru>, to 
 feed or pasture horses, &e. 
 
 XiTd>v, -uvos, 6, funic. 
 
 X<-T(ovio-Kos, -ov, 6 (dim. of^trcov), 
 a small or short tunic. 
 
 X*-u>v, -ovos, i), snow. 
 
 Xopfvui (xdpos, dance, choir), f. 
 -evcrco, to dance. 
 
 XopTos, -ov, 6, grass. 
 
 Xpdopai, f. xph (TO i JLai i p£ K *XP r )l iai 
 (y 284. 3), to use, manage. 
 
 xpv, £ xpw^iimtf- ^xpn" or xpn" 
 
 (y 284. 4), impers., it is neces- 
 sary or proper, it must or ought 
 to be. 
 
 XPJ){<*> (xP 6l ' a > ncc d)t f- -era, to 
 need, desire. 
 
 Xprjpa, -aros, to (^pao/iai), thing 
 used ; pi. goods, property, money. 
 
 Xprjo-ipos, -T), -ov (xpdo/xat), useful. 
 
 Xpdvos, -ov, 6, lime. 
 
 Xpvo-(os, -ea, -tov, contr. xP v <rovs, 
 -i}, -ovv (xpvo-6s, gold), golden. 
 
 Xpvo-iov, -ov (dim. of xpvaos, gold) , 
 gold-money, gold. 
 
 Xwpa, -as (x&pos), a country, ter- 
 ritory. 
 
 Xwpiov, -ov (dim. of ^ipos), a 
 place or spot, esp. a fortified 
 place, hold. 
 
 Xcopt's, apart from. 
 
 X^pos, -ov, 6, space, place, district. 
 
 ^/ev8r)s, -ts [^evSopai), J 
 
 ■^fvSopai,, f. -aopai, pt. ttytvo-pai, 
 to falsify, lie, derate. 
 
 y\ri\6s, -i], -ov, bare; not covered 
 with armour. 
 
yjsvxos 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a>(pe\ov 
 
 121 
 
 yfsvXos , -eor, to (^v^w, to cool), cold. 
 a>, — 1 . O, sign of address ; — 
 
 2. subj. of ej/ii. 
 wSe (o6V), //j!/5, so. 
 d>fj.6s, -t], -6v, cruel, savage. 
 <ov('ofxai, f. -Tjo~ofj.ai, pf. tcovnpai, 
 
 2 a. fnpiapnv (§ 301. 8), fo Zwy. 
 copa, -ar, Ao«? - , season, time for a 
 
 thing. 
 us (or, T[ 63), C5, # when; how; 
 
 that, so that, in order that; w. 
 
 numerals, about ; w. ace, as 
 
 prep., to. See §§ 601, 628. 
 
 640, 662. 
 wcravrair (o avroy), in the same 
 
 manner, in like manner, 
 (oo-ntp (cor, nep, just, § 328. bj, 
 
 _/?/5^ 05, as. 
 coo-re (cor, re), so that, so as. 
 o>tis, -i'So? (ovs), a kind of bustard 
 
 with long ear-feathers. 
 &(p{\ov, see ocpfiXa. 
 
 THE END. 
 
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
 University of California Library 
 
 or to the 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 University of California 
 
 Richmond Field Station, Bldg. 400 
 
 1301 South 46th Street 
 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 To renew or recharge your library materials, you may 
 
 contact NRLF 4 days prior to due date at (510) 642-6233 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 NOV 8 2008 
 
 DD20 12M 7-06 
 
 LD ai-lOOm-12,' i 
 
m 00164 
 
 GENERAL LIBBW . U.C. BERKELEY 
 
 2f. 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY